Sludge Feed Pump) Vendor Manual - Queensland Urban

Gibson Island STP ST32 Sludge Treatment (Belt Filter Press Vendor Manuals - Sludge Feed Pump) Vendor Manual

Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 1 of 253

1

AL-SALEEM Musaab

From: Kappe, Mike L [[email protected]]Sent: Wednesday, 25 January 2012 2:59 PMTo: AL-SALEEM MusaabSubject: RE: Gibson Island Polymer and Sludge Pumps informationAttachments: MPA632 - Compact EZ Strip Range.pdf

Musaab, Please find O and M as requested. Typical noise level < 75dB Regards Mike Kappe Contracts Engineer NOV Mono

� E-Mail: [email protected] � Postal Address: � Telephone: +61 7 3350 4582 � E-Mail 2: [email protected] PO Box 115 � Facsimile: +61 7 3350 3750

� Internet: www.mono-pumps.com Kedron, Queensland, 4031

From: AL-SALEEM Musaab [mailto:[email protected]] Sent: Wednesday, 25 January 2012 11:44 AM

To: Kappe, Mike L

Subject: Gibson Island Polymer and Sludge Pumps information

Dear Mike,

Attached are the two emails I sent to your colleague (Dylan Ryan) two weeks ago. Could you please provide all the

information required in the emails as soon as possible as our final submission was delayed due to the delay in obtaining

this information.

In addition can you please quote for a stainless steel inlet and outlet manifold for the sludge pumps (currently not

clarified in the quotes). Also can you confirm that the prepellars of the pumps is made of SS316 as specified in the

datasheets.

Regards,

Musaab Al-Saleem

CONFIDENTIALITY AND PRIVILEGE NOTICE: This email, including any attachments, is confidential and may be

privileged. The contents of this e-mail, including any attachments, are intended only for the person or entity to whom or to

which the sender intended to send this e-mail. If you are not an intended recipient please notify the sender immediately by

return e-mail, delete this e-mail and destroy any copies. You should not copy it, store the information in any medium, use it

for any purpose, or disclose its contents to any other person. Tenix neither warrants nor guarantees that this e-mail

communication is free from errors, virus, interception or interference.


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 2 of 253

2


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 3 of 253

Installation, Operation and Maintenance Instructions

Compact EZ Strip Range

MPA632

English


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 4 of 253

Mono UK Spares +44 (0)161 214 2380 (direct line 8.15 am – 5.00 pm)

E-mail [email protected]

Service +44 (0)161 214 2390 (direct line 8.15 am – 5.00 pm)


Service +44 (0)161 339 9000 (24 hrs)

Mono Australia Telephone Facsimile

Melbourne (03) 9580 5211 (03) 9580 9036

Sydney (02) 9521 5611 (02) 9542 3649

Brisbane (07) 3350 4582 (07) 3350 3750

Adelaide (08) 8447 8333 (08) 8447 8373

Perth (08) 9479 0444 (08) 9479 0400

Darwin (08) 8984 3099 (08) 8947 0540

Tasmania 0417 345 814 (03) 6330 2051


Mono New Zealand Spares & Service +64 (0)9 829 0333


Monoflo USA Spares & Service +1 713 466 7999


Mono China Telephone Facsimile

Beijing +86 (0) 10 6461 1115 +86 (0) 10 8486 8481

Shanghai +86 (0) 21 5915 7168 +86 (0) 21 5915 6863


Spares & ServiceIssued – April 2008

Spares & Service Contact Details

Monoflo South America Spares & Service +54 4296 8997 +54 4284 0323



Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 5 of 253

PUMPS AND PUMP UNITS

Where a pump or pump unit is to be installed in a

potentially explosive atmosphere ensure that this has

been specified at the time of purchase and that the

equipment has been supplied accordingly and

displays an ATEX nameplate or is supplied with a

certificate of conformity. If there is any doubt as to the

suitability of the equipment please contact Mono

Pumps Limited before commencing with installation

and commissioning.

Process liquids or fluids should be kept within

specified temperature limits otherwise the surface of

pump or system components may become an ignition

source due to temperature rises. Where the process

liquid temperature is less that 90ºC the maximum

surface temperature will not exceed 90ºC provided

the pump is installed, operated and maintained in

accordance with this manual. Where the process fluid

temperature exceeds 90ºC the maximum surface

temperature will be equal to the maximum process

fluid temperature.

Cavities that could allow the accumulation of

explosive gases, such as under guards, should where

possible, be designed out of the system. Where this is

not possible they should be fully purged before any

work is carried out on the pump or system.

Electrical installation and maintenance work should

only be carried out by suitably qualified and

competent persons and must be in accordance with

relevant electrical regulations.

All electrical equipment, including control and safety

devices, should be suitably rated for the environment

in to which they are installed.

Where there may be a risk of an accumulation of

explosive gases or dust non-sparking tools should be

used for installation and maintenance.

In addition to causing permanent damage to the

stator, dry running of the pump could generate a rapid

rise in the temperature of the stator tube or barrel,

which could become an ignition source. It is therefore

essential that a dry run protection device be fitted.

This must shut the pump down immediately should a

dry run situation occur. Details of suitable devices are

available from Mono Pumps Limited.

To minimise the risk of sparking or temperature rises

due to mechanical or electrical overload the following

control and safety devices should be fitted in addition

to a dry run protection system. A pressure relief

system whereby the pump can not generate

pressures in excess of the maximum rated pressure

or an over pressure device which should shut the

pump down when the maximum discharge pressure is

exceeded. A control system that will shut the pump

down if the motor current or temperature exceed

specified limits. An isolator switch that will disconnect

all electrical supply to the motor and ancillary

electrical equipment and be capable of being locked

in the off position. All control and safety devices

should be fitted, operated and maintained in

accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. All

valves on the system should be open when the pump

is started otherwise serious mechanical overload and

failure may result.

It is important that the pump rotates in the direction

indicated on the nameplate. This must be checked on

installation and commissioning and after any

maintenance has been carried out. Failure to observe

this may lead to dry running or mechanical or

electrical overload.

ATEX – Page 1 of 2Issued – February 2004Reference – OMMP/028/01/R1

ATEX Warning StatementsGibson Island STP ST32 Sludge Treatment (Belt Filter Press Vendor Manuals - Sludge Feed Pump) Vendor Manual

Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 6 of 253

When fitting drives, couplings, belts, pulleys and

guards to a pump or pump unit it is essential that

these are correctly fitted, aligned and adjusted in

accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

Failure to do so may result in sparking due to

unintended mechanical contact or temperature rises

due to mechanical or electrical overload or slipping of

drive belts. Regular inspection of these parts must be

carried out to ensure they are in good condition and

replacement of any suspect part must be carried out

immediately.

Mechanical seals should be suitably rated for the

environment. The seal and any associated

equipment, such as a flushing system, must be

installed, operated and maintained in accordance with

the manufacturer’s instructions.

Where a packed gland seal is fitted this must be

correctly fitted and adjusted. This type of seal relies

on the process liquid to cool the shaft and packing

rings so a constant drip of liquid from the gland

section is required. Where this is undesirable an

alternative seal type should be fitted.

Failure to operate or maintain the pump and ancillary

equipment in line with the manufacturer’s instructions

may lead to premature and potentially dangerous

failure of components. Regular inspection, and where

necessary replacement, of bearings and lubrication is

essential.

The pump and its components have been designed to

ensure safe operation within the guidelines covered

by legislation. Accordingly Mono Pumps Limited have

declared the machine safe to use for the duty

specified as defined by the Declaration of

Incorporation or Conformity that is issued with this

instruction manual.

The use of replacement parts that are not

manufactured by or approved by Mono Pumps Limited

may affect the safe operation of the pump and it may

therefore become a safety hazard to both operators

and other equipment. In these circumstances the

Declaration provided will become invalid. The

guarantee referenced on the Terms and Conditions of

Sale will also be invalidated.

ATEX – Page 2 of 2Issued – February 2004Reference – OMMP/028/01/R1

ATEX Warning StatementsGibson Island STP ST32 Sludge Treatment (Belt Filter Press Vendor Manuals - Sludge Feed Pump) Vendor Manual

Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 7 of 253

SECTION 1 INSTALLATION

START-UP PROCEDURE

ASSEMBLY AND DISMANTLING ADVICE

SECTION 2 FAULT FINDING

SECTION 3 DRAWING REFERENCE NUMBERS

PUMP CODING SHEET

SECTION 4 DISMANTLING AND ASSEMBLY DIAGRAMS

EXPLODED VIEWS

SECTION 5 TORQUE TIGHTENING FIGURES

Index

EC Declaration of Incorporation

This declaration is only valid when partly completed machinery has been supplied.

In this case, the machinery meets the requirements of the said directive and is intended for incorporation into other machinery or for assembly with other machinery in order to constitute relevant machinery as defined by the said directive including any amendments, which are valid at the time of supply.

IMPORTANTThis machinery must not be put into service until the relevant machinery into which it is to be incorporated has been declared in conformity to the said directive.

This declaration is only valid when the machinery has been installed, operated and maintained in accordance with these instructions and safety guidelines contained within as well as instructions supplied for equipment assembled with or intended for use with this equipment.

The following harmonised standards are applicable: BS EN 809, BS EN ISO 12100 Parts 1 & 2

EC Declaration of Conformity

This declaration is not valid for partly completed machinery has been supplied.

In this case the machinery meets the requirements of the said directive including any amendments which are valid at the time of supply.

We further declare that, where applicable, said machinery also meets the requirements of:

The EMC Directive 2004/108/EC The Low Voltage Directive 2006 /95/E The Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC The Outdoor Noise Directive 2005/88/EC The Drinking Water Directive 99/83/EC

IMPORTANTThis declaration is only valid when the machinery has been installed, operated and maintained in accordance with these instructions and safety guidelines contained within as well as instructions supplied for equipment assembled with or intended for use with this equipment.

Mr C. Q. Griffiths - Engineering Services Manager.for Mono Pumps Limited, Martin Street, Audenshaw, Manchester England, M34 5JA

IndexIssued – December 2009

EC Declaration as defined by Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC.


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 8 of 253

INSTALLATION

1.1 INSTALLATION AND SAFETYRECOMMENDATIONS

In common with other items of process plant a pumpmust be installed correctly to ensure satisfactory andsafe operation. The pump must also be maintainedto a suitable standard. Following theserecommendations will ensure that the safety ofpersonnel and satisfactory operation of the pump isachieved.

1.2.1. GENERAL

When handling harmful or objectionable materials,adequate ventilation must be provided in order todisperse dangerous concentrations of vapours. It isrecommended that wherever possible, Mono pumpsshould be installed with provision for adequatelighting, thus ensuring that effective maintenancecan be carried out in satisfactory conditions. Withcertain product materials, a hosing down facility withadequate draining will simplify maintenance andprolong the life of pump components.

1.2.2. SYSTEM DESIGN & INSTALLATION

At the system design stage, consideration must begiven to provision of filler plugs, and the installationof non-return and/or isolating valves. Pumps cannotbe reliably used as non-return valves. Pumps inparallel and those with high static discharge headmust be fitted with non-return valves.

The pumps must also be protected by suitabledevices against over pressure and dry running.

i. HORIZONTAL MOUNTING

All ranges excluding P Range Mono pumps arenormally installed in a horizontal position withbaseplates mounted on a flat surface, grouted inand bolted, thus ensuring firm fixing and a reductionin noise and vibration.

The unit should be checked after bolting down toensure that the alignment of the pump to its primemover is correct.

ii. VERTICAL MOUNTING

P Range Pumps Only

The P range pumps are intended for verticalinstallation. Care must be taken when lifting thepump into the vertical position.

Normally 'P' range pumps will be designed with asole plate that will be bolted to the customersframework.

If the pump is to be mounted in any way other thandescribed above, confirmation of the installationmust be agreed with Mono Pumps Limited. All thepipework should be independently supported.

1.3.1 HANDLING

During installation and maintenance, attention mustbe paid to the safe handling of all items. Where apump or its components weigh in excess of 20 kg(45lb) it is recommended that suitable lifting tackleshould be used to ensure that personal injury ordamage to components does not occur.

For safe handling of both bareshaft pumps andpump units (pump/ gearbox/motor etc.) slings shouldbe used. The position of the slings will depend uponthe specific pump/unit construction and should becarried out by personnel with the relevantexperience to ensure that the pump is not damagedand injury to personnel does not occur.

If eyebolts do exist then these should only be usedfor lifting the individual components for which theyare supplied.

1.3.2 STORAGE AND INFREQUENT OPERATION

The situation where a pump is used infrequently isalso covered by the instructions in this section.

SHORT TERM STORAGE

Where a pump has to be stored for 6 months orless then the following steps are advised:-

1. Store pump inside wherever possible or if this is notfeasible then provide protective covering. Do notallow moisture to collect around the pump.

2. Remove the drain plug, if fitted. Any inspectionplates fitted should also be removed to ensure thatthe suction housing can drain and dry completely.

3. Loosen the packed gland and inject sufficient greaseinto the stuffing box. Tighten the gland nut handtight. If a water flush system is to be used do notgrease, a small amount of light oil is recommendedfor these.

4. See Manufacturers Instructions formotor/gearbox/drive instructions for storageprocedures.

Section 1, Page 1Issued – October 2009

Installation, Operation & Maintenance Instructions

Pumps operating on high temperature dutiesshould be allowed to cool sufficiently before anymaintenance is carried out.


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 9 of 253

LONG TERM STORAGE

If the pump is to be kept in storage for more thansix months then in addition to the above thefollowing procedures should be carried outregularly (every 2 - 3 weeks if possible):

1. If practicable rotate the pump at least three quartersof one revolution to avoid the rotor setting in thestator.

2. Note, however, that the pump is not to be rotated formore than two revolutions each time becausedamage could be caused to the rotor/ statorelements.

IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION ANDSTARTING

Before installing the pump please ensure that allplugs and inspection plates are replaced andthat excess grease/oil is removed from thestuffing box.

1.4 ELECTRICAL

Electrical connection should only be made usingequipment suitable for both rating and environment.Where any doubts exist regarding the suitability ofequipment, Mono Pumps Limited, should beconsulted before proceeding. Normally the Monopump should be installed with starting equipmentarranged to give direct on line starting.

Earthing points will be provided on electric drives (ifsupplied) and it is essential that these are correctlyconnected. When the motor is being wired andchecked for rotation, the start/stop sequence mustbe instantaneous to prevent dry running (see 2) orpressurising upstream equipment. (Check directionarrow on pump nameplate). The electricalinstallation should include appropriate isolatingequipment to ensure that the pump unit is safe towork on.

1.5 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES AND NON-RETURNVALVES

1. It is recommended that a suitable safety device isinstalled on the discharge side of the pump toprevent over-pressurisation of the system.

2. It is also recommended that a non-return valve isinstalled on the discharge side of the pump toprevent reverse flow through the system.

When both are installed it is advised that the reliefvalve is positioned closer to the pump than the non-return valve.

IMPORTANT

The pump must never run against a closed inletor outlet valve, as this could result inmechanical failure.

1.6 GENERAL SAFETY

GREAT CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO PROTECTALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FROMSPLASHING WHEN HOSING DOWN. WHEREMONO PUMPS LIMITED HAVE SUPPLIED ABARESHAFT PUMP THE ONUS IS ON THE USERTO FIT ADEQUATE GUARDS IN COMPLIANCEWITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE RELEVANTREGULATIONS.

All nuts and bolts, securing flanges and basemounting fixtures must be checked for tightnessbefore operation. To eliminate vibration, the pumpmust be correctly aligned with the drive unit, and allguards must be securely fixed in position. Whencommissioning the plant, all joints in the systemmust be checked thoroughly for leakage.

If, when starting, the pump does not appear tooperate correctly (see 2), the plant must be shutdown immediately and the cause of the malfunctionestablished before operations are recommenced. Itis recommended that depending upon plant systemoperation, either a combined vacuum and pressuregauge, or a vacuum gauge only be fitted to thepump inlet port, and a pressure gauge fitted to theoutlet port, these will then continuously monitor thepump operating conditions. May contain substances from the ECHA SVHC Candidates List (REACH - Regulation (EC) No. 1907/2006)

1.7 DUTY CONDITIONS

Pumps should only be installed on duties for whichMono Pumps Limited have specified the materials ofconstruction, flow rates, pressure, temperature, speed etc. Where dangerous materials are to be

pumped, consideration must be given to the safedischarge from relief valves, gland drains etc.IF THE DUTY SHOULD BE CHANGED, MONOPUMPS LIMITED SHOULD BE CONTACTED ANDTHEIR RECOMMENDATIONS SOUGHT IN THEINTEREST OF APPLICATION, SAFETY OFPLANT, EFFICIENCY AND PUMP LIFE.

Section 1, Page 2Issued – September 2009

Installation, Operation & Maintenance InstructionsGibson Island STP ST32 Sludge Treatment (Belt Filter Press Vendor Manuals - Sludge Feed Pump) Vendor Manual

Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 10 of 253

2. START-UP PROCEDURE

Pumps must be filled with liquid before starting. Theinitial filling is not for priming purposes, but toprovide the necessary lubrication of the stator untilthe pump primes itself. When the pump is stopped,sufficient liquid will normally be trapped in therotor/stator assembly to provide lubrication upon re-starting.

If, however, the pump has been left standing for anappreciable time, moved to a new location, or hasbeen dismantled and re-assembled, it must berefilled with liquid and given a few turns beforestarting. The pump is normally somewhat stiff toturn by hand owing to the close rotor/stator fit.However, this stiffness disappears when the pump isrunning normally against pressure.

2.1 DRY RUNNING

NEVER RUN THE PUMP IN A DRY CONDITIONEVEN FOR A FEW REVOLUTIONS OR THESTATOR WILL BE DAMAGED IMMEDIATELY.CONTINUAL DRY RUNNING COULD PRODUCESOME HARMFUL OR DAMAGING EFFECTS.

2.2 PUMP ROTATION DETAILS

PUMP RANGE BI-DIRECTIONAL COMMENT

EMonobloc B Yes

Yes

Merlin Industrial YesseYLS,SseYFL

**WMerlin Widethroat No

No

No

***oNLMMM**oNSM

*G*oNBS/BC**oNrecalP

Grout Injection No **oNP

**oN1100PCCP0025,CP0800,CP1600 No *

*

* Clockwise when viewed from drive end.** Anti-clockwise when viewed from drive end.

Anti-clockwise gives inlet at drive end.

DIRECTIONS OF ROTATION

BEFORE THE DIRECTION OF ROTATION ISCHANGED, MONO PUMPS LIMITED MUST BECONSULTED SO THAT THE SUITABILITY OFTHE PUMP CAN BE CONFIRMED WHENOPERATING ON THE NEW DUTY.

2.3.1. GLAND PACKING

Where a pump is supplied fitted with gland packing(manufactured from a non-asbestos material), thegland will require adjustment during the initialrunning in period. Newly packed glands must beallowed to run-in with only finger tight compressionon the gland follower nuts. This should continue forabout 3 days. The gland follower should begradually tightened over the next week to achieve aleakage rate as shown in the table below. Glandfollowers should be adjusted at regular intervals tomaintain the recommended leakage flow rate.Under normal working conditions a slight drip fromthe gland under pressure assists in cooling andlubricating the packing. A correctly adjustedgland will always have small leakage of fluid.

Typical Leakage Rates from Packed Glands

Up to 50mm shaft diameter 2 drops per minute50 … 75mm shaft diameter 3 drops per minute75 … 100mm shaft diameter 4 drops per minute100 … 125mm shaft diameter 5 drops per minute125 … 160mm shaft diameter 6 drops per minute

A gland drip is, however, undesirable when handlingcorrosive, degreasing, or abrasive materials. Underthese conditions the gland must be tightened theminimum amount whilst the pump is running toensure satisfactory sealing when under pressure, orto stop entry of air when under suction conditions.

The gland leakage of toxic, corrosive or hazardousliquids can cause problems of compatibility with thepumps materials of construction.

Provision of a gland drain should be considered,especially for the leakage of hazardous products.

CARE IS REQUIRED WHEN ADJUSTING THEGLAND WHILST PUMP IS RUNNING.

2.3.2 MECHANICAL SEALS - ALL PUMPS

When a mechanical seal is fitted to the pump it maybe necessary to provide a barrier fluid to some partof the seal. This should be provided in line with theseal manufacturers instructions.

2.4. GUARDS

In the interests of safety, and in accordance with theU.K. Health and Safety at Work Act 1974, all guardsmust be replaced after necessary adjustments havebeen made to the pump.

†

†

††

†seYt (inc EZ strip)capmoC †

†

Section 1, Page 3Issued – December 2002


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 11 of 253

2.5 WARNING/CONTROL DEVICE

Prior to operating the pump, if any warning or controldevices are fitted these must be set in accordancewith their specific instructions.

2.6 PUMP OPERATING TEMPERATURE

The range of temperatures the pump surfaces willdevelop is dependent upon factors such as producttemperature and ambient temperature of theinstallation. There may be instances where theexternal pump surface can exceed 50oC.

In these instances, personnel must be made awareof this and suitable warnings/guarding used.

2.7 NOISE LEVELS

2.8 LUBRICATION

Pumps fitted with bearings should be inspectedperiodically to see if grease replenishment isnecessary, and if so, grease should be added untilthe chambers at the ends of the bearing spacer areapproximately one third full.

Periodic bearing inspection is necessary to maintainoptimum bearing performance. The most expedienttime to inspect is during periods of regularscheduled equipment downtime - for routinemaintenance or for any other reason.

Under tropical or other arduous conditions, however,a more frequent examination may be necessary. Itis therefore advisable to establish a correctmaintenance schedule or periodic inspection.

BP LC2 / Mobilgrease XHP 222 or their equivalentmust be used for replenishment.

2.9 PUMP UNITS

Where a pump unit is dismantled and re-assembled,consideration must be given to ensure that whereappropriate the following steps are covered.

1. Correct alignment of pump/gearbox2. Use of appropriate couplings & bushes3. Use of appropriate belts & pulleys correctly

tensioned.

2.10 CLEANING PRIOR TO OPERATION

i. Non Food Use

During the commissioning of a new pump orrecommissioning of an overhauled pump, it isadvisable to clean the pump prior to the initialoperation of the pump in the process.

ii. Food Use

When a pump has been supplied for a foodapplication, it is important to ensure that the pump isclean prior to initial operation of the pump.

Therefore, it is important that a clean-in-placetreatment is executed on the pump at the followingtimes:-

1. When the pump is first commissioned for use.

2. When any spare components are fitted into thewetted area of the pump.

A recommended CIP procedure is as follows:

This procedure should not be used on the CPPump Range. Please consult our applicationengineers for a suitable procedure.

Caustic WashLQ94 ex Lever Diversey or equivalent2% concentration

Acid WashP3 Horolith 617 ex HenkelEcolab or equivalent 1% concentration

Procedure

1. Caustic wash @ 75°C for 20 mins2. Water rinse @ 80°C for 20 mins

Section 1, Page 4Issued – August 2009


1. The sound pressure level should not exceed 85dB at one metre distance from the pump.

2. This is based on a typical installation and does not necessarily include noise from other sources or any contribution from building reverberation or installation pipework

3. It is recommended the actual pump unit noise levels are ascertained once the unit is installed and running at duty conditions


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 12 of 253

3. Acid wash @ 50°C for 20 mins4. Water rinse @ 80°C for 20 mins

CIP flow rates (hence pump speeds) should bemaximised to achieve highest level of cleanability.

A C.I.P. liquid velocity of 1.5 to 2.0 m/s is requiredfor removal of solids and soiling.

Pumps fitted with CIP by pass ports will permithigher flow rates without the need to increase pumpspeed.

The use of neat active causticand acid chemicals is notrecommended. Proprietary cleaningagents should be used in line with manufacturersinstructions.

All seals and gaskets should bereplaced with new if disturbedduring maintenance.

Pump internals should be regularly inspected toensure hygienic integrity is maintained, especiallywith respect to elastomeric components and seals,and replaced if necessary.

The four stages constitute one cycle and werecommend that this cycle is used to clean the pumpbefore use on food.

Once the pump has been commissioned, thecleaning process will depend upon the application.The user must therefore ensure that their cleaningprocedures are suitable for the duty for which thepump has been purchased.

2.11 WIDETHROAT PUMPS

Specific pumps may have auger feed screws, withor without a bridge breaker system to feed thepumping element. If the pump installation requiresthat these cannot be enclosed, care must be takento ensure personnel cannot gain access whilst thepump is operating. If this is not possible anemergency stop device must be fitted nearby.

2.12 EXPLOSIVE PRODUCTS/ HAZARDOUSATMOSPHERES

In certain instances the product being pumped maywell be of a hazardous nature.

In these installations consideration must be given toprovide suitable protection and appropriate warningsto safeguard personnel and plant.

2.13 ACCESS PORTS

Where access ports are fitted then the followingsteps must be followed prior to removal:

1. Pump must be shut down and the electrical supplyisolated.

2. Protective clothing should be worn, especially if thepumped product is obnoxious.

3. Remove access plate with care utilising wherepossible drip trays to collect product leakage.

Access ports are included to assist in removingblockages and to allow a visual check on thecomponents within the suction chamber.

It is not to be considered as an additional method indismantling the pump.

Re-assembly of the plate should be completed usingnew gaskets prior to the pump being switched on.

2.14 ADJUSTABLE STATORS

If adjustable stators are fitted then the followingsteps must be followed for adjusting the clampingdevices.

The adjustable stator assembly is designed to givean even compression around the statorcircumference. It is designed to be used whenpump performance reduces through wear to anunacceptable level, to restore the required flow rate.

The stator compression is increased using thefollowing steps:-

1. Release the six locking screws half a turn.

2. Tighten the eight clamp screws until adjustmentallowed by releasing the lock screws has been takenup.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 until the pump performancehas been restored to its former level.

NOTE

It is imperative that when adjusting the stator thatonly sufficient pressure is placed on the stator toenable the capacity of the pump to be reinstated.

Over tightening of the stator could easily result indamage to the driver by overload and so extremecare must be taken when carrying out theseadjustments.



Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 13 of 253

It is therefore advisable to make the adjustmentwhile the pump is running and power readings canbe monitored.

REMOVAL OF ADJUSTABLE STATOR

The procedure for removal of an adjustable stator isthe same as that of a standard one, except it isnecessary to remove the clamp plates before thestator can be twisted off the rotor.

This can be done by undoing the clamp screws;then releasing the clamp plate by using the lockingscrews as jacking screws to remove the clampplates.

Re-assembly will be done using the reverseprocedure.

2.15 MAINTENANCE OF WEARING COMPONENTS

2.15.1 ROTOR AND STATOR

The wear rate on these components is dependenton many factors, such as product abrasivity, speed,pressure etc.

When pump performance has reduced to anunacceptable level one or possibly both items willneed replacing.

2.15.2 DRIVE SHAFT - PACKED GLAND

The wear rate of the gland area is dependent onmany factors such as product abrasivity and speed.Regular gland maintenance will maximise the life ofthe shaft. Replacement of both the gland packingand shaft will be necessary when shaft sealingbecomes difficult to achieve.

2.15.3 COUPLING ROD JOINTS

Regular maintenance and lubrication will maximiselife of the joints.

Replacement of one or both joint assemblies andpossibly the coupling rod may be necessary whenwear is apparent.

It is essential to replace all the joint items withgenuine Mono parts to ensure maximum life.

2.15.4 FLEXISHAFT DRIVE PUMPS

With this design there are no wearing items toreplace in the drive train, however, if during routineinspection the shaft is visibly damaged / distorted or the protective coating is damaged, then this itemshould be replaced to avoid unexpectedbreakdowns.

2.16 MECHANICAL SPEED VARIATORS

Refer to the manufacturers instructions.

These machines require regular maintenance, whichtypically includes weekly adjustment through the fullspeed range.

3.0 ASSEMBLY AND DISMANTLING

Section 4 contains the steps to dismantle andre-assemble the pump. All fastenings must betightened securely and when identified theappropriate torque figures should be used.

3.1 USE OF ITEMS NOT APPROVED ORMANUFACTURED BY MONO PUMPS LIMITED

The pump and its components have been designedto ensure that the pump will operate safely within theguidelines covered by the legislation.

As a consequence Mono Pumps Limited have declared the machine safe to use for the dutyspecified as defined by the Declaration ofIncorporation or Conformity that is issued with thisInstruction Manual.

The use of replacement items that are not approvedby or manufactured by Mono Pumps Limited mayaffect the safe operation of the pump and it maytherefore become a safety hazard to both operatorsand other equipment. In these instances theDeclaration provided will therefore become invalid.The guarantee referenced in the Terms andConditions of Sale will also be invalidated ifreplacement items are used that are not approved ormanufactured by Mono Pumps Limited.

DISPOSAL OF WORN COMPONENTS

When replacing wearing parts, please ensuredisposal of used parts is carried out in compliancewith local environmental legislation. Particular careshould be taken when disposing of lubricants.



Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 14 of 253

3.2 RECOMMENDED LIFTING POINTS

1

2

3

4



120°MAX CHOKECHOKE

120°MAX

CHOKECHOKE

120°MAX

CHOKECHOKE

120°MAX

CHOKECHOKE


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 15 of 253

3.3 PUMP AND WEAR PARTS WEIGHTS.

NOTE: Weights are for guidence purpose only. Please refer to the documetation issued with your pump or spares.

Section 1, Page 8Issued – October 2009


EZ Strip

Pump Stator Rotor Coupling Rod/Joint Shaft

Z14A 34 3.5 2.6 1.2 1.7Z14B 46 7.1 4.5 1.2 1.7Z14K 42 7.1 4.5 1.2 1.7Z15A 50 6.3 4.9 1.2 1.7Z15B 70 12.4 9.1 2.4 3.1Z15K 57 12.3 8.8 1.2 1.7Z16A 77 11.0 8.4 2.4 3.1Z16B 102 21.5 15.4 4.9 4.4Z16K 94 5.0 15.3 2.4 3.1Z17A 107 17.4 13.3 4.9 4.3Z17B 150 34.3 24.5 4.6 4.3Z17K 148 34.3 24.5 4.6 4.3Z18A 113 23.1 17.9 6.2 4.3Z18B 170 24.6 33.7 12.3 8.7Z18K 172 45.0 33.0 6.2 4.3Z19A 175 41.7 25.8 12.3 8.7Z19B 286 65.9 47.6 12.3 8.7Z19K 270 67.2 47.6 12.3 8.7Z1AA 215 37.4 38.8 12.3 8.7Z1AK 301 74.4 71.4 12.3 8.7

ModelWeight (kg)


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 16 of 253

SESUACELBISSOPSMOTPMYS1. NO DISCHARGE

2. LOSS OF CAPACITY

3. IRREGULAR DISCHARGE

4. PRIMING LOST AFTER START

5. PUMP STALLS AT START UP

6. PUMP OVERHEATS

7. MOTOR OVERHEATS

8. EXCESSIVE POWER ABSORBED BY PUMP

9. NOISE AND VIBRATION

10. PUMP ELEMENT WEAR

11. EXCESSIVE GLAND OR SEAL WEAR

12. GLAND LEAKAGE

13. SEIZURE

1. 2. 3. 7. 26. 28. 29.

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 22. 13. 16. 17. 21. 22. 23. 29

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 13. 15. 29.

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 13. 15

8. 11. 24.

8. 9. 11. 12. 18. 20

8. 11. 12. 15. 18. 20.

8. 11. 12. 15. 18. 20

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 11. 13. 15. 18. 19. 20. 22. 23. 27. 31

9. 11.

12. 14. 25. 30.

13. 14.

9. 11. 12. 20.

SNOITCALAIDEMERSESUACFOTSIL1. INCORRECT DIRECTION OF ROTATION

2. PUMP UNPRIMED

3. INSUFFICIENT N.P.S.H. AVAILABLE

4. PRODUCT VAPORISING IN SUPPLY LINE

5. AIR ENTERING SUPPLY LINE

6. INSUFFICIENT HEAD ABOVE SUPPLY VESSEL OUTLET

7. FOOTVALVE/STRAINER OBSTRUCTED OR BLOCKED

8. PRODUCT VISCOSITY ABOVE RATED FIGURE

9. PRODUCT TEMP. ABOVE RATED FIGURE

10. PRODUCT VISCOSITY BELOW RATED FIGURE

11. DELIVERY PRESSURE ABOVE RATED FIGURE

12. GLAND OVERTIGHT

13. GLAND UNDERTIGHT

14. GLAND FLUSHING INADEQUATE

15. PUMP SPEED ABOVE RATED FIGURE

16. PUMP SPEED BELOW RATED FIGURE

17. BELT DRIVE SLIPPING

18. COUPLING MISALIGNED

19. INSECURE PUMP/DRIVE MOUNTING

20. SHAFT BEARING WEAR/FAILURE

21. WORN PUMP ELEMENT

22. RELIEF VALVE CHATTER

23. R.V. INCORRECTLY SET

24. LOW VOLTAGE

25. PRODUCT ENTERING PACKING AREA

26. DRIVE TRAIN BREAKAGE

27. NEGATIVE OR VERY LOW DELIVERY HEAD

28. DISCHARGE BLOCKED/VALVE CLOSED

29. STATOR TURNING

30. STUFFING BOX 'EATS' PACKING

31. VEE BELTS

1. REVERSE MOTOR

2. BLEED SYSTEM OF AIR/GAS

3. INCREASE SUCTION HEAD OR REDUCE SPEED/TEMP.

4. INCREASE N.P.S.H. AVAILABLE (SEE 3 ABOVE)

5. CHECK PIPE JOINTS/GLAND ADJUSTMENT

6. RAISE VESSEL/INCREASE PIPE SIZE

7. CLEAN OUT SUCTION LINE/VALVES

8. DECREASE PUMP SPEED/INCREASE TEMP.

9. COOL THE PRODUCT

10. INCREASE PUMP SPEED/REDUCE TEMP.

11. CHECK FOR BLOCKAGES IN DELIVERY LINE

12. ADJUST GLAND SEE O&M INSTRUCTIONS

13. ADJUST GLAND SEE O&M INSTRUCTIONS

14. CHECK FLUID FLOWS FREELY INTO GLAND

15. DECREASE PUMP SPEED

16. INCREASE PUMP SPEED

17. RE-TENSION BELTS

18. CHECK AND ADJUST ALIGNMENT

19. CHECK AND TIGHTEN ALL PUMP MOUNTINGS

20. REPLACE BEARINGS

21. FIT NEW PARTS

22. CHECK CONDITION OF VALVE/RENEW

23. RE-ADJUST SPRING COMPRESSION

24. CHECK VOLTAGE/WIRING SIZES

25. CHECK PACKING CONDITION AND TYPE

26. CHECK AND REPLACE BROKEN COMPONENTS

27. CLOSE DELIVERY VALVE SLIGHTLY

28. REVERSE PUMP/RELIEVE PRESSURE/CLEAR BLOCKAGES

29. REPLACE WORN PARTS/TIGHTEN UP STATOR BOLTS

30. CHECK FOR WORN SHAFT AND REPLACE

31. CHECK AND ADJUST TENSION OR REPLACE


Diagnostic ChartGibson Island STP ST32 Sludge Treatment (Belt Filter Press Vendor Manuals - Sludge Feed Pump) Vendor Manual

Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 17 of 253

DRG.REF

DESCRIPTION DRG. REF

DESCRIPTION

IMPORTANT NOTE

Z14A & ABOVE EXCLUDING Z18B

THE DRAWING REFERENCES SHOWN GIVE THE DESCRIPTION OF ALL THE PARTS DETAILED ON THE SECTIONAL DRAWINGS IN THIS SECTION OF THE BOOK. THEREFORE SOME OF THE REFERENCES MAY NOT BE SHOWN ON ANY ONE.

Section 3, Page 1Issued – February 2009

Drawing Reference Numbers

01A BODY STD C.I. P104 STL HEX HD BOLT06A NP E RANGE SOG PACK SIZE=100 P105 STL HEX NUT06B NP E RANGE DOG PACK SIZE=100 P106 STL BRIGHT WASHER10A M/SEAL P107 SNGL COIL SPR WASHER15A THROWER GUARD P109 STL HEX NUT20B GASKET GLAND P201 CARBON STL TAPER PLUG20C SLEEVE GASKET P202 CARBON STL TAPER PLUG20D SUC CHAM GASKETS P301 SOC CAPSCREW22A STATOR MTM NITRILE RUBBER P401 TORL SEAL RING BK NITR23A SUCT CHAM C.I. P402 TORL SEAL RING BK NITR23C SUC CHAM EXT FLANGE P403 SPIRAL RET RING SS SHAFT23D SUC CHAM EXT PIECE P404 SPIRAL RET RING SS SHAFT23E SUC CHAM HALF P405 TIE SEALING COVER24A END COVER C.I. P406 TIE SEALING COVER25A ROTOR (ST STL H.C.P.) P502 MAL IRON TAPER PLUG26B SPLIT COUPLING P503 STL HEX NUT26C SPLIT COUPLING P504 STL BRIGHT WASHER26D SLEEVE HALVES ASSEMBLY P505 SNGL COIL SPR WASHER28A SEALING COVER P506 STL HEX NUT28B SEALING COVER P507 STL BRIGHT WASHER29A COUPLING ROD PIN P508 SNGL COIL SPR WASHER29B COUPLING ROD PIN P510 TORL SEAL RING BK NITR29C SHAFT PIN SS P519 MAL IRON TAPER PLUG32A 316SS DRIVESHAFT P520 STL STUD (1-1/2D)42A THROWER P521 STL HEX NUT62A SUPPORT FOOT P522 STL BRIGHT WASHER65A M/SEAL CARRIER P523 SNGL COIL SPR WASHER66A ABUTMENT RING ST STL P527 STL HEX HD BOLT75A SLEEVE (ROTOR SHAFT) P528 SNGL COIL SPR WASHER75B SLEEVE (ROTOR SHAFT) P529 STL BRIGHT WASHER95A TIE ROD P530 STL HEX NUT

P531 STL HEX HD BOLTP532 SNGL COIL SPR WASHERP533 STL BRIGHT WASHERP534 STL HEX NUTP540 SOC CAPSCREWP541 STL HEX NUTP601 STL HEX HD BOLTP602 SNGL COIL SPR WASHERP603 STL BRIGHT WASHERP604 STL HEX NUT


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 18 of 253

DRG.REF.

DRG.REF.DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION

Z18B

IMPORTANT NOTE

THE DRAWING REFERENCES SHOWN GIVE THE DESCRIPTION OF ALL THE PARTS DETAILED ON THE SECTIONAL DRAWINGS IN THIS SECTION OF THE BOOK. THEREFORE SOME OF THE REFERENCES MAY NOT BE SHOWN ON ANY ONE.


Drawing Reference Numbers

01A BODY STD C.I. P104 STL HEX HD BOLT

01B BODY ADAPTOR C.I. P105 STL HEX NUT

06A NP E RANGE SOG PACK SIZE P106 STL BRIGHT WASHER

06B NP E RANGE DOG PACK SIZE P107 SNGL COIL SPR WASHER

10A M/SEAL P109 STL HEX NUT

15A THROWER GUARD P201 CARBON STL TAPER PLUG

20A GASKET GLAND P202 CARBON STL TAPER PLUG

20B GASKET GLAND P301 SOC CAPSCREW

20C SLEEVE GASKET P401 TORL SEAL RING BK NITR

20D SUC CHAM GASKET P402 TORL SEAL RING BK NITR

22A STATOR MTM NITRILE RUBBER P403 SPIRAL RET RING SS

23A SUCT CHAM C.I. P404 SPIRAL RET RING SS

23C SUC CHAM EXT FLANGE P405 TIE SEALING COVER

23D SUC CHAM EXT PIECE P406 TIE SEALING COVER

23E SUC CHAM HALF P501 MAL IRON TAPER PLUG

24A END COVER C.I. P502 MAL IRON TAPER PLUG

25A ROTOR (ST STL H.C.P.) P503 STL HEX NUT

26B SPLIT COUPLING ROD P504 STL BRIGHT WASHER

26C SPLIT COUPLING ROD P505 SNGL COIL SPR WASHER

26D SLEEVE HALVES ASSEMBLY P506 STL HEX NUT

28A SEALING COVER P507 STL BRIGHT WASHER

28B SEALING COVER P508 SNGL COIL SPR WASHER

29A COUPLING ROD PIN P509 TORL SEAL RING BK NITR

29B COUPLING ROD PIN P510 TORL SEAL RING BK NITR

29C SHAFT PIN SS P511 STL STUD (1.5D)

32A 316SS DRIVESHAFT P512 SNGL COIL SPR WASHER

42A THROWER P513 STL BRIGHT WASHER

62A SUPPORT FOOT P514 STL HEX NUT

65A M/SEAL CARRIER P519 MAL IRON TAPER PLUG

66A ABUTMENT RING ST STL P523 STL STUD (1.5D)

75A SLEEVE (ROTOR SHAFT) P524 SNGL COIL SPR WASHER

75B SLEEVE (ROTOR SHAFT) P525 STL BRIGHT WASHER

95A TIE ROD P526 STL HEX NUT

P527 STL STUD (1.5D)

P540 SOC CAPSCREW

P541 STL HEX NUT

P601 STL HEX HD BOLT

P602 SNGL COIL SPR WASHER

P603 STL BRIGHT WASHER

P604 STL HEX NUTIMPORTANT NOTE


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 19 of 253


Pump Coding

Note: Refer to Pre Selection Table for availability of pump models.

: For other material options please contact Mono Pumps Limited. 1

AMR18CA41ZelpmaxE

Note: Z1AB is not currently available

EZ S

trip

Ran

ge

Des

ign

Mk

1

Siz

e 04

Sing

le S

tage

Cas

t Iro

n

Cod

e 8

Rot

Par

ts

Mk

1 R

otor

Nitr

ile S

tato

r

Mec

hani

cal S

eal

Bui

ld O

ptio

n A

Range Monobloc Compact EZ Strip Z1

456789A

A

B

K

CS

158

0

1

3

5

MR

PA

A 1 2 3

BH

Monobloc22m³/h @ 1000 rpm37m³/h @ 800 rpm57m³/h @ 700 rpm79m³/h @ 600 rpm97m³/h @ 500 rpm125m³/h @ 450 rpm165m³/h @ 400rpmSingle stage

Two stage

Single stage - extended pitch

Cast IronStainless SteelCode 1Code 5Code 8Mk 0 (Oversized)

Mk1 (Standard)

Mk3 (Temperature)

Mk5 (Temperature)Stator Material RA, RR etc.

Mechanical SealPacked Gland

/ /

Variation For special requirements contact Mono Pumps Ltd

Build Option

Seal Type

Refer to product manual section 2 & 3, drive selections

Casing Material

Size

Stages

Rotating Parts

Rotor Mk No

Design Mk No

1


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 20 of 253

RO

TOR

& S

TATO

R C

HA

NG

ED

ISM

AN

TLIN

G


Dismantling & Assembly Diagrams

1


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 21 of 253


Dismantling & Assembly DiagramsR

OTO

R &

STA

TOR

CH

AN

GE

DIS

MA

NTL

ING

2


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 22 of 253



OTO

R &

STA

TOR

CH

AN

GE

DIS

MA

NTL

ING

3


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 23 of 253



OTO

R &

STA

TOR

CH

AN

GE

DIS

MA

NTL

ING

4


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 24 of 253



OTO

R &

STA

TOR

CH

AN

GE

DIS

MA

NTL

ING

5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 25 of 253



OTO

R &

STA

TOR

CH

AN

GE

ASS

EMB

LY

1


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 26 of 253


Dismantling & Assembly Diagrams2

3

4

5

6

Cor

rect

tool

ava

ilabl

e fr

om M

ono

Part

Num

ber:

80D

1331

RO

TOR

& S

TATO

R C

HA

NG

EA

SSEM

BLY


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 27 of 253



OTO

R &

STA

TOR

CH

AN

GE

ASS

EMB

LY

7


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 28 of 253



OTO

R &

STA

TOR

CH

AN

GE

ASS

EMB

LY8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 29 of 253



OTO

R &

STA

TOR

CH

AN

GE

ASS

EMB

LY

9


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 30 of 253



OTO

R &

STA

TOR

CH

AN

GE

ASS

EMB

LY

10


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 31 of 253


Dismantling & Assembly DiagramsC

OM

PLET

E D

ISM

AN

TLIN

G

1


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 32 of 253



OM

PLET

E D

ISM

AN

TLIN

G

2


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 33 of 253



CO

MPL

ETE

DIS

MA

NTL

ING

3


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 34 of 253



CO

MPL

ETE

DIS

MA

NTL

ING

4


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 35 of 253



OM

PLET

E D

ISM

AN

TLIN

G

5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 36 of 253



OM

PLET

E D

ISM

AN

TLIN

G

6


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 37 of 253



OM

PLET

E D

ISM

AN

TLIN

G7


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 38 of 253



CO

MPL

ETE

DIS

MA

NTL

ING

8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 39 of 253



OM

PLET

E D

ISM

AN

TLIN

G

Z18B

ON

LY

9


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 40 of 253



OM

PLET

E A

SSEM

BLY

Z18B

ON

LY

1


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 41 of 253



CO

MPL

ETE

ASS

EMB

LY2


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 42 of 253



4

5

6

7

Cor

rect

tool

ava

ilabl

e fr

om M

ono

Part

Num

ber:

80D

1331

FULL

PU

MP

ASS

EMB

LY


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 43 of 253



CO

MPL

ETE

ASS

EMB

LY8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 44 of 253



OM

PLET

E A

SSEM

BLY

9


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 45 of 253



11

12

13

14

Cor

rect

tool

ava

ilabl

e fr

om M

ono

Part

Num

ber:

80D

1331

FULL

PU

MP

ASS

EMB

LY


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 46 of 253



OM

PLET

E A

SSEM

BLY

15


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 47 of 253



CO

MPL

ETE

ASS

EMB

LY

16


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 48 of 253



CO

MPL

ETE

ASS

EMB

LY17


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 49 of 253



OM

PLET

E A

SSEM

BLY

18


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 50 of 253



OM

PLET

E A

SSEM

BLY

19


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 51 of 253

Section 4, Page 32Issued – April 2009

Setting Length - Mechanical Seal

Pump Size Drive Type Shaft Diameter mm Seal Part No Seal Working

Length L mm

Z14AZ14BZ14KZ15AZ15KZ15BZ16AZ16KZ16B Z17AZ17BZ17KZ18AZ18KZ18BZ19AZ19BZ19KZ1AAZ1AK

Pin Joint

Pin Joint

Pin Joint

Pin Joint

45

65

45.0

55 M055139G 47.5

M045139G

52.5

85 M085139G 60.0

M065139G

NOTE: All seal working lengths are to DIN L1K dimensions. This table is not to be used for standard or DIN L1N working length seals. All seals use ‘M’ type seat except for 85mm which uses ‘BS’ type or ‘M’ type. This table is not necessarily compatible with any other seal type - check with Mono Pumps Technical Dept.

Setting Distance 'X' mm

41

34.5

33.5

33

L


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 52 of 253

23A

20B

32A

08A

10A

65A

01A


Exploded Views - Packed GlandGibson Island STP ST32 Sludge Treatment (Belt Filter Press Vendor Manuals - Sludge Feed Pump) Vendor Manual

Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 53 of 253

BEA

RIN

G H

OU

SIN

G O

NLY

P12

4

15A

P10

7

P10

8

01A

01B

P10

9

15A

P10

6

P12

2

P12

1

32A

P40

7

P11

2

P11

3

P11

0

P11

135

A

P42

1P

420

11A

P10

1

P12

5

P12

0

06A

/06B

P12

3

P10

5


Exploded ViewsGibson Island STP ST32 Sludge Treatment (Belt Filter Press Vendor Manuals - Sludge Feed Pump) Vendor Manual

Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 54 of 253


Exploded View

22A

24A 62

A

62A

P519

P504

P505

P503

95A

P507

P508

P506

25A

P403

P401

75A

28A

P405

26B

26C

P406

28B

75B

P402

P404

32A

26D

20C

26D

27A

27A

29B

29A

P301

29C

15A

15A

01A

P601

P603

P104

P106

P604

P602

P603

P109

P108

P102

P101

P202

P201

23A

20B

66AP203

10A

65A

42A

P520

P510

23D

23E

20D

P541

P540

23C

P522

P523

P521

P105

P107

P106

P502

06A/B

Z14A

- Z1

8K(E

XCEP

T Z1

8B)


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 55 of 253


Exploded ViewZ1

8B O

NLY

24A

22A

P519

P503

P504

P50562A

95A

P506

P507

P508

62A

25A

P403

P401

75A

28A

P405

26B

26D

20C

26D

P301

P301

29A

27A

27B

29B

26C

P406

28B

75B

P402

P404

32A

29C

23C

P541

P540

20D

23E

23D

P511

P510

23A

P502

P512

P513

P514

P105

P107

P106

20A

66A

10A

20A

65A

42A

P201

P202

01C

15A 20

B

15A

P601

P604

P602

P603

P525

P524

P526

P523

P527

P102

P108

P109

06A/B

01A

P101


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 56 of 253


Exploded ViewZ1

9A A

ND

AB

OVE

24A

22A

P504

P505

P503

P527

P529

95A

P519

P530

P528

P529

62A

26D

20C

26C

26B

P406

28B

75B

P404

P402

32A29

C

29A

27A

26D

P301

29B

27B

23C

23E

20D

P531

P533

62A

P533

P532

P534

P520

23D

P510

P522

P523

P521

P105

P107P1

06

23A

P201

P202

20B

66A

10A

42A

65A

06A/

B

P101 P1

0215

A01

A P603

P602

P604

P104

P106 15AP1

09P1

08

P603

P601

P540

P541

25A

P403

P401

75A

28A

P405

P502


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 57 of 253

Thre

ads

to b

ese

aled

with

loct

ite o

r equ

ival

ent

Cap

Hea

d Sc

rew

Driv

e Sh

aft

(Mot

or s

haft

end)

(Cou

plin

g R

od e

nd)

NO

TE:

ENSU

RE

THE

CA

P H

EAD

SC

REW

IS T

IGH

TEN

D &

5910

Gra

de 1

2.9


Drive Shaft Assembly with Plug

NO

TE:

This

scr

ew m

ay b

e re

mov

ed to

allo

w a

ja

ckin

g bo

lt to

be

used

to a

id re

mov

alof

the

driv

e sh

aft f

rom

the

gear

box

shaf

t.


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 58 of 253

Section 5, Page 1Issued – June 2009

Torque Tightening Figures

Body/Suct Chamber Stator Tie Bars Split Coupling Rod Split Suction Chamber Halves

Nm Nm Nm NmP526 P105 P530 P506 P503 P301 P540

Z14A 11 11 22 25Z14K 11 11 22 25Z14B 11 11 22 25Z15A 11 11 22 35Z15K 21 11 22Z15B 21 11 43Z16A 21 24 43Z16K 21 24 43Z16B 36 24 75Z17A 36 24 75Z17K 36 24 75Z17B 36 24 75Z18A 36 40 75Z18K 36 40 75Z18B 50 - 36 40 75Z19A 90 75 75Z19K 90 75 75Z19B 90 75 75Z1AA 90 75 75Z1AK 90 75 75

Pump Size

35353535354545455555557070707070


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 59 of 253

RECOMMENDED

Z14AZ14BZ14KZ15A

Z15BZ16AZ16K

Z16BZ17AZ17BZ17KZ18AZ18K

Z18BZ19A

Z19KZ1AAZ1AK

KLUBERSYNTHESOD460 EP OIL

22

45

55

95

PUMP MODEL

JOINT LUBRICATION CAPACITY (APPROX.) PER

JOINT (ml)*

FOODAPPLICATIONSSUITABLE ALTERNATIVE

NON-FOOD APPLICATIONS ONLY

KLUBEROIL 4 UHI 460

MOBILITHSHC 007

SEMI-FLUID GREASE

SHELLRETINAX

CSZ

MOBIL GEAROIL SHC 320

Section 5, Page 2Issued – July 2009

Pin Joint Lubrication

Z19B


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 60 of 253

COMPONENTS ALL APPLICATION EXCEPT FOOD

FOODAPPLICATIONS

ONLY

SERVICECOMMENTS

PUMP DRIVE JOINTS SEE SECTION 5 PAGE 2

INSPECT AND LUBRICATE AS

NECESSARY EVERY 4000 OPERATING

HOURS

PUMP BEARINGS (WHERE FITTED) BP Energrease LC2 OR EQUIVALENT

INSPECT AND RE-GREASE IF

NECESSARY EVERY 12 MONTHS

GEARED DRIVERS (WHERE FITTED) AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER

NOTE: ABOVE SERVICE AND LUBRICATION INTERVALS ARE FOR GUIDANCE ONLY TO ENSURE MAXIMUM COMPONENT LIFE. PUMP WILL OPERATE FOR CONSIDERABLY LONGER

PERIODS WITHOUT ATTENTION DEPENDING ON SERVICE CONDITIONS


Recommended Lubrication & Service IntervalsGibson Island STP ST32 Sludge Treatment (Belt Filter Press Vendor Manuals - Sludge Feed Pump) Vendor Manual

Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 61 of 253

Produced on recycled paper

© Mono Pumps Limited May 2011 Literature reference: MPA632. Published information other than that marked CERTIFIED does not extend any warranty or representation, expressed or implied, regarding these products. Any such warranties or other terms and conditions of sales and products shall be in accordance with Mono Pumps Limited standard terms and conditions of sale, available on request.

Mono® is a registered trademark of Mono Pumps Ltd.

Registered in England No 300721

Europe

Mono Pumps Ltd, Martin Street, Audenshaw Manchester, M34 5JA, England

T. +44 161 339 9000 E. [email protected]

D.M.I EST, 56, rue du Pont88300 Rebeuville, France

T. +33 3 29 94 26 88 E. [email protected]

Americas

Monofl o Inc., 10529 Fisher Road Houston, Texas 77041, USA

T. +1 713 980 8400 E. monofl [email protected]

Monofl o S.A., Ing Huergo 2239(1842) Monte Grande

Pcia. de Buenos Aires, ArgentinaT. +54 11 4290 9940/50

E. info.monofl [email protected]

Monofl o Canada, 6010 – 53rd AveAlberta, Lloydminster

T9V2T2, CanadaT: + 1 780 875 5584

E: info.monofl [email protected]

Asia

Mono Pumps Ltd, Building 5,Madong Industrial Park, 1250 Sicheng Rd

Malu Town, Jiading District, Shanghai 201801T. +86 21 3990 4588

E. [email protected]

Australasia

Mono Pumps (Australia) Pty Ltd 75 Frankston Garden Drive

Carrum Downs, Victoria 3201, AustraliaT. 1800 333 138


Mono Pumps (New Zealand) Ltd 35-41 Fremlin Place, Avondale Auckland, 1026, New Zealand

T. +64 9 829 0333E. [email protected]

Melbourne T. 03 9580 5211 F. 03 9580 6659 Sydney T. 02 8536 0900 F. 02 9542 3649 Brisbane T. 07 3350 4582 F. 07 3350 3750 Adelaide T. 08 8447 8333 F. 08 8447 8373 Perth T. 08 9303 0444 F. 08 9303 0400 Darwin T. 08 8931 3300 F. 08 8931 3200 Kalgoorlie T. 08 9022 4880 F. 08 9022 3660 Christchurch NZ T. +64 3 341 8379 F. +64 3 341 8486

www.monopumps.com.au


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 62 of 253

EZstrip™ Transfer Pump


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 63 of 253

Features & Benefits The EZstrip™ pump is an extension of our existing and popular Compact C Range and is available in cast iron or stainless steel, with a choice of rotor and stator materials, including WRAS compliant elastomers, to suit individual applications.

• Quick and easy de-rag, in place

• Requires only spanners and an allen key to maintain

• Reduced maintenance downtime and labour savings

• No need to disconnect suction and discharge pipework

• Eliminates dismantling lengths

• Can be retrofitted into existing Compact C installations

• Operational parameters are unaffected

Capacity up to 165m3/h Pressure up to 12 bar Temperature -10°C up to 100°C Typical applications: Domestic and industrial effluents, hydrated lime slurry, sludge, shear sensitive latex emulsion, milk curds, sauces, fruit juices, industrial chemicals and detergents, starch slurries, coating clays, gypsum and silicate, paper stocks and agricultural slurries

To minimise the impact on the environment, this has been printed on recycled paper

What can you do in 21/2 minutes?

Mono first began manufacturing progressing cavity pumps in 1935 and have continued to engineer industry-leading pump ranges for over 70 years.

The EZstrip™ is the latest revolutionary new pump design which will change the way you work. By simply removing a few screws, the suction chamber is easily dismantled, giving you access to take out any rag build-up, a process that takes less than 21/2 minutes.

A greater build up of rags may take longer to remove, but you can see the potential time savings you would achieve when maintaining a pump!

De-Rag an EZstrip™ Pump

1. Remove screws to split suction chamber in half

2. Remove rags from the coupling rod area and simply bolt back together

Innovative suction chamber design


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 64 of 253

Maintain in Place (M.I.P.)

To minimize the time and cost involved when maintaining a progressing cavity pump, the EZstrip™ can easily be maintained in place, without disconnecting or removing any pipework. Currently, the removal of rotating parts from a typical progressing cavity pump can take a full day. With the EZstrip™, the full drive train including rotor, stator, shaft, rod and seal can be removed in less than 4 minutes.

1. Unscrew retaining sleeve 2. Remove new split coupling rod sleev 3. Unscrew and remove tie rods

4. Lift rotor and stator out of the pump 5. Pull back thrower guard and push 6. Remove drive train pin out from the stub shaft


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 65 of 253

Cost Savings

Drive train assembly A pre-assembled drive train is available, with 2 year warranty, to allow an even faster re-assembly time.

Maintain in place Quick and easy removal of rotating parts with no electrical disconnection required.

To fully appreciate the potential cost savings when installing an EZstrip™ pump, the following examples have been calculated:

DE-RAGGING

Standard EZstrip™

Maintenance time per de-rag incident 4 hours 15 minutes

Cost per de-rag incident $320 $20

SAVINGS PER INCIDENT $300

PUMP MAINTENANCE

Standard EZstrip™

Pump maintenance time per incident 8 hours 30 minutes

Cost per incident $640 $40

SAVINGS PER INCIDENT $600

Pump maintenance hours per pump life 40 2 1/2

Cost over pump life $3,200 $200

SAVINGS OVER PUMP LIFE $3,000

Pump maintenance hours per pump life for full asset base

600 37 1/2

Cost over pump life $48,000 $3,000

SAVINGS OVER PUMP LIFE - FULL ASSET BASE $45,000Low running speeds Reduced wear for a longer working pump life which extends the periods between routine maintenance.

Materials of construction Available in cast iron or stainless steel, with a choice of rotor and stator materials to suit individual applications.

Eliminate dismantling lengths Suction and discharge pipework can remain connected, so dismantling space is not required.

Baseplate Pumps can be supplied on a baseplate to ease installation.

ASSUMPTIONS

Labour costs per hour $80

Pump life 10 years

Asset base / pump population 15

Inflation per annum 5%

A typical pump will have one pump maintenance intervention every two years

Calculations based on an average sized pump eg: C17K 40m3/h at 250 rpm)

Rotating parts are easy to replace


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 66 of 253

Performance Data

SINGLE STAGE TWO STAGEK BUILD

DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE - BAR

04 6 12

14.5

25.5

35.5

49.5

57.5

71.5

94.0Z1AA

Z19A

Z15B

Z16B

Z17B

Z18B

Z19B

Z18A

Z17A

Z16A

Z15A

CA

PAC

ITY

m3 /h

Z14A Z14B

Z1AK

Z17K

Z14K

Z18K

Z16K

Z15K

Z19K

DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE - BAR

0 6

22

37

57

79

97

125

165

CA

PAC

ITY

m3 /h

All dimensions in mm’s, unless otherwise stated and for guidance only. For full certified drawings or assistance in selecting a pump, please contact NOV Mono®.

MODEL A B C D E F G H

Z14K 986 756 230 65 227 112 140 200

Z15K 1102 882 220 80 232 112 140 200

Z16K 1272 1036 236 100 255 125 160 250

Z17K 1478 1198 280 125 310 150 180 300

Z18K 1654 1374 280 125 310 150 180 300

Z19K 1856 1541 315 150 345 160 200 300

Z1AK 2007 1692 315 150 345 160 200 300

MODEL A B C D E F G H

Z14A 781 551 230 65 227 112 140 200

Z14B 986 756 230 65 227 112 140 200

Z15A 842 622 220 80 232 112 140 200

Z15B 1159 882 277 80 245 125 160 250

Z16A 960 724 236 100 255 125 160 250

Z16B 1355 1036 319 100 280 150 180 300

Z17A 1110 830 280 125 310 150 180 300

Z17B 1478 1198 280 125 310 150 180 300

Z18A 1246 966 280 125 310 150 180 300

Z18B 1742 1374 386 125 320 160 200 300

Z19A 1394 1079 315 150 345 160 200 300

Z19B 1856 1541 315 150 345 160 200 300

Z1AA 1476 1161 315 150 345 160 200 300

H

G

A

DB C

EF

Dimensions


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 67 of 253

Produced on recycled paper

© Mono Pumps Limited June 2011 Literature reference: ART76/2

Published information other than that marked CERTIFIED does not extend any warranty or representation, expressed or implied, regarding these products. Any such warranties or other terms and conditions of sales and products shall be in accordance with Mono Pumps Limited standard terms and conditions of sale, available on request.

Mono® is a registered trademark of Mono Pumps Ltd.

Registered in England No 300721

Europe

Mono Pumps Ltd, Martin Street, Audenshaw Manchester, M34 5JA, England


D.M.I EST, 56, rue du Pont 88300 Rebeuville, France

T. +33 3 29 94 26 88 E. [email protected]

Americas

Monoflo Inc., 10529 Fisher Road Houston, Texas 77041, USA


Monoflo S.A., Ing Huergo 2239 (1842) Monte Grande

Pcia. de Buenos Aires, Argentina T. +54 11 4290 9940/50


Monoflo Canada, 6010 – 53rd Ave Alberta, Lloydminster

T9V2T2, Canada T: + 1 780 875 5584

E: [email protected]

Asia

Mono Pumps Ltd, Building 5, Madong Industrial Park, 1250 Sicheng Rd

Malu Town, Jiading District, Shanghai 201801 T. +86 21 3990 4588


Australasia

Mono Pumps (Australia) Pty Ltd 75 Frankston Gardens Drive

Carrum Downs, Victoria 3201, Australia T. 1800 333 138


Mono Pumps (New Zealand) Ltd 35-41 Fremlin Place, Avondale Auckland, 1026, New Zealand


Melbourne T. 03 9773 7777 F. 03 9773 7400 Sydney T. 02 8536 0900 F. 02 9542 3649 Brisbane T. 07 3350 4582 F. 07 3350 3750 Adelaide T. 08 8447 8333 F. 08 8447 8373 Perth T. 08 9303 0444 F. 08 9303 0400 Darwin T. 08 8931 3300 F. 08 8931 3200 Kalgoorlie T. 08 9022 4880 F. 08 9022 3660

www.monopumps.com.au


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 68 of 253

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

B1

B2B3

B4C1

C2C3

C4

IP20

IP20

/21

IP20

/21

IP55

/66

IP55

/66

IP21

/55/

66IP

21/5

5/66

IP20

IP20

IP21

/55/

66IP

21/5

5/66

IP20

IP20

Acce

ssor

y ba

gs c

onta

inin

g ne

cess

ary

brac

kets

, scr

ews

and

conn

ecto

rs a

re in

clud

ed w

ith t

he d

rives

upo

n de

liver

y.To

p an

d bo

ttom

mou

ntin

g ho

les

(B4,

C3

and

C4on

ly)

All m

easu

rem

ents

in m

m.

* A5

in I

P55/

66 o

nly

Frame Size A4 Addendum

1

1


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 69 of 253

Fram

e Si

zeA

1A

2A

3A

4A

5

Rat

ed P

ower

in H

P [

kW]

200

–240

V0.

34–2

[0

.25–

1.5

]0

.34–

3 [

0.2

5–2.

2]4–

5 [3

–3.7

]0.

34–3

[0.

25–2

.2]

0.34

–5 [

0.2

5–3.

7]

380

–480

/500

V0.

5–2

[0.3

7–1.

5]0.

5–5.

5 [

0.3

7–4.

0]7

.5–1

0 [

5.5–

7.5

]0

.5–5

.5 [

0.3

7–4]

0.5–

10 [

0.3

7–7.

5]

525

–600

V1–

10 [

0.7

5–7.

5]

1–10

[0.

75–

7.5]

525

–690

VIP N

EMA

20Ch

assi

s20

Chas

sis

21Ty

pe 1

20Ch

assi

s21

Type

155

/66

Type

12

55/6

6Ty

pe 1

2H

eigh

t

Hei

ght

of b

ackp

late

A7.

87 in

[20

0 m

m]

10.5

5 in

[26

8 m

m]

14.7

6 in

[37

5 m

m]

10.5

5 in

[26

8m

m]

14.7

6 in

[37

5 m

m]

15.3

5 in

[39

0 m

m]

16.5

4 in

[42

0 m

m]

Hei

ght w

ith d

e-co

uplin

g pl

ate

for s

eria

l com

mun

icat

ion

bus

cabl

esA

12.4

4 in

[31

6 m

m]

14.7

2 in

[37

4 m

m]

14.7

2 in

[37

4m

m]

--

-

Dis

tanc

e be

twee

n m

ount

ing

hole

sa

7.48

in [

190

mm

]10

.12

in [

257

mm

]13

.78

in [

350

mm

]10

.12

in [

257

mm

]13

.78

in [

350

mm

]15

.79

in [

401

mm

]15

.83

in [

402

mm

]

Wid

thW

idth

of

back

plat

eB

2.95

in [

75 m

m]

3.54

in [

90 m

m]

3.54

in [

90 m

m]

5.12

in [

130

mm

]5.

12 in

[13

0 m

m]

7.87

in [

200

mm

]9.

53 in

[24

2 m

m]

Wid

th o

f ba

ckpl

ate

with

one

C o

ptio

nB

5.12

in [

130

mm

]5.

12 in

[13

0 m

m]

6.69

in [

170

mm

]6.

69 in

[17

0 m

m]

9.53

in [

242

mm

]W

idth

of

back

plat

e w

ith t

wo

C op

tions

B5.

91 in

[15

0 m

m]

5.91

in [

150

mm

]7.

48 in

[19

0 m

m]

7.48

in [

190

mm

]9.

53 in

[24

2 m

m]

Dis

tanc

e be

twee

n m

ount

ing

hole

sb

2.36

in [

60 m

m]

2.76

in [

70 m

m]

2.76

in [

70 m

m]

4.33

in [

110

mm

]4.

33 in

[11

0 m

m]

6.73

in [

171

mm

]8.

47 in

[21

5 m

m]

Dep

thD

epth

with

out

optio

n A/

BC

8.15

in [

207

mm

]8.

07 in

[20

5 m

m]

8.15

in [

207

mm

]8.

07 in

[20

5 m

m]

8.15

in [

207

mm

]6.

89 in

[17

5 m

m]

7.68

in [

195

mm

]W

ith o

ptio

n A/

BC

8.74

in [

222

mm

]8.

66 in

[22

0 m

m]

8.74

in [

222

mm

]8.

66 in

[22

0 m

m]

8.74

in [

222

mm

]6.

89 in

[17

5 m

m]

7.68

in [

195

mm

]Sc

rew

hol

esc

0.24

in [

6.0

mm

]0.

32 in

[8.

0 m

m]

0.32

in [

8.0

mm

]0.

32 in

[8.

0 m

m]

0.32

in [

8.0

mm

]0.

33 in

[8.

25 m

m]

0.33

in [

8.25

mm

]d

ø0.3

5 in

. [8

mm

]ø0

.43

in [

11 m

m]

ø0.4

3 in

[11

mm

]ø0

.43

in [

11 m

m]

ø0.4

3 in

[11

mm

]ø0

.47

in [

12 m

m]

ø0.4

7 in

[12

mm

]

eø0

.20

in [

5 m

m]

ø0.2

2 in

[5.

5 m

m]

ø0.2

2 in

[5.

5 m

m]

ø0.2

2 in

[5.

5m

m]

ø0.2

2 in

[5.

5 m

m]

ø0.2

6 in

(6.

5 m

m)

ø0.2

6 in

(6.

5 m

m)

f0.

20 in

[5

mm

]0.

35 in

[9

mm

]0.

35 in

[9

mm

]0.

35 in

[9

mm

]0.

35 in

[9

mm

]0.

24 in

[6

mm

]0.

35 in

[9

mm

]

Max

wei

ght

5.95

lbs

[2.7

kg]

10.8

lbs

[4.9

kg]

11.6

9 lb

s [5

.3 k

g]14

.55

lbs

[6.6

kg]

15.4

3 lb

s [7

.0 k

g]21

.38

lbs

[9.7

kg]

29.7

6/31

.31

lbs

[13.

5/14

.2 k

g]


2

1


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 70 of 253

Fram

e Si

zeB

1B

2B

3B

4C

1C

2C

3C

4

Rat

ed P

ower

in H

P [

kW]

200–

240

V7.

5–10

[5.

5–7.

5]11

7.5–

10 [

5.5–

7.5]

11-1

515

-22

30-3

725

–30

[18.

5–2

2]30

-37

380–

480

/500

V1

1-15

25–3

0 [1

8.5–

22]

11-1

525

–40

[18

.5–3

0]30

-45

55-7

537

-45

55-7

552

5–6

00 V

11-

1525

–30

[18.

5–22

]11

-15

25–

40 [

18.5

–30]

30-4

555

-90

37-4

555

-90

525–

690

V11

-22

30-7

5IP N

EMA

21/

55/6

6Ty

pe 1

/Typ

e 12

21/5

5/66

Type

1/T

ype

1220

Chas

sis

20Ch

assi

s21

/55/

66Ty

pe 1

/Typ

e 12

21/5

5/66

Type

1/T

ype

1220

Chas

sis

20Ch

assi

sH

eigh

tH

eigh

t of

bac

kpla

teA

18.9

0 in

[48

0 m

m]

25.5

9 in

[65

0 m

m]

15.7

1 in

[39

9 m

m]

20.4

7 in

[52

0 m

m]

26.7

7 in

[68

0 m

m]

30.3

2 in

[77

0 m

m]

21.6

5 in

[55

0 m

m]

25.9

8 in

[66

0 m

m]

Hei

ght w

ith d

e-co

uplin

g pl

ate

for

seria

l com

mu-

nica

tion

bus

cabl

esA

--

16.5

4 in

[42

0 m

m]

23.4

3 in

[59

5 m

m]

24.8

0 in

[63

0 m

m]

31.5

0 in

[80

0 m

m]

Dis

tanc

e be

twee

n m

ount

ing

hole

sa

17.8

7 in

[45

4 m

m]

24.5

7 in

[62

4 m

m]

14.9

6 in

[38

0 m

m]

19.4

9 in

[49

5 m

m]

25.5

1 in

[64

8 m

m]

29.0

9 in

[73

9 m

m]

20.5

1 in

[52

1 m

m]

24.8

4 in

[63

1 m

m]

Wid

thW

idth

of

back

plat

eB

9.53

in [

242

mm

]9.

53 in

[24

2 m

m]

6.50

in [

165

mm

]9.

06 in

[23

0 m

m]

12.1

3 in

[30

8 m

m]

14.5

7 in

[37

0 m

m]

12.1

3 in

[30

8 m

m]

14.5

7 in

[37

0 m

m]

Wid

th o

f ba

ckpl

ate

with

one

C o

ptio

nB

9.53

in [

242

mm

]9.

53 in

[24

2 m

m]

8.07

in [

205

mm

]9.

06 in

[23

0 m

m]

12.1

3 in

[30

8 m

m]

14.5

7 in

[37

0 m

m]

12.1

3 in

[30

8 m

m]

14.5

7 in

[37

0 m

m]

Wid

th o

f ba

ckpl

ate

with

tw

o C

optio

nsB

9.53

in [

242

mm

]9.

53 in

[24

2 m

m]

8.86

in [

225

mm

]9.

06 in

[23

0 m

m]

12.1

3 in

[30

8 m

m]

14.5

7 in

[37

0 m

m]

12.1

3 in

[30

8 m

m]

14.5

7 in

[37

0 m

m]

Dis

tanc

e be

twee

n m

ount

ing

hole

sb

8.27

in [

210

mm

]8.

27 in

[21

0 m

m]

5.51

in [

140

mm

]7.

87 in

[20

0 m

m]

10.7

1 in

[27

2 m

m]

13.1

5 in

[33

4 m

m]

10.6

3 in

[27

0 m

m]

12.9

9 in

[33

0 m

m]

Dep

thD

epth

with

out

optio

n A/

BC

10.2

4 in

[26

0 m

m]

10.2

4 in

[26

0 m

m]

9.80

in [

249

mm

]9.

53 in

[24

2 m

m]

12.2

1 in

[31

0 m

m]

13.1

9 in

[33

5 m

m]

13.1

1 in

[33

3 m

m]

13.1

1 in

[33

3 m

m]

With

opt

ion

A/B

C10

.24

in [

260

mm

]10

.24

in [

260

mm

]10

.32

in [

262

mm

]9.

53 in

[24

2 m

m]

12.2

1 in

[31

0 m

m]

13.1

9 in

[33

5 m

m]

13.1

1 in

[33

3 m

m]

13.1

1 in

[33

3 m

m]

Scre

w h

oles

c0.

47 in

[12

mm

]0.

47 in

[12

mm

]0.

32 in

[8

mm

]0.

49 in

[12

.5 m

m]

0.49

in [

12.5

mm

]d

ø0.7

5 in

[19

mm

]ø0

.75

in [

19 m

m]

0.47

in [

12 m

m]

ø0.7

5 in

[19

mm

]ø0

.75

in [

19 m

m]

eø0

.35

in [

9 m

m]

ø0.3

5 in

[9

mm

]0.

27 in

[6.

8 m

m]

0.34

in [

8.5

mm

]ø0

.35

in [

9 m

m]

ø0.3

5 in

[9

mm

]0.

34 in

[8.

5 m

m]

0.34

in [

8.5

mm

]f

0.35

in [

9 m

m]

0.35

in [

9 m

m]

0.31

in [

7.9

mm

]0.

59 in

[15

mm

]0.

39 in

[9.

8 m

m]

0.39

in [

9.8

mm

]0.

67 in

[17

mm

]0.

67 in

[17

mm

]M

ax w

eigh

t50

.71

lbs

[23

kg]

59.5

3 lb

s [2

7 kg

]26

.46

lbs

[12

kg]

51.8

1 lb

s [2

3.5

kg]

99.2

1 lb

s [4

5 kg

]14

3.30

lbs

[65

kg]

77.1

6 lb

s [3

5 kg

]11

0.23

lbs

[50

kg]


3

1


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 71 of 253

1.1.1 Mechanical Mounting

All Frame Sizes allow side-by-side installation except when a IP21/IP4X/ TYPE 1 Enclosure Kit is used (see the Options and Accessories section of the

Design Guide).

If the IP 21 Enclosure kit is used on frame size A1, A2 or A3, there must be a clearance between the drives of a minimum of 2 in [50 mm].

For optimal cooling conditions, allow a free air passage above and below the adjustable frequency drive. See table below.

Air passage for different frame sizes

Framesize: A1* A2 A3 A4 A5 B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 C3 C4

a(mm): 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 100 200 200 225 200 225

b(mm): 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 100 200 200 225 200 225

* only

1. Drill holes in accordance with the measurements given.

2. You must provide screws suitable for the surface on which you want to mount the adjustable frequency drive. Retighten all four screws.

Table 1.1: When mounting frame sizes A4, A5, B1, B2, C1 andC2 on a non-solid back wall, the drive must be provided with a backplate A to ensure

sufficient cooling air over the heatsink.

FrameTightening torque for covers (Nm)

IP20 IP21 IP55 IP66A1 * - - -A2 * * - -A3 * * - -A4/A5 - - 2 2B1 - * 2.2 2.2B2 - * 2.2 2.2B3 * - - -B4 2 - - -C1 - * 2.2 2.2C2 - * 2.2 2.2C3 2 - - -C4 2 - - -* = No screws to tighten- = Does not exist


4

1


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 72 of 253

NB!

Cables General

All cabling must comply with national and local regulations on cable cross-sections and ambient temperature. Copper (167°F [75°C])

conductors are recommended.

Aluminum Conductors

Terminals can accept aluminum conductors, but the conductor surface must be clean, and the oxidation must be removed and sealed by neutral acid-

free Vaseline grease before the conductor is connected.

Furthermore, the terminal screw must be retightened after two days due to the softness of the aluminum. It is crucial to keep the connection a gas-tight

joint, otherwise the aluminum surface will oxidize again.

Tightening TorqueFrame size 200–240 V 380–500 V 525–690 V Cable for: Tightening torqueA1 0.34–2 hp

[0.25–1.5kW]

0.5–2 hp[0.37–1.5kW]

-

Line power, brake resistor, load sharing, motor cables

0.5–0.6 Nm

A2 0.33–3 hp[0.25–2.2kW]

0.5–5 hp[0.37–4 kW]

-

A3 4–5 hp [3–3.7 kW]

7.5–10 hp[5.5–7.5kW]

-

A4 0.34–3 hp[0.25–2.2kW]

0.5–5 hp[0.37–4 kW]

A5 4–5 hp [3–3.7 kW]

7.5–10 hp[5.5–7.5kW]

-

B1 7.5–10 hp[5.5–7.5kW]

15–20 hp[11–15 kW]

- Line power, brake resistor, load sharing, motor cables 1.8 NmRelay 0.5–0.6 NmGround 2–3 Nm

B2 15 hp [11kW]

25–30 hp[18.5–22kW]

15–30 hp[11–22 kW]

Line power, brake resistor, load sharing cables 4.5 NmMotor cables 4.5 NmRelay 0.5–0.6 NmGround 2–3 Nm

B3 7.5–10 hp[5.5–7.5kW]

15–20 hp[11–15 kW]


B4 15–20 hp[11–15 kW]

25–40 hp[18.5–30kW]


C1 20–30 hp[15–22 kW]

40–60 hp[30–45 kW]

- Line power, brake resistor, load sharing cables 10 NmMotor cables 10 NmRelay 0.5–0.6 NmGround 2–3 Nm

C2 40–50 hp[30–37 kW]

75–100 hp[55–75 kW]

40–100 hp[30–75 kW]

Line power, motor cables 14 Nm (up to 0.15 in2 [95mm2])24 Nm (over 0.15 in2 [95mm2])

Load sharing, brake cables 14 NmRelay 0.5–0.6 NmGround 2–3 Nm

C3 25–30 hp[18.5–22kW]

40–50 hp[30–37 kW]

- Line power, brake resistor, load sharing, motor cables 10 NmRelay 0.5–0.6 NmGround 2–3 Nm

C4 50–60 hp[37–45 kW]

75–100 hp[55–75 kW]

- Line power, motor cables 14 Nm (up to 0.15 in2 [95mm2])24 Nm (over 0.15 in2 [95mm2])

Load sharing, brake cables 14 NmRelay 0.5–0.6 NmGround 2–3 Nm


5

1


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 73 of 253

Line power connector frame size A4/A5 (IP 55/66)

When a disconnector is used (frame size A4/A5), the PE must be mounted on the left side of the drive.

Illustration 1.1: AC line input connections frame sizes B1 and

B2 (IP 21/NEMA Type 1 and IP 55/66/ NEMA Type 12).

Illustration 1.1: AC line input connections size B3 (IP20).


6

1


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 74 of 253

Contents

1 How to Read this Instruction Manual 1-1

Copyright, Limitation of Liability and Revision Rights 1-2

Approvals 1-3

Symbols 1-3

2 Safety 2-1

General Warning 2-2

Before Commencing Repair Work 2-2

Special Conditions 2-2

Caution 2-2

Avoid Unintended Start 2-3

IT Line Power 2-3

Safe Stop of the Adjustable Frequency Drive (optional) 2-4

3 Introduction 3-1

Type Code String - Medium Power 3-1

4 Mechanical Installation 4-1

Before Starting 4-1

5 Electrical Installation 5-1

How to Connect 5-1

Power and Control Wiring for Unshielded Cables 5-1

Line Power Wiring Overview 5-4

Motor Wiring Overview 5-11

DC Bus Connection 5-16

Brake Connection Option 5-17

Relay Connection 5-18

Electrical Installation and Control Cables 5-24

How to Test Motor and Direction of Rotation 5-26

6 Commissioning and Application Examples 6-1

Quick Set-up 6-1

Start/Stop 6-2

Closed-loop Wiring 6-2

Submersible Pump Application 6-3

7 How to Operate the Adjustable Frequency Drive 7-1

Ways of Operation 7-1

VLT AQUA DriveInstruction Manual Contents

MG.20.M7.22 - VLT is a registered Danfoss trademark


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 75 of 253

How to Operate the Graphical LCP (GLCP) 7-1

How to Operate the Numeric LCP (NLCP) 7-5

Tips and Tricks 7-9

8 How to Program the Adjustable Frequency Drive 8-1

How to Program 8-1

Commonly Used Parameters - Explanations 8-6

Main Menu 8-6

Parameter Options 8-44

Default Settings 8-44

Operation/Display 0-** 8-45

Load/Motor 1-** 8-47

Brakes 2-** 8-49

Reference / Ramps 3-** 8-50

Limits / Warnings 4-** 8-51

Digital In/Out 5-** 8-52

Analog In/Out 6-** 8-53

Comm. and Options 8-** 8-54

Profibus 9-** 8-55

CAN Fieldbus 10-** 8-56

Smart Logic 13-** 8-57

Special Functions 14-** 8-58

Adj. Freq. Drive Information 15-** 8-59

Data Readouts 16-** 8-61

Data Readouts 2 18-** 8-63

Adj. Freq. Drive Closed-loop 20-** 8-64

Ext. Closed-loop 21-** 8-65

Application Functions 22-** 8-67

Timed Actions 23-** 8-69

Cascade Controller 25-** 8-70

Analog I/O Option MCB 109 26-** 8-72

Water Application Functions 29-** 8-75

Bypass Option 31-** 8-76

9 Troubleshooting 9-1

Fault Messages 9-4

10 Specifications 10-1

General Specifications 10-1

ContentsVLT AQUA Drive

Instruction Manual



Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 76 of 253

Special Conditions 10-17

11 Index 11-1

VLT AQUA DriveInstruction Manual Contents



Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 77 of 253

ContentsVLT AQUA Drive

Instruction Manual



Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 78 of 253

1 How to Read this Instruction Manual

VLT AQUA DriveFC 200 Series

Software version: 1.33

This guide can be used with all FC 200 adjustable frequency driveswith software version 1.33 or later.

The current software version number can be read frompar. 15-43 Software Version.

VLT AQUA DriveInstruction Manual 1 How to Read this Instruction Manual

MG.20.M7.22 - VLT is a registered Danfoss trademark 1-1

1


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 79 of 253

1.1.1 Copyright, Limitation of Liability and Revision Rights

This publication contains information proprietary to Danfoss. By accepting and using this manual, the user agrees that the information contained herein

will be used solely for operating equipment from Danfoss or equipment from other vendors provided that such equipment is intended for communication

with Danfoss equipment over a serial communication link. This publication is protected under the copyright laws of Denmark and most other countries.

Danfoss does not warrant that a software program produced according to the guidelines provided in this manual will function properly in every physical,

hardware or software environment.

Although Danfoss has tested and reviewed the documentation within this manual, Danfoss makes no warranty or representation, neither expressed nor

implied, with respect to this documentation, including its quality, performance, or fitness for a particular purpose.

In no event shall Danfoss be liable for direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages arising out of the use, or the inability to use information

contained in this manual, even if advised of the possibility of such damages. In particular, Danfoss is not responsible for any costs, including but not

limited to those incurred as a result of lost profits or revenue, loss or damage of equipment, loss of computer programs, loss of data, the costs to substitute

these, or any claims by third parties.

Danfoss reserves the right to revise this publication at any time and to make changes to its contents without prior notice or any obligation to notify former

or present users of such revisions or changes.

1.1.2 Available Literature for VLT® AQUA DriveFC 200

- VLT® AQUA Drive Instruction Manual MG.20.Mx.yy provides the neccessary information for getting the drive up and running.

- VLT® AQUA Drive High Power Instruction Manual MG.20.Px.yy provides the neccessary information for getting the HP drive up and running.

- VLT® AQUA Drive Design Guide MG.20.Nx.yy contains all the technical information about the drive and customer design and applications.

- VLT® AQUA Drive Programming Guide MN.20.Ox.yy provides information on how to program and includes complete parameter descriptions.

- VLT® AQUA Drive FC 200 Profibus MG.33.Cx.yy

- VLT® AQUA Drive FC 200 DeviceNet MG.33.Dx.yy

- Output Filters Design Guide MG.90.Nx.yy

- VLT® AQUA Drive FC 200 Cascade Controller MI.38.Cx.yy

- Application Note MN20A102: Submersible Pump Application

- Application Note MN20B102: Master/Follower Operation Application

- Application Note MN20F102: Drive Closed-loop and Sleep Mode

- Instruction MI.38.Bx.yy: Installation Instruction for Mounting Brackets Enclosure type A5, B1, B2, C1 and C2 IP21, IP55 or IP66

- Instruction MI.90.Lx.yy: Analog I/O Option MCB109

- Instruction MI.33.Hx.yy: Panel through mount kit

x = Revision number

yy = Language code

Danfoss technical literature is also available online at

www.danfoss.com/BusinessAreas/DrivesSolutions/Documentations/Technical+Documentation.htm.

1 How to Read this Instruction ManualVLT AQUA Drive

Instruction Manual

1-2 MG.20.M7.22 - VLT is a registered Danfoss trademark

1


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 80 of 253

1.1.3 Approvals

1.1.4 Symbols

Symbols used in this Instruction Manual.

NOTE!

Indicates something to be noted by the reader.

Indicates a general warning.

Indicates a high-voltage warning.

Indicates a default setting

VLT AQUA DriveInstruction Manual 1 How to Read this Instruction Manual


1


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 81 of 253

1 How to Read this Instruction ManualVLT AQUA Drive

Instruction Manual


1


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 82 of 253

2 Safety

2.1.1 Safety Note

The voltage of the adjustable frequency drive is dangerous whenever connected to line power. Incorrect installation of the motor,

adjustable frequency drive or serial communication bus may cause damage to the equipment, serious personal injury or death. Con-

sequently, the instructions in this manual, as well as national and local rules and safety regulations, must be complied with.

Safety Regulations

1. The adjustable frequency drive must be disconnected from line power if repair work is to be carried out. Make sure that the line power supply

has been disconnected and that the necessary time has passed before removing motor and line power plugs.

2. The [STOP/RESET] key on the control panel of the adjustable frequency drive does not disconnect the equipment from line power and is thus

not to be used as a safety switch.

3. Correct protective grounding of the equipment must be established, the user must be protected against supply voltage, and the motor must be

protected against overload in accordance with applicable national and local regulations.

4. The ground leakage currents are higher than 3.5 mA.

5. Protection against motor overload is set by par. 1-90 Motor Thermal Protection. If this function is desired, set par. 1-90 to data value [ETR trip]

(default value) or data value [ETR warning]. Note: The function is initialized at 1.16 x rated motor current and rated motor frequency. For the

North American market: The ETR functions provide class 20 motor overload protection in accordance with NEC.

6. Do not remove the plugs for the motor and line power supply while the adjustable frequency drive is connected to line power. Make sure that

the line power supply has been disconnected and that the necessary time has passed before removing motor and line power plugs.

7. Please note that the adjustable frequency drive has more voltage inputs than L1, L2 and L3 when load sharing (linking of the DC intermediate

circuit) and external 24 V DC have been installed. Make sure that all voltage inputs have been disconnected and that the necessary time has

passed before commencing repair work.

Installation at High Altitudes

Installation at high altitude:

380–480 V: At altitudes above 10,000 ft [3 km], please contact Danfoss Drives regarding PELV.

525–690 V: At altitudes above 6,600 ft [2 km], please contact Danfoss Drives regarding PELV.

Warning against Unintended Start

1. The motor can be brought to a stop by means of digital commands, bus commands, references or a local stop, while the adjustable frequency drive

is connected to line power. If personal safety considerations make it necessary to ensure that no unintended start occurs, these stop functions are not

sufficient. 2. While parameters are being changed, the motor may start. Consequently, the stop key [RESET] must always be activated; following which

data can be modified. 3. A motor that has been stopped may start if faults occur in the electronics of the adjustable frequency drive, or if a temporary

overload or a fault in the supply line power or the motor connection ceases.

Warning:

Touching the electrical parts may be fatal - even after the equipment has been disconnected from line power.

Also make sure that other voltage inputs have been disconnected, such as external 24 V DC, load sharing (linkage of DC intermediate circuit), as well as

the motor connection for kinetic backup.

VLT AQUA DriveInstruction Manual 2 Safety


2


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 83 of 253

2.1.2 General Warning

Leakage Current

The ground leakage current from the VLT AQUA Drive FC 200 exceeds 3.5 mA. According to IEC 61800-5-1, a reinforced protective

ground connection must be ensured by means of: a min. 0.016 in² [10 mm²] Cu or 0.025 in² [16 mm²] Al PE-wire, or an additional

PE wire - with the same cable cross-section as the line power wiring - must be terminated separately.

Residual Current Device

This product can cause DC current in the protective conductor. Where a residual current device (RCD) is used for extra protection, only

an RCD of Type B (time delayed) shall be used on the supply side of this product. See also RCD Application Note MN.90.GX.02.

Protective grounding of the VLT AQUA Drive FC 200 and the use of RCDs must always follow national and local regulations.

2.1.3 Before Commencing Repair Work

1. Disconnect the adjustable frequency drive from line power.

2. Disconnect DC bus terminals 88 and 89

3. Wait at least the time mentioned above in the section General Warning.

4. Remove motor cable

2.1.4 Special Conditions

Electrical Ratings:

The rating indicated on the nameplate of the adjustable frequency drive is based on a typical 3-phase line power supply within the specified voltage,

current and temperature ranges, which are expected to be used in most applications.

The adjustable frequency drives also support other special applications, which affect the electrical ratings of the adjustable frequency

drive. Special conditions that affect the electrical ratings might be:

• Single phase applications.

• High temperature applications which require derating of the electrical ratings

• Marine applications with more severe environmental conditions.

Consult the relevant clauses in these instructions and in the VLT AQUA Drive Design Guide for information about the electrical ratings.

Installation requirements:

The overall electrical safety of the adjustable frequency drive requires special installation considerations regarding:

• Fuses and circuit breakers for overcurrent and short-circuit protection

• Selection of power cables (line power, motor, brake, load sharing and relay)

• Grid configuration (IT,TN, grounded leg, etc.)

• Safety of low-voltage ports (PELV conditions).

Consult the relevant clauses in these instructions and in the VLT AQUA Drive Design Guide for information about the installation requirements.

2.1.5 Caution

The adjustable frequency drive DC link capacitors remain charged after power has been disconnected. To avoid an electrical shock

hazard, disconnect the adjustable frequency drive from line power before carrying out maintenance. Wait at least as follows before

doing service on the adjustable frequency drive:

2 SafetyVLT AQUA Drive

Instruction Manual


2


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 84 of 253

Voltage (V) Min. Waiting Time (Minutes)4 15 20 30 40

200 - 240 0.34–5 hp [0.25–3.7kW]

7.5–60 hp [5.5–45 kW]

380 - 480 0.5–10 hp [0.37–7.5

kW]15–125 hp [11–90 kW] 150–350 hp [110–250

kW] 450–1350 hp [315–

1000 kW]

525-600 1–10 hp [0.75 kW–7.5kW]

15–125 hp [11–90 kW]

525-690 15–125 hp [11–90 kW] 60–550 hp [45–400 kW] 600–1600 hp [450–

1200 kW]

Be aware that there may be high voltage on the DC link even when the LEDs are turned off.

2.1.6 Avoid Unintended Start

NOTE!

While the adjustable frequency drive is connected to line power, the motor can be started/stopped using digital commands, bus commands, references

or via the Local Control Panel.

• Disconnect the adjustable frequency drive from line power whenever personal safety considerations make it necessary to avoid an unintended

start.

• To avoid unintended start, always activate the [OFF] key before changing parameters.

• Unless terminal 37 is turned off, an electronic fault, temporary overload, a fault in the line power supply, or lost motor connection may cause a

stopped motor to start.

2.1.7 IT Line Power

IT line power

Do not connect adjustable frequency drives with RFI filters to line power supplies with a voltage between phase and ground of more

than 440 V for 400 V drives and 760 V for 690 V drives.

For 400 VT IT line power and delta ground (grounded leg), AC line voltage may exceed 440 V between phase and ground.

For 690 VT IT line power and delta ground (grounded leg), AC line voltage may exceed 760 V between phase and ground.

par. 14-50 RFI 1 can be used to disconnect the internal RFI capacitors from the RFI filter to ground.

2.1.8 Disposal Instructions

Equipment containing electrical components may not be disposed of together with domestic waste.

It must be separately collected with electrical and electronic waste according to local and currently valid leg-

islation.

VLT AQUA DriveInstruction Manual 2 Safety


2


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 85 of 253

2.1.9 Safe Stop of the Adjustable Frequency Drive (optional)

For versions fitted with a safe stop terminal 37 input, the adjustable frequency drive can perform the safety function Safe Torque Off (As defined by draft

CD IEC 61800-5-2) or Stop Category 0 (as defined in EN 60204-1).

It is designed and deemed suitable for the requirements of Safety Category 3 in EN 954-1. This function is called safe stop. Prior to integrating and using

safe stop in an installation, a thorough risk analysis must be carried out on the installation in order to determine whether the safe stop functionality and

safety category are appropriate and sufficient. In order to install and use the Safe Stop function in accordance with the requirements of Safety Category

3 in EN 954-1, the related information and instructions of the VLT AQUA Drive Design Guide MG.20.NX.YY must be followed! The information and

instructions contained in the Instruction Manual are not sufficient for a correct and safe use of the safe stop functionality!

2 SafetyVLT AQUA Drive

Instruction Manual


2


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 86 of 253

3 Introduction

3.1.1 Type Code String - Medium Power

Description Pos.: Possible choiceProduct group & VLT Series 1-6 FC 202Power rating 7-10 0.34–1600 hp [0.25–1200 kW]Number of phases 11 Three phases (T)

AC line voltage 11-12

S2: 220–240 V AC single phaseS4: 380–480 V AC single phaseT 2: 200–240 V ACT 4: 380–480 V ACT 6: 525–600 V ACT 7: 525–690 V AC

Enclosure 13-15

E20: IP20E21: IP 21/NEMA Type 1E55: IP 55/NEMA Type 12E2M: IP21/NEMA Type 1 w/ line power shieldE5M: IP 55/NEMA Type 12 w/ line power shieldE66: IP66F21: IP21 kit without backplateG21: IP21 kit with backplateP20: IP20/chassis with backplateP21: IP21/NEMA Type 1 w/ backplateP55: IP55/NEMA Type 12 w/ backplate

RFI filter 16-17

HX: No RFI filterH1: RFI filter class A1/BH2: RFI filter class A2H3: RFI filter class A1/B (reduced cable length)H4: RFI filter class A2/A1

Brake 18

X: No brake chopper includedB: Brake chopper includedT: Safe StopU: Safe + brake

Display 19G: Graphical Local Control Panel (GLCP)N: Numeric Local Control Panel (NLCP)X: No Local Control Panel

Coating PCB 20 X. No coated PCBC: Coated PCB

Line power option 21D: LoadsharingX: No line power disconnect switch8: Line Power Disconnect + Loadsharing

Cable entries 22 X: Standard cable entriesO: European metric thread in cable entries

23 ReservedSoftware release 24-27 Current software versionSoftware language 28

Table 3.1: Type code description.

VLT AQUA DriveInstruction Manual 3 Introduction


3


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 87 of 253

Description Pos.: Possible choice

A options 29-30

AX: No optionsA0: MCA 101 Profibus DP V1A4: MCA 104 DeviceNetAN: MCA 121 Ethernet IP

B options 31-32

BX: No optionBK: MCB 101 General purpose I/O optionBP: MCB 105 Relay optionBO:MCB 109 Analog I/O optionBY: MCO 101 Extended Cascade Control

C0 options 33-34 CX: No options

C1 options 35 X: No options5: MCO 102 Advanced Cascade Control

C option software 36-37 XX: Standard software

D options 38-39 DX: No optionD0: DC backup

The various options are described further in this Design Guide.

Table 3.2: Type code description.

3 IntroductionVLT AQUA Drive

Instruction Manual


3


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 88 of 253

3.1.2 Adjustable Frequency Drive Identification

Below is an example of an identification label. This label is situated on the adjustable frequency drive and shows the type and the options with which the

unit is equipped. See table 2.1 for details of how to read theType code string (T/C).

Figure 3.1: This example shows an identification label for the VLT AQUA Drive.

Please have T/C (type code) number and serial number ready before contacting Danfoss.

3.1.3 Abbreviations and Standards

Abbreviations: Terms: SI units: I-P units:a Acceleration m/s2 ft/s2

AWG American wire gauge Auto Tune Automatic Motor Tuning

C Celsius I Current A Amp

ILIM Current limit Joule Energy J = N m ft-lb, Btu

F Fahrenheit FC Adjustable Frequency Drive f Frequency Hz Hz

kHz Kilohertz kHz kHzLCP Local Control Panel mA Milliampere ms Millisecond min Minute MCT Motion Control Tool

M-TYPE Motor Type Dependent Nm Newton meters in-lbsIM,N Nominal motor current fM,N Nominal motor frequency PM,N Nominal motor power UM,N Nominal motor voltage par. Parameter PELV Protective Extra Low Voltage Watt Power W Btu/hr, hp

Pascal Pressure Pa = N/m² psi, psf, ft of waterIINV Rated Inverter Output Current RPM Revolutions Per Minute SR Size Related T Temperature C Ft Time s s, hr

TLIM Torque limit U Voltage V V

Table 3.3: Abbreviation and standards table.

VLT AQUA DriveInstruction Manual 3 Introduction


3


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 89 of 253

3 IntroductionVLT AQUA Drive

Instruction Manual


3


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 90 of 253

4 Mechanical Installation

4.1 Before Starting

4.1.1 Checklist

When unpacking the adjustable frequency drive, make sure that the unit is undamaged and complete. Use the following table to identify the packaging:

Enclosure

type:

A2

(IP 20/ 21)

A3

(IP 20/21)

A5

(IP 55/ 66)

B1/B3

(IP20/ 21/ 55/ 66)

B2/B4

(IP20/ 21/ 55/66)

C1/C3

(IP20/21/ 55/66)

C2/C4

(IP20/21/ 55/66)

Unit size (kW):

200–240 V 0.25–3.0 3.7 0.25–3.75.5–11/

5.5–11

15/

15–18.5

18.5–30/

22–30

37-45/

37-45

380–480 V 0.37–4.0 5.5–7.5 0.37–7.511–18.5/

11–18.5

22-30/

22-37

37-55/

45-55

75 - 90/

75-90

525–600 V 0.75–7.5 0.75–7.511–18.5/

11–18.5

22-37/

22-37

45-55/

45-55

75 - 90/

75-90

525–690 V - - --/

-

11-30/

-

-/

-

37-90/

-

Table 4.1: Unpacking table

VLT AQUA DriveInstruction Manual 4 Mechanical Installation


4


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 91 of 253

Please note that a selection of screwdrivers (phillips or cross-thread screwdriver and torx), a side-cutter, drill and knife is also recommended to have

handy for unpacking and mounting the adjustable frequency drive. The packaging for these enclosures contains, as shown: accessory bag(s), documen-

tation and the unit. Depending on options fitted, there may be one or two bags and one or more booklets.

4 Mechanical InstallationVLT AQUA Drive

Instruction Manual


4


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 92 of 253

A2

A3

A5

B1

B2

B3

B4

C1

C2

C3

C4

IP20

/21*

IP20

/21*

IP55

/66

IP21

/55/

66IP

21/5

5/66

IP20

/21*

IP20

/21*

IP21

/55/

66IP

21/5

5/66

IP20

/21*

IP20

/21*

Figu

re 4

.1:

Top

and

bott

om m

ount

ing

hole

s.

Figu

re 4

.2:

Top

and

bott

om m

ount

ing

hole

s. (

B4+

C3+

C4 o

nly)

Acce

ssor

y ba

gs c

onta

inin

g ne

cess

ary

brac

kets

, scr

ews

and

conn

ecto

rs a

re in

clud

ed w

ith t

he d

rives

upo

n de

liver

y.

All m

easu

rem

ents

in m

m.

* IP

21 c

an b

e es

tabl

ishe

d w

ith a

kit

as d

escr

ibed

in t

he s

ectio

n: I

P 21

/ IP

4X/

TYP

E 1

Encl

osur

e Ki

t in

the

Des

ign

Gui

de.

4.2

.1M

ech

anic

al F

ron

t V

iew

s



4


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 93 of 253

Mec

han

ical

dim

ensi

ons

Fram

e si

ze (

kW):

A2

A3

A5

B1

B2

B3

B4

C1

C2

C3

C4

200–

240

V38

0–48

0 V

525–

600

V52

5–69

0 V

T2 T4 T6 T7

0.25

–3.0

0.37

–4.0

- -

3.7

5.5

–7.5

0.7

5–7

.5-

0.2

5–3

.70.

37–

7.5

0.7

5–7

.5-

5.5

–11

11–

18.5

11–

18.5

-

1522

–30

22–

3011

–30

5.5–

11

11–

18.5

11–

18.5

-

15–

18.

522

–37

22–3

7-

18.5

–30

37–

55

37–

55

-

37-4

57

5–9

07

5–9

03

7–9

0

22-3

045

-55

45-5

5-

37-

457

5-90

75-

90 -IP N

EMA

20Ch

assi

s21

Type

120

Chas

sis

21Ty

pe 1

55/6

6Ty

pe 1

221

/ 55

/66

Type

1/1

221

/55/

66Ty

pe 1

/12

20Ch

assi

s20

Chas

sis

21/5

5/66

Type

1/1

221

/55/

66Ty

pe 1

/12

20Ch

assi

s20

Chas

sis

Hei

ght

(mm

)En

clos

ure

A**

246

372

246

372

420

480

650

350

460

680

770

490

600

..with

de-

coup

ling

plat

eA2

374

-37

4-

--

-41

959

5-

-63

080

0Ba

ckpl

ate

A126

837

526

837

542

048

065

039

952

068

077

055

066

0D

ista

nce

betw

een

mou

nt.

hole

sa

257

350

257

350

402

454

624

380

495

648

739

521

631

Wid

th (

mm

)En

clos

ure

B90

9013

013

024

224

224

216

523

130

837

030

837

0W

ith o

ne C

opt

ion

B13

013

017

017

024

224

224

220

523

130

837

030

837

0Ba

ckpl

ate

B90

9013

013

024

224

224

216

523

130

837

030

837

0D

ista

nce

betw

een

mou

nt.

hole

sb

7070

110

110

215

210

210

140

200

272

334

270

330

Dep

th (

mm

)W

ithou

t op

tion

A/B

C20

520

520

520

520

026

026

024

824

231

033

533

333

3W

ith o

ptio

n A/

BC*

220

220

220

220

200

260

260

262

242

310

335

333

333

Scre

w h

oles

(m

m)

c8.

08.

08.

08.

08.

212

128

-12

12-

-D

iam

eter

ød

1111

1111

1219

1912

-19

19-

-D

iam

eter

øe

5.5

5.5

5.5

5.5

6.5

99

6.8

8.5

9.0

9.0

8.5

8.5

f9

99

99

99

7.9

159.

89.

817

17M

ax w

eigh

t(k

g)4.

95.

36.

67.

014

2327

1223

.545

6535

50

* D

epth

of

encl

osur

e w

ill v

ary

with

diff

eren

t op

tions

inst

alle

d.**

The

fre

e sp

ace

requ

irem

ents

are

abo

ve a

nd b

elow

the

bar

e en

clos

ure

heig

ht m

easu

rem

ent

A. S

ee s

ectio

n 3.

2.3

for

furt

her

info

rmat

ion.

4.2

.2M

ech

anic

al D

imen

sion

s4 Mechanical Installation

VLT AQUA DriveInstruction Manual


4


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 94 of 253

4.2.3 Mechanical Mounting

All IP20 enclosure sizes as well as IP21/ IP55 enclosure sizes except A2 and A3 allow side-by-side installation.

If the IP 21 Enclosure kit (130B1122 or 130B1123) is used on enclosure A2 or A3,, there must be a minimum of 2 in [50 mm] of clearance between

drives.

For optimal cooling conditions, allow a free air passage above and below the adjustable frequency drive. See table below.

Air passage for different enclosures

Enclo-

sure:A2 A3 A5 B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 C3 C4

a (mm): 100 100 100 200 200 200 200 200 225 200 225

b (mm): 100 100 100 200 200 200 200 200 225 200 225

1. Drill holes in accordance with the measurements given.

2. You must provide screws suitable for the surface on which you want to mount the adjustable frequency drive. Re-tighten all four screws.

Table 4.2: Mounting frame sizes A5, B1, B2, B3, B4, C1, C2, C3 and C4 on a non-solid back wall, the drive must be provided with a backplate A due to

insufficient cooling air over the heatsink.

For heavier drives (B4, C3, C4), use a lift. First wall-mount the 2 lower bolts, then lift the drive onto the lower bolts. Finally, fasten the drive against the

wall with the 2 top bolts.



4


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 95 of 253

4.2.4 Safety Requirements for Mechanical Installation

Pay attention to the requirements that apply to integration and the field mounting kit. Follow the information in the list to avoid serious

damage or injury, especially when installing large units.

The adjustable frequency drive is cooled by air circulation.

To protect the unit from overheating, it must be ensured that the ambient temperature does not exceed the maximum temperature stated for the

adjustable frequency drive, and that the 24-hour average temperature is not exceeded. Locate the maximum temperature and 24-hour average in the

paragraph Derating for Ambient Temperature.

If the ambient temperature is in the range of 113°–131°F [45°–55°C], derating of the adjustable frequency drive will become relevant, see Derating for

Ambient Temperature.

The service life of the adjustable frequency drive is reduced if derating for ambient temperature is not taken into account.

4.2.5 Field Mounting

For field mounting the IP 21/IP 4X top/,TYPE 1 kits or IP 54/55 units are recommended.

4.2.6 Panel Through Mounting

A Panel Through Mount Kit is available for adjustable frequency drive series , VLT Aqua Drive and.

In order to increase heatsink cooling and reduce panel depth, the adjustable frequency drive may be mounted in a through panel. Furthermore, the built-

in fan can then be removed.

The kit is available for enclosures A5 through C2.

NOTE!

This kit cannot be used with cast front covers. No cover or IP21 plastic cover must be used instead.

Information on ordering numbers is found in the Design Guide, section Ordering Numbers.

More detailed information is available in the Panel Through Mount Kit instruction, MI.33.H1.YY, where yy=language code.

4 Mechanical InstallationVLT AQUA Drive

Instruction Manual


4


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 96 of 253

5 Electrical Installation

5.1 How to Connect

5.1.1 Cables General

NOTE!

Always comply with national and local regulations on cable cross-sections.

Details of terminal tightening torques.

Power (kW) Torque (Nm)

Enclosure 200–240 V 380–480 V 525–600 V Line power Motor DC connec-tion Brake Ground Relay

A2 0.25–3.0 0.37–4.0 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 3 0.6A3 3.7 5.5–7.5 0.75–7.5 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 3 0.6A5 0.25–3.7 0.37–7.5 0.75–7.5 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 3 0.6B1 5.5–11 11–18.5 - 1.8 1.8 1.5 1.5 3 0.6

B2 -15

2230

--

4.54.52)

4.54.52)

3.73.7

3.73.7

33

0.60.6

B3 5.5–11 11–18.5 11–18.5 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8 3 0.6B4 15–18.5 22 - 37 22 - 37 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 3 0.6C1 18.5–30 37 - 55 - 10 10 10 10 3 0.6

C2 3745

7590 - 14

241424

1414

1414

33

0.60.6

C3 22 -30

45 -55

45 -55 10 10 10 10 3 0.6

C4 37 -45

75 -90

75 -90

14241

14241 14 14 3 0.6

Table 5.1: Tightening of terminals

1. For different cable dimensions x/y where x 0.147 in2 [95 mm2] and y 0.147 in2 [95 mm2].

2. Cable dimensions above 25 hp [18.5 kW] 0.0542 in2 [35 mm2] and below 30 hp [22 kW] 0.0155 in2 [10 mm2]

5.1.2 Power and Control Wiring for Unshielded Cables

Induced Voltage!

Run motor cables from multiple drives separately. Induced voltage from output motor cables run together can charge equipment

capacitors even with the equipment turned off and locked out. Failure to run output cables separately could result in death or serious

injury.

Run drive input power, motor wiring, and control wiring in three separate metallic conduits or raceways for high frequency noise

isolation. Failure to isolate power, motor, and control wiring could result in less than optimum controller and associated equipment

performance.

Because the power wiring carries high frequency electrical pulses, it is important that input power and motor power are run in separate conduit. If the

incoming power wiring is run in the same conduit as the motor wiring, these pulses can couple electrical noise back onto the building power grid. Control

wiring should always be isolated from the high voltage power wiring.

When shielded/armored cable is not used, at least three separate conduits must be connected to the panel option (see figure below).

• Power wiring into the enclosure

VLT AQUA DriveInstruction Manual 5 Electrical Installation


5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 97 of 253

• Power wiring from the enclosure to the motor

• Control wiring

Figure 5.1: Power and control wiring connection

5 Electrical InstallationVLT AQUA Drive

Instruction Manual


5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 98 of 253

5.1.3 Grounding and IT Line Power

The ground connection cable cross-section must be at least 0.016 in2 [10 mm2]or 2 rated line power wires terminated separately

according to EN 50178 or IEC 61800-5-1 unless national regulations specify differently. Always comply with national and local regula-

tions on cable cross-sections.

The line power is connected to the main disconnect switch if this is included.

NOTE!

Make sure that the AC line voltage corresponds to the AC line voltage of the adjustable frequency drive nameplate.

Figure 5.2: Terminals for line power and grounding.

IT Line Power

Do not connect 400 V adjustable frequency drives with RFI filters to line power supplies with a voltage between phase and ground of

more than 440 V.

For IT line power and delta ground (grounded leg), AC line voltage may exceed 440 V between phase and ground.



5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 99 of 253

Encl

osu

re:

A2(I

P 20

/IP

21)

A3(I

P 20

/IP

21)

A5(I

P 55

/IP

66)

B1(I

P 21

/IP

55/I

P66

)

B2(I

P 21

/IP

55/I

P66

)

B3(I

P 20

)B4

(IP

20)

C1(I

P 21

/IP

55/6

6)C2

(IP

21/I

P 55

/66)

C3(I

P 20

)C4

(IP2

0)

130BA768.1

0

Mot

or s

ize

(kW

):20

0–24

0 V

0.25

–3.0

3.7

1.1–

3.7

5.5–

1115

5.5–

1115

–18.

518

.5–3

037

-45

22-3

037

-45

380–

480

V0.

37–4

.05.

5–7.

51.

1–7.

511

–18.

522

-30

11–1

8.5

22-3

737

-55

75-9

045

-55

75-9

052

5–60

0 V

'1.

1–7.

51.

1–7.

511

–18.

522

-30

11–1

8.5

22-3

737

-55

75-9

045

-55

75-9

052

5–69

0 V

11-3

0

37-9

0

G

oto:

5.1.

65.

1.7

5.1.

85

.1.9

5.1.

10

Tabl

e 5.

2: L

ine

Pow

er W

iring

Tab

le.

5.1

.4Li

ne

Pow

er W

irin

g O

verv

iew


Instruction Manual


5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 100 of 253

5.1.5 AC Line Input Connections for A2 and A3

Figure 5.3: First mount the two screws on the mounting plate, slide it into place and tighten fully.

Figure 5.4: When mounting cables, first mount and tighten ground cable.

The ground connection cable cross-section must be at least 0.016 in2 [10 mm2] or 2 rated line power wires terminated separately

according to EN 50178/IEC 61800-5-1.



5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 101 of 253

Figure 5.5: Then mount line power plug and tighten wires.

Figure 5.6: Finally, tighten support bracket on line power wires.

NOTE!

With single phase A3 use L1 and L2 terminals.


Instruction Manual


5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 102 of 253

5.1.6 AC Line Input Connections for A5

Figure 5.7: How to connect to line power and grounding without a line power disconnect switch. Note that a cable clamp is used.

Figure 5.8: How to connect to line power and grounding with a line power disconnect switch.

NOTE!

With single phase A5 use L1 and L2 terminals.



5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 103 of 253

5.1.7 AC Line Input Connections for B1, B2 and B3

Figure 5.9: How to connect to line power and grounding for

B1 and B2

Figure 5.10: How to connect to line power and grounding

for B3 without RFI.


for B3 with RFI.

NOTE!

With single phase B1 use L1 and L2 terminals.

NOTE!

For correct cable dimensions, please see the section General Specifications at the back of this manual.


Instruction Manual


5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 104 of 253

5.1.8 AC Line Input Connections for B4, C1 and C2


for B4.


for C1 and C2.

5.1.9 AC Line Input Connections for C3 and C4

Figure 5.14: How to connect C3 to line power and ground-

ing.

Figure 5.15: How to connect C4 to line power and ground-

ing.

5.1.10 How to Connect Motor - Introduction

See section General Specifications for correct dimensioning of motor cable cross-section and length.

• Use a shielded/armored motor cable to comply with EMC emission specifications (or install the cable in a metal conduit, see section Power and

Control Wiring for Unshielded Cables).

• Keep the motor cable as short as possible to reduce the noise level and leakage currents.



5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 105 of 253

• Connect the motor cable shield/armor to both the decoupling plate of the adjustable frequency drive and to the metal of the motor. (The same

applies to both ends of the metal conduit if used instead of a shield.)

• Make the shield connections with the largest possible surface area (by using a cable clamp or an EMC cable connector). This is done by using

the supplied installation devices in the adjustable frequency drive.

• Avoid terminating the shield by twisting the ends (pigtails), as this will spoil high frequency shielding effects.

• If it is necessary to break the continuity of the shield to install a motor isolator or motor relay, the continuity must be maintained with the lowest

possible HF impedance.

Cable length and cross-section

The adjustable frequency drive has been tested with a given length of cable and a given cross-section of that cable. If the cross-section is increased, the

cable capacitance - and thus the leakage current - may increase, thereby requiring that the cable length is reduced accordingly.

Switching frequency

When adjustable frequency drives are used together with sine wave filters to reduce the acoustic noise from a motor, the switching frequency must be

set according to the sine wave filter instructions in par. 14-01 Switching Frequency.

Precautions while using aluminum conductors

Aluminum conductors are not recommended for cable cross-sections less than 0.054 in² [35 mm²]. Terminals can accept aluminum conductors, but the

conductor surface has to be clean, oxidation must be removed, and the area must be sealed by neutral acid-free Vaseline grease before the conductor

is connected.

Furthermore, the terminal screw must be retightened after two days due to the softness of the aluminum. It is crucial to ensure that the connection

makes a gas tight joint, otherwise the aluminum surface will oxidize again.

All types of three-phase asynchronous standard motors can be connected

to the adjustable frequency drive. Normally, small motors are star-con-

nected (230/400 V, D/Y). Large motors are delta-connected (400/690 V,

D/Y). Refer to the motor nameplate for correct connection mode and

voltage.

Figure 5.16: Terminals for motor connection

NOTE!

In motors without phase insulation paper or other insulation reinforcement suitable for operation with the voltage supply (such as an

adjustable frequency drive), fit a sine-wave filter on the output of the adjustable frequency drive. (Motors that comply with IEC 60034-17

do not require a sine-wave filter).

No. 96 97 98 Motor voltage 0–100% of AC line voltage.

U V W 3 cables out of motor

U1 V1 W16 cables out of motor, Delta-connected

W2 U2 V2

U1 V1 W1 6 cables out of motor, Star-connected

U2, V2, W2 to be interconnected separately

(optional terminal block)

No. 99 Ground connection

PE

Table 5.3: 3 and 6 cable motor connection.


Instruction Manual


5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 106 of 253

Encl

osur

e:A2

(IP

20/I

P 21

)A3

(IP

20/I

P 21

)A5

(IP

55/I

P 66

)

B1(I

P 21

/IP

55/

IP 6

6)

B2(I

P 21

/IP

55/

IP 6

6)

B3(I

P 20

)B4

(IP

20)

C1(I

P 21

/IP

55/6

6)C2

(IP

21/I

P 55

/66)

C3(I

P 20

)C4

(IP2

0)

Mot

or s

ize

(kW

):20

0–24

0 V

0.25

–3.0

3.7

1.1–

3.7

5.5–

1115

5.5–

1115

–18.

518

.5–3

037

-45

22-3

037

-45

380–

480

V0.

37–4

.05.

5–7.

51.

1–7.

511

–18.

522

-30

11–1

8.5

22-3

737

-55

75-9

045

-55

75-9

052

5–60

0 V

1.

1–7.

51.

1–7.

511

–18.

522

-30

11–1

8.5

22-3

737

-55

75-9

045

-55

75-9

052

5–69

0 V

11-3

0

37-9

0

G

oto:

5.1.

13

5.1

.14

5.1.

155.

1.1

65.

1.1

75.

1.18

Tabl

e 5.

4: M

otor

Wiri

ng T

able

.

5.1

.11

Mot

or W

irin

g O

verv

iew



5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 107 of 253

5.1.12 Motor Connection for A2 and A3

Follow these drawings step-by-step for connecting the motor to the adjustable frequency drive.

Figure 5.17: First terminate the motor ground, then place motor U, V and W wires in the plug and tighten them.

Figure 5.18: Mount cable clamp to ensure 360 degree connection between chassis and shield; ensure that the outer insulation of the motor

cable is removed under the clamp.


Instruction Manual


5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 108 of 253

5.1.13 Motor Connection for A5

Figure 5.19: First, terminate the motor ground, then insert the motor U, V and W wires in the terminal and tighten them. Please ensure that

the outer insulation of the motor cable is removed under the EMC clamp.

5.1.14 Motor Connection for B1 and B2

Figure 5.20: First terminate the motor ground, then place motor U, V and W wires in the terminal and tighten them. Please ensure that the

outer insulation of the motor cable is removed under the EMC clamp.



5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 109 of 253

5.1.15 Motor Connection for B3 and B4

Figure 5.21: First terminate the motor ground, then place

motor U, V and W wires in the terminal and tighten them.

Please ensure that the outer insulation of the motor cable is

removed under the EMC clamp.

Figure 5.22: First terminate the motor ground, then place

motor U, V and W wires in the terminal and tighten them.

Please ensure that the outer insulation of the motor cable is

removed under the EMC clamp.

5.1.16 Motor Connection for C1 and C2

Figure 5.23: First terminate the motor ground, then place motor U, V and W wires in the terminal and tighten them. Please ensure that the

outer insulation of the motor cable is removed under the EMC clamp.


Instruction Manual


5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 110 of 253

5.1.17 Motor Connection for C3 and C4

Figure 5.24: First terminate the motor ground, then place motor U, V and W wires into the appropriate terminals and tighten. Please ensure

that the outer insulation of the motor cable is removed under the EMC clamp.

Figure 5.25: First terminate the motor ground, then place motor U, V and W wires into the appropriate terminals and tighten. Please ensure

that the outer insulation of the motor cable is removed under the EMC clamp.



5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 111 of 253

5.1.18 DC Bus Connection

The DC bus terminal is used for DC back-up, with the intermediate circuit being supplied from an external source.

Terminal numbers used: 88, 89

Figure 5.26: DC bus connections for enclosure B3. Figure 5.27: DC bus connections for enclosure B4.

Figure 5.28: DC bus connections for enclosure C3. Figure 5.29: DC bus connections for enclosure C4.

Please contact Danfoss if you require further information.


Instruction Manual


5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 112 of 253

5.1.19 Brake Connection Option

The connection cable to the brake resistor must be shielded/armored.

Brake resistor

Terminal number 81 82

Terminals R- R+

NOTE!

Dynamic brake calls for extra equipment and safety considerations. For further information, please contact Danfoss.

1. Use cable clamps to connect the shield to the metal cabinet of the adjustable frequency drive and to the decoupling plate of the brake resistor.

2. Dimension the cross-section of the brake cable to match the brake current.

NOTE!

Voltages up to 975 V DC (@ 600 V AC) may occur between the terminals.

Figure 5.30: Brake connection terminal for B3. Figure 5.31: Brake connection terminal for B4.

Figure 5.32: Brake connection terminal for C3. Figure 5.33: Brake connection terminal for C4.



5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 113 of 253

NOTE!

If a short circuit in the brake IGBT occurs, prevent power dissipation in the brake resistor by using a line switch or contactor to disconnect

the line power from the adjustable frequency drive. Only the adjustable frequency drive should control the contactor.

NOTE!

Place the brake resistor in an environment free of fire risk and ensure that no external objects can fall into the brake resistor through

ventilation slots.

Do not cover ventilation slots and grids.

5.1.20 Relay Connection

To set relay output, see par. group 5-4* Relays.No. 01 - 02 make (normally open)

01 - 03 break (normally closed)

04 - 05 make (normally open)

04 - 06 break (normally closed)

Terminals for relay connection

(A2 and A3 enclosures).

Terminals for relay connection

(A5, B1 and B2 enclosures).


Instruction Manual


5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 114 of 253

Figure 5.34: Terminals for relay connection (C1 and C2 enclosures).

The relay connections are shown in the cut-out with relay plugs (from the accessory bag) fitted.

Figure 5.35: Terminals for relay connections for B3. Only one relay input is fitted from the factory. When the second relay is needed, remove

the knock-out.



5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 115 of 253

Figure 5.36: Terminals for relay connections for B4.

Figure 5.37: Terminals for relay connections for C3 and C4. Located in the upper right corner of the adjustable frequency drive.


Instruction Manual


5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 116 of 253

5.1.21 Relay Output

Relay 1

• Terminal 01: common

• Terminal 02: normal open 240 V AC

• Terminal 03: normal closed 240 V AC

Relay 2

• Terminal 04: common

• Terminal 05: normal open 400 V AC

• Terminal 06: normal closed 240 V AC

Relay 1 and relay 2 are programmed in par. 5-40 Function Relay,

par. 5-41 On Delay, Relay, and par. 5-42 Off Delay, Relay.

Additional relay outputs by using option module MCB 105.

5.1.22 Wiring Example and Testing

The following section describes how to terminate and access control wires. For an explanation of the function, programming and wiring of the control

terminals, please see chapter How to program the adjustable frequency drive.



5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 117 of 253

5.1.23 Access to Control Terminals

All terminals to the control cables are located underneath the terminal cover

on the front of the adjustable frequency drive. Remove the terminal cover

with a screwdriver.

130BT248

Figure 5.38: Access to control terminals for A2, A3, B3, B4, C3 and

C4 enclosures

Remove front cover to access control terminals. When replacing the front

cover, ensure proper fastening by applying a torque of 2 Nm.

Figure 5.39: Access to control terminals for A5, B1, B2, C1 and C2

enclosures


Instruction Manual


5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 118 of 253

5.1.24 Control Terminals

Drawing reference numbers:

1. 10-pole plug digital I/O.

2. 3-pole plug RS-485 bus.

3. 6-pole analog I/O.

4. USB connection.

Figure 5.40: Control terminals (all enclosures)

5.1.25 Control Cable Clamp

1. Use a clamp from the accessory bag to connect the shield to the

adjustable frequency drive decoupling plate for control cables.

See the section entitled Grounding of Shielded/Armored Control Cables

for the correct termination of control cables.

Figure 5.41: Control cable clamp.



5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 119 of 253

5.1.26 Electrical Installation and Control Cables

Figure 5.42: Diagram showing all electrical terminals. (Terminal 37 present for units with safe stop function only.)

Terminal number Terminal description Parameter number Factory default

1+2+3 Terminal 1+2+3-Relay1 5-40 No operation

4+5+6 Terminal 4+5+6-Relay2 5-40 No operation

12 Terminal 12 Supply - +24 V DC

13 Terminal 13 Supply - +24 V DC

18 Terminal 18 Digital Input 5-10 Start

19 Terminal 19 Digital Input 5-11 No operation

20 Terminal 20 - Common

27 Terminal 27 Digital Input/Output 5-12/5-30 Coast inverse

29 Terminal 29 Digital Input/Output 5-13/5-31 Jog



37 Terminal 37 Digital Input - Safe Stop

42 Terminal 42 Analog Output 6-50 Speed 0-HighLim

53 Terminal 53 Analog Input 3-15/6-1*/20-0* Reference

54 Terminal 54 Analog Input 3-15/6-2*/20-0* Feedback

Table 5.5: Terminal connections


Instruction Manual


5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 120 of 253

Very long control cables and analog signals may, in rare cases and depending on the installation, result in 50/60 Hz ground loops due to noise from line

power supply cables.

If this occurs, break the shield or insert a 100 nF capacitor between shield and chassis.

NOTE!

The common of digital / analog inputs and outputs should be connected to separate common terminals 20, 39, and 55. This will prevent

ground current interference among groups. For example, it prevents switching on digital inputs from disturbing analog inputs.

NOTE!

To comply with EMC emission specifications, shielded/armored cables are recommended. If an unshielded/unarmored cable is used,

see section Power and Control Wiring for Unshielded Cables.. For more information, see EMC Test Results in the Design Guide.



5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 121 of 253

5.1.27 How to Test Motor and Direction of Rotation

Note that unintended motor start can occur; make sure no personnel or equipment is in danger!

Figure 5.43:

Step 1: First, remove the insulation on both ends of a 1.97–

2.76 in [50–70 mm] piece of wire.

Please follow these steps to test the motor connection and direction of

rotation. Start with no power to the unit.

Figure 5.44:

Step 2: Insert one end in terminal 27 using a suitable ter-

minal screwdriver. (Note: For units with the Safe Stop func-

tion, the existing jumper between terminal 12 and 37 should

not be removed for the unit to be able to run!)

Figure 5.45:

Step 3: Insert the other end in terminal 12 or 13. (Note:

For units with the Safe Stop function, the existing jumper

between terminal 12 and 37 should not be removed for the

unit to be able to run!)

Figure 5.46:

Step 4: Power up the unit and press the [Off] button. In

this state, the motor should not rotate. Press [Off] to stop

the motor at any time. Note that the LED on the [OFF] but-

ton should be lit. If alarms or warnings are flashing, please

see chapter 7 for more information.

Figure 5.47:

Step 5: By pressing the [Hand on] button, the LED above

the button should be lit and the motor may rotate.


Instruction Manual


5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 122 of 253

Figure 5.48:

Step 6: The speed of the motor can be seen in the LCP. It

can be adjusted by pushing the up and down arrow

buttons.

Figure 5.49:

Step 7: To move the cursor, use the left and right arrow

buttons. This enables speed changes by larger increments.

Figure 5.50:

Step 8: Press the [Off] button to stop the motor again.

Figure 5.51:

Step 9: Change two motor wires if the desired direction of

rotation is not achieved.

Remove line power from the adjustable frequency drive before changing motor wires.



5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 123 of 253

5.1.28 Switches S201, S202, and S801

Switches S201 (Al 53) and S202 (Al 54) are used to select a current (0-20

mA) or a voltage (0 to 10 V) configuration of the analog input terminals

53 and 54 respectively.

Switch S801 (BUS TER.) can be used to enable termination on the RS-485

port (terminals 68 and 69).

Please note that the switches may be covered by an option, if so equip-

ped.

Default setting:

S201 (AI 53) = OFF (voltage input)

S202 (AI 54) = OFF (voltage input)

S801 (Bus termination) = OFF

Figure 5.52: Switches location.

5.2 Final Optimization and Test

5.2.1 Final Optimization and Test

To optimize motor shaft performance and optimize the adjustable frequency drive for the connected motor and installation, please follow these steps:

Ensure that the adjustable frequency drive and the motor are connected, and power is applied to the adjustable frequency drive.

NOTE!

Before power-up, ensure that connected equipment is ready for use.

Step 1. Locate motor nameplate

NOTE!

The motor is either star- (Y) or delta-connected ( ). This information is located on the motor nameplate data.


Instruction Manual


5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 124 of 253

Figure 5.53: Motor nameplate example

Step 2. Enter the motor nameplate data in the following param-

eter list.

To access the list, first press [QUICK MENU] key, then select “Q2 Quick

Set-up”.

1. Motor Power [kW]or Motor Power [HP]

par. 1-20par. 1-21

2. Motor Voltage par. 1-223. Motor Frequency par. 1-234. Motor Current par. 1-245. Motor Nominal Speed par. 1-25

Table 5.6: Motor related parameters

Step 3. Activate Automatic Motor Adaptation (AMA)

Performing an AMA ensures best possible performance. An AMA automatically takes measurements from the specific motor connected and compensates

for installation variances.

1. Connect terminal 27 to terminal 12 or use [MAIN MENU] and set Terminal 27 par. 5-12 to No operation (par. 5-12 [0])

2. Press [QUICK MENU], select "Q2 Quick Set-up", scroll down to AMA par. 1-29.

3. Press [OK] to activate the AMA par. 1-29.

4. Choose between complete or reduced AMA. If the sine wave filter is mounted, run only reduced AMA, or remove the sine wave filter during the

AMA procedure.

5. Press the [OK] key. The display should show “Press [Hand on] to start.”

6. Press the [Hand on] key. A progress bar indicates if the AMA is in progress.

Stop the AMA during operation

1. Press the [OFF] key. The adjustable frequency drive enters into alarm mode and the display shows that the AMA was terminated by the user.

Successful AMA

1. The display shows “Press [OK] to finish AMA”.

2. Press the [OK] key to exit the AMA state.

Unsuccessful AMA

1. The adjustable frequency drive enters into alarm mode. A description of the alarm can be found in the Troubleshooting section.

2. "Report Value” in the [Alarm Log] shows the last measuring sequence carried out by the AMA before the adjustable frequency drive entered

alarm mode. This number, along with the description of the alarm, will assist in troubleshooting. If contacting Danfoss Service, make sure to

mention the number and alarm description.



5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 125 of 253

NOTE!

An unsuccessful AMA is often caused by incorrectly entered motor nameplate data or too big of a difference between the motor and

the adjustable frequency drive power sizes.

Step 4. Set speed limit and ramp time

Set up the desired limits for speed and ramp time.

Minimum Reference par. 3-02Maximum Reference par. 3-03

Motor Speed Low Limit par. 4-11 or 4-12Motor Speed High Limit par. 4-13 or 4-14

Ramp 1 Ramp-up Time [s] par. 3-41Ramp 1 Ramp-down Time 1 [s] par. 3-42


Instruction Manual


5


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 126 of 253

6 Commissioning and Application Examples

6.1 Quick Set-up

6.1.1 Quick Menu Mode

The GLCP provides access to all parameters listed under the Quick Menus. To set parameters using the [Quick Menu] button:

Pressing [Quick Menu] the list indicates the different areas contained in the quick menu.

Efficient parameter set-up for water applications

The parameters can easily be set up for the vast majority of the water and wastewater applications only by using the [Quick Menu].

The best way to set parameters using the [Quick Menu] is by following the steps below:

1. Press [Quick Set-up] for selecting basic motor settings, ramp times, etc.

2. Press [Function Set-ups] for setting up the required functionality of the adjustable frequency drive - if not already covered by the settings in

[Quick Set-up].

3. Choose between General Settings, Open-loop Settings and Closed-loop Settings.

It is recommended to do the set-up in the order listed.

Figure 6.1: Quick Menu view.

Par. Designation [Units]

0-01 Language

1-20 Motor Power [kW]

1-22 Motor Voltage [V]

1-23 Motor Frequency [Hz]

1-24 Motor Current [A]

1-25 Motor Nominal Speed [RPM]

3-41 Ramp 1 Ramp-up Time [s]

3-42 Ramp 1 Ramp-down Time [s]

4-11 Motor Speed Low Limit [RPM]

4-13 Motor Speed High Limit [RPM]

1-29 Automatic Motor Adaptation (AMA)

Table 6.1: Quick Set-up parameters. Please see section Commonly Used

Parameters - Explanations

If No Operation is selected in terminal 27, no connection to +24 V on terminal 27 is necessary to enable start.

If Coast Inverse (factory default value) is selected in Terminal 27, a connection to +24V is necessary to enable start.

NOTE!

For detailed parameter descriptions, please see the following section on Commonly Used Parameters - Explanations.

VLT AQUA DriveInstruction Manual 6 Commissioning and Application Examples


6


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 127 of 253

6.2.1 Start/Stop

Terminal 18 = start/stop par. 5-10 [8] Start

Terminal 27 = No operation par. 5-12 [0] No operation (Default coast

inverse

Par. 5-10 Digital Input, Terminal 18 = Start (default)

Par. 5-12 Digital Input, Terminal 27 = coast inverse (default)

Figure 6.2: Terminal 37: Available only with Safe Stop Func-

tion!

6.2.2 Closed-loop Wiring

Terminal 12 /13: +24 V DC

Terminal 18: Start par. 5-18 [8] Start (Default)

Terminal 27: Coast par. 5-12 [2] coast inverse (Default)

Terminal 54: Analog input

L1-L3: Line power terminals

U,V and W: Motor terminals

6 Commissioning and Application ExamplesVLT AQUA Drive

Instruction Manual


6


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 128 of 253

6.2.3 Submersible Pump Application

The system consists of a submersible pump controlled by a Danfoss VLT AQUA Drive and a pressure transmitter. The transmitter gives a 4-20 mA feedback

signal to the VLT AQUA Drive, which keeps a constant pressure by controlling the speed of the pump. To design a drive for a submersible pump application,

there are a few important issues to take into consideration. Therefore, the drive used must be chosen according to motor current.

1. The motor is a what is known as a “Can motor” with a stainless steel can between the rotor and stator. There is a larger and a more magnetic

resistant air-gap than on a normal motor hence a weaker field which results in the motor being designed with a higher rated current than a

norm motor with similar rated power.

2. The pump contains thrust bearings which are damaged when run below minimum speed, which is normally 30 Hz.

3. The motor reactance is nonlinear in submersible pump motors and therefore Automatic Motor Adaption (AMA) may not be possible. However,

normally submersible pumps are operated with very long motor cables that might eliminate the nonlinear motor reactance and enable the drive

to perform AMA. If AMA fails, the motor data can be set from parameter group 1-3* (see motor datasheet). Be aware that if an AMA has been

successful, the drive will compensate for voltage drop in the long motor cables, so if the advanced motor data are set manually, the length of

the motor cable must be taken into considerations to optimize system performance.

4. It is important that the system be operated with a minimum of wear and tear of the pump and motor. A Danfoss Sine-Wave filter can lower the

motor insulation stress and increase lifetime (check actual motor insulation and the adjustable frequency drive du/dt specification). It is rec-

ommended to use a filter to reduce the need for service.

5. EMC performance can be difficult to achieve due to the fact that the special pump cable, which is able to withstand the wet conditions in the

well, is normally unshielded. A solution could be to use a shielded cable above the well and fix the screen to the well pipe if it is made of steel

(can also be made of plastic). A Sine-Wave filter will also reduce the EMI from unshielded motor cables.

The special “can motor” is used due to the wet installation conditions. The drive needs to be designed for the system according to output current to be

able to run the motor at nominal power.

To prevent damage to the thrust bearings of the pump, it is important to ramp the pump from stop to min. speed as quickly as possible. Well-known

manufacturers of submersible pumps recommend that the pump be ramped to a min. speed (30 Hz) in max. 2–3 seconds. The new VLT© AQUA Drive

is designed with initial and final ramp for these applications. The initial and final ramps are 2 individual ramps, where Initial Ramp, if enabled, will ramp

the motor from stop to min. speed and automatically switch to normal ramp, when min. speed is reached. Final ramp will do the opposite from min. speed

to stop in a stop situation.

Pipe-fill mode can be enabled to prevent water hammering. The Danfoss adjustable frequency drive is capable of filling vertical pipes using the PID

controller to slowly ramp up the pressure with a user specified rate (units/sec). If enabled, the drive will enter pipe fill mode, when it reaches min. speed

after startup. The pressure will slowly be ramped up until it reaches a user-specified filled setpoint, after which the drive automatically disables pipe fill

mode and continues in normal closed-loop operation.

This feature is designed for irrigation applications.

Electrical Wiring

Typical parameter settings (typical/recommended settings in brack-ets.)Parameters: Motor Rated Power Par. 1-20 / par. 1-21Motor Rated Voltage Par. 1-22Motor Current Par. 1-24Motor Rated Speed Par. 1-28Enable Reduced Automatic Motor Adaptation (AMA in par. 1-29)

NOTE!

Note the analog input 2, (terminal (54) format must be

set to mA. (switch 202).

VLT AQUA DriveInstruction Manual 6 Commissioning and Application Examples


6


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 129 of 253

Min. Reference Par. 3-01 (30 Hz)Max. Reference Par. 3-02 (50/60 Hz)Initial Ramp-up Time Par. 3-84 (2 sec.)Final Ramp-down Time Par. 3-88 (2 sec.)Normal Ramp-up Time Par. 3-41 (8 sec. depending on size)Normal Ramp-down Time Par. 3-42 (8 sec. depending on size)Motor Min. Speed Par. 4-11 (30 Hz)Motor Max. Speed Par. 4-13 (50/60 Hz)Use the “Closed-loop” wizard under “Quick Menu_Funtion_Setup” to easily set up the feedback settings in the PID controller.

Pipe Fill ModePipe Fill Enable Par. 29-00 Pipe Fill Rate Par. 29-04 (Feedback units/sec.)Filled Setpoint Par. 29-05 (Feedback units)

6 Commissioning and Application ExamplesVLT AQUA Drive

Instruction Manual


6


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 130 of 253

7 How to Operate the Adjustable Frequency Drive

7.1 Ways of Operation

7.1.1 Ways of Operation

The Adjustable Frequency Drive can be Operated in 3 Ways:

1. Graphical Local Control Panel (GLCP), see 6.1.2

2. Numeric Local Control Panel (NLCP), see 6.1.3

3. RS-485 serial communication or USB, both for PC connection, see 6.1.4

If the adjustable frequency drive is equipped with the serial communication option, please refer to the relevant documentation.

7.1.2 How to Operate the Graphical LCP (GLCP)

The following instructions are valid for the GLCP (LCP 102).

The GLCP is divided into four functional groups:

1. Graphical display with Status lines.

2. Menu keys and indicator lights (LEDs) - selecting mode, changing parameters and switching between display functions.

3. Navigation keys and indicator lights (LEDs).

4. Operation keys and indicator lights (LEDs).

Graphical display:

The LCD display is back lit with a total of 6 alpha-numeric lines. All data is displayed on the LCP, which can show up to five operating variables while in

[Status] mode.

Display lines:

a. Status line: Status messages displaying icons and graphics.

b. Line 1-2: Operator data lines displaying data and variables de-

fined or chosen by the user. By pressing the [Status] key, up to

one extra line can be added.

c. Status line: Status messages displaying text.

The display is divided into 3 sections:

Top section (a)

shows the status when in status mode, or up to two variables when not

in status mode and in the case of an alarm/warning.


7 How to Operate the Adjustable FrequencyDrive


7


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 131 of 253

The number of the Active Set-up (selected as the Active Set-up in par. 0-10) is shown. When programming in another set-up than the Active Set-up, the

number of the set-up being programmed appears to the right in brackets.

Middle section (b)

shows up to 5 variables with related unit, regardless of status. In the case of an alarm/warning, the warning is shown instead of the variables.

It is possible to toggle between three status readout displays by pressing the [Status] key.

Operating variables with different formatting are shown in each status screen - see below.

Several values or measurements can be linked to each of the displayed operating variables. The values/measurements to be displayed can be defined

via par. 0-20, 0-21, 0-22, 0-23, and 0-24, which can be accessed via [QUICK MENU], "Q3 Function Set-ups", "Q3-1 General Settings", "Q3-11 Display

Settings".

Each value / measurement readout parameter selected in par. 0-20 to par. 0-24 has its own scale and number of digits after a possible decimal point.

Larger numeric values are displayed with few digits after the decimal point.

Ex.: Current readout

5.25 A; 15.2 A 105 A.

Status display I

This read-out state is standard after start-up or initialization.

Use [INFO] to obtain information about the value/measurement linked to

the displayed operating variables (1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 2, and 3).

See the operating variables shown in the display in this illustration. 1.1,

1.2 and 1.3 are shown in small size. 2 and 3 are shown in medium size.

130 B

P041

. 10

1.1

1.3

2

1.2

3

Status display II

See the operating variables (1.1, 1.2, 1.3, and 2) shown in the display in

this illustration.

In the example, Speed, Motor current, Motor power and Frequency are

selected as variables in the first and second lines.

1.1, 1.2 and 1.3 are shown in small size. 2 is shown in large size. 1.1

1.3

1.2

2

Status display III:

This state displays the event and action of the Smart Logic Control. For

further information, see the section Smart Logic Control.

130B

P 06 3

. 10




7


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 132 of 253

Bottom section

always shows the state of the adjustable frequency drive in status mode. Top section

Middle section

Bottom section

Display Contrast Adjustment

Press [status] and [ ] for darker display

Press [status] and [ ] for brighter display

Indicator lights (LEDs):

If certain threshold values are exceeded, the alarm and/or warning LED lights up. A status and alarm text appear on the control panel.

The On LED is activated when the adjustable frequency drive receives power from AC line voltage, a DC bus terminal, or an external 24 V supply. At the

same time, the back light is on.

• Green LED/On: Control section is working.

• Yellow LED/Warn.: Indicates a warning.

• Flashing Red LED/Alarm: Indicates an alarm.

GLCP keys

Menu keys

The menu keys are divided into functions. The keys below the display and

indicator lamps are used for parameter set-up, including choice of display

indication during normal operation.130BP045.10

[Status]

Indicates the status of the adjustable frequency drive and/or the motor. Three different readouts can be chosen by pressing the [Status] key:

5 line readouts, 4 line readouts or Smart Logic Control.

Use [Status] for selecting the mode of display or for changing back to display mode from either the quick menu mode, main menu mode or alarm mode.

Also use the [Status] key to toggle single or double readout mode.

[Quick Menu]

Allows quick set-up of the adjustable frequency drive. The most common functions can be programmed here.

The [Quick Menu] consists of:

- Q1: My Personal Menu

- Q2: Quick Set-up

- Q3: Function Set-ups

- Q5: Changes Made

- Q6: Loggings

The function set-up provides quick and easy access to all parameters required for the majority of water and wastewater applications including variable

torque, constant torque, pumps, dosing pumps, well pumps, booster pumps, mixer pumps, aeration blowers and other pump and fan applications. Among

other features, it also includes parameters for selecting which variables to display on the LCP, digital preset speeds, scaling of analog references, closed-

loop single zone and multi-zone applications and specific functions related to water and wastewater applications.




7


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 133 of 253

The quick menu parameters can be accessed immediately unless a password has been created via par. 0-60, 0-61, 0-65 or 0-66.

It is possible to switch directly between Quick Menu mode and main menu mode.

[Main Menu]

is used for programming all parameters.

The main menu parameters can be accessed immediately unless a password has been created via par. 0-60, 0-61, 0-65 or 0-66. For the majority of water

and wastewater applications it is not necessary to access the main menu parameters, but instead the quick menu, quick set-up and function set-ups

provide the simplest and quickest access to the typical required parameters.

It is possible to switch directly between Main Menu mode and quick menu mode.

Parameter shortcut can be carried out by pressing down the [Main Menu] key for 3 seconds. The parameter shortcut allows direct access to any

parameter.

[Alarm Log]

displays an alarm list of the five latest alarms (numbered A1-A5). To obtain additional details about an alarm, use the arrow keys to navigate to the alarm

number and press [OK]. Information is displayed about the condition of the adjustable frequency drive before it enters alarm mode.

[Back]

reverts to the previous step or layer in the navigation structure.

[Cancel]

the last change or command will be canceled as long as the display has

not been changed.

[Info]

displays information about a command, parameter, or function in any

display window. [Info] provides detailed information when needed.

Exit Info mode by pressing either [Info], [Back], or [Cancel].

Navigation Keys

The four navigation arrows are used to navigate between the different

choices available in [Quick Menu], [Main Menu] and [Alarm Log].

Use the keys to move the cursor.

[OK]

is used for choosing a parameter marked by the cursor and for enabling

the change of a parameter.

Operation Keys

for local control are found at the bottom of the control panel.

130BP046.10




7


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 134 of 253

[Hand On]

enables control of the adjustable frequency drive via the GLCP. [Hand on] also starts the motor, and makes it possible to give the motor speed reference

using the arrow keys. The key can be Enabled [1] or Disabled [0] via par. 0-40 [Hand on] Key on LCP.

The following control signals will still be active when [Hand on] is activated:

• [Hand on] - [Off] - [Auto on]

• Reset

• Coasting stop inverse (motor coasting to stop)

• Reversing

• Set-up select lsb - Set-up select msb

• Stop command from serial communication

• Quick stop

• DC brake

NOTE!

External stop signals activated by means of control signals or a serial bus will override a “start” command via the LCP.

[Off]

stops the connected motor. The key can be Enabled [1] or Disabled [0] via par. 0-41 [Off] key on LCP. If no external stop function is selected and the

[Off] key is inactive, the motor can only be stopped by disconnecting the line power supply.

[Auto On]

enables the adjustable frequency drive to be controlled via the control terminals and/or serial communication. When a start signal is applied on the control

terminals and/or the bus, the adjustable frequency drive will start. The key can be Enabled [1] or Disabled [0] via par. 0-42 [Auto on] key on LCP.

NOTE!

An active HAND-OFF-AUTO signal via the digital inputs has higher priority than the control keys [Hand on] – [Auto on].

[Reset]

is used for resetting the adjustable frequency drive after an alarm (trip). The key can be Enabled [1] or Disabled [0] via par. 0-43 Reset Keys on LCP.

The parameter shortcut

can be carried out by holding down the [Main Menu] key for 3 seconds. The parameter shortcut allows direct access to any parameter.

7.1.3 How to Operate the Numeric LCP (NLCP)

The following instructions are valid for the NLCP (LCP 101).

The control panel is divided into four functional groups:

1. Numeric display.

2. Menu key and LEDs - changing parameters and switching be-

tween display functions.

3. Navigation keys and LEDs.

4. Operation keys and LEDs.

NOTE!

Parameter copy is not possible with Numeric Local

Control Panel (LCP101).




7


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 135 of 253

Select one of the following modes:

Status Mode: Displays the status of the adjustable frequency drive or

the motor.

If an alarm occurs, the NLCP automatically switches to status mode.

A number of alarms can be displayed.

Quick Set-up or Main Menu Mode: Display parameters and parameter

settings.

Figure 7.1: Numerical LCP (NLCP)

130B

P077

.10

Figure 7.2: Status display example

130B

P078

.10

Figure 7.3: Alarm display example

LEDs:

• Green LED/On: Indicates if control section is on.

• Yellow LED/Wrn.: Indicates a warning.

• Flashing red LED/Alarm: Indicates an alarm.

Menu key

Select one of the following modes:

• Status

• Quick Set-up

• Main Menu

Main Menu

is used for programming all parameters.

The parameters can be accessed immediately unless a password has been created via par. 0-60 Main Menu Password, par. 0-61 Access to Main Menu

w/o Password, par. 0-65 Personal Menu Password or par. 0-66 Access to Personal Menu w/o Password.

Quick Set-up is used to set up the adjustable frequency drive using only the most essential parameters.

The parameter values can be changed using the up/down arrows when the value is flashing.

Select the main menu by pressing the [Menu] key a number of times until the main menu LED is lit.

Select the parameter group [xx-__] and press [OK]

Select the parameter [__-xx] and press [OK]

If the parameter is an array parameter, select the array number and press [OK]

Select the wanted data value and press [OK]

Navigation keys

[Back]

for stepping backwards




7


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 136 of 253

Arrow [ ] [ ]

keys are used for navigating between parameter groups, parameters and

within parameters.

[OK]

is used for choosing a parameter marked by the cursor and for enabling

the change of a parameter.

130B

P079

.10

Figure 7.4: Display example

Operation keys

Keys for local control are found at the bottom of the control panel.

130BP046.10

Figure 7.5: Operation keys of the numerical LCP (NLCP)

[Hand on]

enables control of the adjustable frequency drive via the LCP. [Hand on] also starts the motor and it is now possible to enter the motor speed data by

means of the arrow keys. The key can be Enabled [1] or Disabled [0] via par. 0-40 [Hand on] Key on LCP.

External stop signals activated by means of control signals or a serial bus will override a 'start' command via the LCP.

The following control signals will still be active when [Hand on] is activated:

• [Hand on] - [Off] - [Auto on]

• Reset

• Coasting stop inverse

• Reversing

• Set-up select lsb - Set-up select msb

• Stop command from serial communication

• Quick stop

• DC brake

[Off]

stops the connected motor. The key can be Enabled [1] or Disabled [0] via par. 0-41 [Off] Key on LCP.

If no external stop function is selected and the [Off] key is inactive, the motor can be stopped by disconnecting the line power supply.

[Auto on]

enables the adjustable frequency drive to be controlled via the control terminals and/or serial communication. When a start signal is applied on the control

terminals and/or the bus, the adjustable frequency drive will start. The key can be Enabled [1] or Disabled [0] via par. 0-42 [Auto on] Key on LCP.

NOTE!

An active HAND-OFF-AUTO signal via the digital inputs has higher priority than the control keys [Hand on] [Auto on].

[Reset]

is used for resetting the adjustable frequency drive after an alarm (trip). The key can be Enabled [1] or Disabled [0] via par. 0-43 [Reset] Key on LCP.




7


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 137 of 253

7.1.4 Changing Data

1. Press the [Quick Menu] or [Main Menu] key.

2. Use [ ] and [ ] keys to find parameter group to edit.

3. Press the [OK] key.

4. Use [ ] and [ ] keys to find parameter to edit.


6. Use the [ ] and [ ] keys to select the correct parameter setting. Or, to move to digits within a number, use the keys. The cursor indicates the

digit selected to be changed. The [ ] key increases the value, the [ ] key decreases the value.

7. Press the [Cancel] key to disregard the change, or press the [OK] key to accept the change and enter the new setting.

7.1.5 Changing a Text Value

If the selected parameter is a text value, it can be changed by using the

up/down navigation keys.

The up key increases the value, and the down key decreases the value.

Place the cursor on the value to be saved and press [OK].

Figure 7.6: Display example.

7.1.6 Changing a Group of Numeric Data Values

If the chosen parameter represents a numeric data value, change the

chosen data value by means of the [ ] and [ ] navigation keys as well

as the up/down [ ] [ ] navigation keys. Use the ] and [ ] navigation

keys to move the cursor horizontally.


Use the up/down navigation keys to change the data value. The up key

increases the data value, while the down key reduces it. Place the cursor

on the value to be saved and press [OK].





7


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 138 of 253

7.1.7 Changing of Data Value, Step-by-Step

Certain parameters can be changed step-by-step or by an infinite number of variables. This applies to par. 1-20 Motor Power [kW], par. 1-22 Motor

Voltage and par. 1-23 Motor Frequency.

The parameters are changed both as a group of numeric data values, and as numeric data values using an infinite number of variables.

7.1.8 Readout and Programming of Indexed Parameters

Parameters are indexed when placed in a rolling stack.

Par. 15-30 Alarm Log: Error Code to par. 15-32 Alarm Log: Time contain a fault log which can be read out. Choose a parameter, press [OK], and use the

up/down navigation keys to scroll through the value log.

Use par. 3-10 Preset Reference as another example:

Choose the parameter, press [OK], and use the up/down navigation keys to scroll through the indexed values. To change the parameter value, select

the indexed value and press [OK]. Change the value by using the up/down keys. Press [OK] to accept the new setting. Press [Cancel] to abort. Press

[Back] to leave the parameter.

7.1.9 Tips and Tricks

* For the majority of water and wastewater applications, the Quick Menu, Quick Set-up and Function Set-ups provide the simplest

and quickest access to all of the typical parameters required.

* Whenever possible, performing an AMA will ensure best shaft performance.

* Display contrast can be adjusted by pressing [Status] and [ ] for a darker display, or by pressing [Status] and [ ] for a brighter

display.

* Under [Quick Menu] and [Changes Made], all the parameters that have been changed from the factory settings are displayed.

* Press and hold the [Main Menu] key for 3 seconds to access any parameter.

* For service purposes, it is recommended to copy all parameters to the LCP, see par 0-50 for further information.

Table 7.1: Tips and tricks

7.1.10 Quick Transfer of Parameter Settings when Using GLCP

Once the set-up of an adjustable frequency drive is complete, it is recommended to store (backup) the parameter settings in the GLCP or on a PC via

MCT 10 Set-up Software Tool.

NOTE!

Stop the motor before performing any of these operations.

Data storage in LCP:

1. Go to par. 0-50 LCP Copy


3. Select “All to LCP”


All parameter settings are now stored in the GLCP indicated by the progress bar. When 100% is reached, press [OK].




7


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 139 of 253

The GLCP can now be connected to another adjustable frequency drive and the parameter settings copied to this adjustable frequency drive.

Data transfer from LCP to adjustable frequency drive:

1. Go to par. 0-50 LCP Copy


3. Select “All from LCP”


The parameter settings stored in the GLCP are now transferred to the adjustable frequency drive indicated by the progress bar. When 100% is reached,

press [OK].

7.1.11 Initialization to Default Settings

There are two ways to initialize the adjustable frequency drive to default: Recommended initialization and manual initialization.

Please be aware that they have different impacts according to the below description.

Recommended initialization (via par. 14-22 Operation Mode)

1. Select par. 14-22 Operation Mode

2. Press [OK]

3. Select “Initialization” (for NLCP select “2”)

4. Press [OK]

5. Disconnect the power from the unit and wait for the display to

turn off.

6. Reconnecting the power resets the adjustable frequency drive.

Note that first start-up takes a few more seconds

7. Press [Reset]

par. 14-22 Operation Mode initializes all except:

par. 14-50 RFI 1

par. 8-30 Protocol

par. 8-31 Address

par. 8-32 Baud Rate

par. 8-35 Minimum Response Delay

par. 8-36 Max Response Delay

par. 8-37 Max Inter-Char Delay

par. 15-00 Operating Hours to par. 15-05 Over Volts

par. 15-20 Historic Log: Event to par. 15-22 Historic Log: Time

par. 15-30 Alarm Log: Error Code to par. 15-32 Alarm Log: Time

NOTE!

Parameters selected in par. 0-25 My Personal Menu will remain present with the default factory setting.

Manual initialization

NOTE!

When carrying out manual initialization, serial communication, RFI filter settings and fault log settings are reset.

Removes parameters selected in par. 0-25 My Personal Menu

1. Disconnect from the line power and wait until the display

turns off.

2a. Press [Status] - [Main Menu] - [OK] at the same time while

powering up the Graphical LCP (GLCP)

2b. Press [Menu] while the LCP 101, Numerical Display is pow-

ering up.

3. Release the keys after 5 s

4. The adjustable frequency drive is now programmed according

to default settings

This parameter initializes all except:

par. 15-00 Operating Hours

par. 15-03 Power-ups

par. 15-04 Over Temps

par. 15-05 Over Volts




7


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 140 of 253

7.1.12 RS-485 Bus Connection

One or more adjustable frequency drives can be connected to a controller

(or master) using the standard RS-485 interface. Terminal 68 is connec-

ted to the P signal (TX+, RX+), while terminal 69 is connected to the N

signal (TX-, RX-).

If more than one adjustable frequency drive is connected to a master,

use parallel connections.

Figure 7.9: Connection example.

In order to avoid potential equalizing currents in the shield, ground the cable screen via terminal 61, which is connected to the frame via an RC link.

Bus termination

The RS-485 bus must be terminated by a resistor network at both ends. If the drive is the first or the last device in the RS-485 loop, set the switch S801

on the control card to ON.

For more information, see the paragraph Switches S201, S202, and S801.

7.1.13 How to Connect a PC to the Adjustable Frequency Drive

To control or program the adjustable frequency drive from a PC, install the PC-based Configuration Tool MCT 10.

The PC is connected via a standard (host/device) USB cable, or via the RS-485 interface as shown in the Design Guide, chapter How to Install > Installation

of misc. connections.

NOTE!

The USB connection is galvanically isolated from the supply voltage (PELV) and other high-voltage terminals. The USB connection is

connected to protection ground on the adjustable frequency drive. Use only isolated laptop for PC connection to the USB connector on

the adjustable frequency drive.

Figure 7.10: For control cable connections, see section on Control Terminals.




7


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 141 of 253

7.1.14 PC Software Tools

PC-based Configuration Tool MCT 10

All adjustable frequency drives are equipped with a serial communication port. Danfoss provides a PC tool for communication between PC and adjustable

frequency drive, PC-based Configuration Tool MCT 10. Please check the section on Available Literature for detailed information on this tool.

MCT 10 set-up software

MCT 10 has been designed as an easy to use interactive tool for setting parameters in our adjustable frequency drives. The software can be downloaded

from the Danfoss internet site http://www.Danfoss.com/BusinessAreas/DrivesSolutions/Softwaredownload/DDPC+Software+Program.htm.

The MCT 10 set-up software will be useful for:

• Planning a communication network off-line. MCT 10 contains a complete adjustable frequency drive database

• Commissioning adjustable frequency drives on-line.

• Saving settings for all adjustable frequency drives.

• Replacing an adjustable frequency drive in a network.

• Simple and accurate documentation of adjustable frequency drive settings after commissioning.

• Expanding an existing network.

• Adjustable frequency drives developed in the future will be fully supported.

MCT 10 set-up software supports Profibus DP-V1 via a master class 2 connection. This makes it possible to access on-line read/write parameters in an

adjustable frequency drive via the Profibus network. This will eliminate the need for an extra communication network.

Save adjustable frequency drive settings:

1. Connect a PC to the unit via the USB COM port. (Note: Use a PC that is isolated from the line power, in conjunction with the USB port. Failure

to do so may damage equipment.)

2. Open MCT 10 Set-up Software

3. Choose “Read from drive”

4. Choose “Save as”

All parameters are now stored on the PC.

Load adjustable frequency drive settings:

1. Connect a PC to the adjustable frequency drive via the USB com port

2. Open MCT 10 Set-up software

3. Choose “Open”– stored files will be shown.

4. Open the appropriate file

5. Choose “Write to drive”

All parameter settings are now transferred to the adjustable frequency drive.

A separate manual for MCT 10 Set-up Software is available: MG.10.Rx.yy.




7


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 142 of 253

The MCT 10 Set-up software modules

The following modules are included in the software package:

MCT Set-up 10 Software

Setting parameters

Copy to and from adjustable frequency drives

Documentation and print-out of parameter settings incl. diagrams

Ext. user interface

Preventive Maintenance Schedule

Clock settings

Timed Action Programming

Smart Logic Controller Set-up

Ordering number:

Please order the CD containing MCT 10 Set-up software using code number 130B1000.

MCT 10 can also be downloaded from the Danfoss Internet: WWW.DANFOSS.COM, Business Area: Motion Controls.




7


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 143 of 253




7


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 144 of 253

8 How to Program the Adjustable Frequency Drive

8.1 How to Program

8.1.1 Parameter Set-up

Overview of parameter groups

Group Title Function0- Operation/Display Parameters related to the fundamental functions of the adjustable frequency drive, func-

tion of the LCP buttons and configuration of the LCP display.1- Load/Motor Parameter group for motor settings.2- Brakes Parameter group for setting brake features in the adjustable frequency drive.3- Reference / Ramps Parameters for reference handling, defining limitations, and configuring the reaction of

the adjustable frequency drive to changes.4- Limits / Warnings Parameter group for configuring limits and warnings.5- Digital In/Out Parameter group for configuring the digital inputs and outputs.6- Analog In/Out Parameter group for configuring the analog inputs and outputs.8- Communication and Options Parameter group for configuring communications and options.9- Profibus Parameter group for Profibus-specific parameters.10- DeviceNet Serial Communication Bus Parameter group for DeviceNet-specific parameters.13- Smart Logic Parameter group for Smart Logic Control14- Special Functions Parameter group for configuring special adjustable frequency drive functions.15- Drive Information Parameter group containing adjustable frequency drive information such as operating

data, hardware configuration and software versions.16- Data Readouts Parameter group for data readouts, such as current references, voltages, control, alarm,

warning and status words.18- Info and Readouts This parameter group contains the last 10 Preventive Maintenance logs.20- Drive Closed-loop This parameter group is used for configuring the closed-loop PID controller that controls

the output frequency of the unit.21- Extended Closed-loop Parameters for configuring the three extended closed-loop PID controllers.22- Application Functions These parameters monitor water applications.23- Time-based Functions These parameters are for actions to be performed on a daily or weekly basis, such as

different references for working hours/non-working hours.25- Basic Cascade Controller Functions Parameters for configuring the basic cascade controller for sequence control of multiple

pumps.26- Analog I/0 Option MCB 109 Parameters for configuring the Analog I/0 Option MCB 109.27- Extended Cascade Control Parameters for configuring the extended cascade control.29- Water Application Functions Parameters for setting water specific functions.31- Bypass Option Parameters for configuring the bypass option

Table 8.1: Parameter Groups

Parameter descriptions and selections are displayed on the Graphic LCP or Numeric LCP in the display area (See Section 5 for details.) Access the

parameters by pressing the [Quick Menu] or [Main Menu] key on the control panel. The quick menu is used primarily for commissioning the unit at start-

up by providing those parameters necessary to start operation. The main menu provides access to all the parameters for detailed application programming.

All digital input/output and analog input/output terminals are multifunctional. All terminals have factory default functions suitable for the majority of water

applications but if other special functions are required, they must be programmed in parameter group 5 or 6.


8 How to Program the Adjustable FrequencyDrive


8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 145 of 253

8.1.2 Q1 My Personal Menu

Parameters defined by the user can be stored in Q1 My Personal Menu.

Select My Personal Menu to display only the parameters, which have been pre-selected and programmed as personal parameters. For example, a pump

or equipment OEM may have pre-programmed these to be in My Personal Menu during factory commissioning to make on-site commissioning / fine tuning

simpler. These parameters are selected in par. 0-25 My Personal Menu. Up to 20 different parameters can be defined in this menu.

Q1 My Personal Menu20-21 Setpoint 120-93 PID Proportional Gain

20-94 PID Integral Time

8.1.3 Q2 Quick Set-up

The parameters in Q2 Quick Set-up are the basic parameters which are always needed to set up the adjustable frequency drive for operation.

Q2 Quick Set-upParameter number and name Unit0-01 Language1-20 Motor Power kW1-22 Motor Voltage V1-23 Motor Frequency Hz1-24 Motor Current A1-25 Motor Nominal Speed RPM3-41 Ramp 1 Ramp-up Time s3-42 Ramp 1 Ramp-down Time s4-11 Motor Speed Low Limit RPM4-13 Motor Speed High Limit RPM1-29 Automatic Motor Adaptation (AMA)




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 146 of 253

8.1.4 Q3 Function Set-ups

The function set-up provides quick and easy access to all parameters required for the majority of water and wastewater applications including variable

torque, constant torque, pumps, dosing pumps, well pumps, booster pumps, mixer pumps, aeration blowers and other pump and fan applications. Among

other features, it also includes parameters for selecting which variables to display on the LCP, digital preset speeds, scaling of analog references, closed-

loop single zone and multi-zone applications and specific functions related to water and wastewater applications.

How to access the Function Set-up - example:

130BT110.10

Figure 8.1: Step 1: Turn on the adjustable frequency drive

(On LED lights)

130BT111.10

Figure 8.2: Step 2: Press the [Quick Menus] button (quick

menu choices appear).

130BT112.10

Figure 8.3: Step 3: Use the up/down navigation keys to

scroll down to Function Set-ups. Press [OK].

130BA500.10

Figure 8.4: Step 4: Function Set-up choices appear. Choose

03-1 General Settings. Press [OK].

130BA501.10

Figure 8.5: Step 5: Use the up/down navigation keys to

scroll down to, e.g., 03-12 Analog Outputs. Press [OK].

130BA502.10

Figure 8.6: Step 6: Choose parameter 6-50 Terminal 42

Output. Press [OK].

130BA503.10

Figure 8.7: Step 7: Use the up/down navigation keys to se-

lect between the different choices. Press [OK].




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 147 of 253

The Function Set-up parameters are grouped in the following way:

Q3-1 General SettingsQ3-10 Clock Settings Q3-11 Display Settings Q3-12 Analog Output Q3-13 Relays0-70 Set Date and Time 0-20 Display Line 1.1 Small 6-50 Terminal 42 Output Relay 1 5-40 Function Relay0-71 Date Format 0-21 Display Line 1.2 Small 6-51 Terminal 42 Output Min Scale Relay 2 5-40 Function Relay0-72 Time Format 0-22 Display Line 1.3 Small 6-52 Terminal 42 Output Max Scale Option relay 7 5-40 Function

Relay0-74 DST/Summertime 0-23 Display Line 2 Large Option relay 8 5-40 Function

Relay0-76 DST/Summertime Start 0-24 Display Line 3 Large Option relay 9 5-40 Function

Relay0-77 DST/Summertime End 0-37 Display Text 1

0-38 Display Text 20-39 Display Text 3

Q3-2 Open-loop SettingsQ3-20 Digital Reference Q3-21 Analog Reference3-02 Minimum Reference 3-02 Minimum Reference3-03 Maximum Reference 3-03 Maximum Reference3-10 Preset Reference 6-10 Terminal 53 Low Voltage5-13 Terminal 29 Digital Input 6-11 Terminal 53 High Voltage5-14 Terminal 32 Digital Input 6-14 Terminal 53 Low Ref/Feedb. Value5-15 Terminal 33 Digital Input 6-15 Terminal 53 High Ref/Feedb. Value

Q3-3 Closed-loop SettingsQ3-30 Feedback Settings Q3-31 PID Settings1-00 Configuration Mode 20-81 PID Normal/Inverse Control20-12 Reference/Feedb.Unit 20-82 PID Start Speed [RPM]3-02 Minimum Reference 20-21 Setpoint 13-03 Maximum Reference 20-93 PID Proportional Gain6-20 Terminal 54 Low Voltage 20-94 PID Integral Time6-21 Terminal 54 High Voltage6-24 Terminal 54 Low Ref/Feedb Value6-25 Terminal 54 High Ref/Feedb Value6-00 Live Zero Timeout Time6-01 Live Zero Timeout Function

8.1.5 Q5 Changes Made

Q5 Changes Made can be used for fault finding.

Select Changes made to get information about:

• The last 10 changes. Use the up/down navigation keys to scroll between the last 10 changed parameters.

• The changes made since default setting.

Select Loggings to get information about the display line readouts. The information is shown in graphs.

Only display parameters selected in par. 0-20 and par. 0-24 can be viewed. It is possible to store up to 120 samples in the memory for later reference.

Please notice that the parameters listed in the below tables for Q5 only serve as examples since they will vary depending on the programming of the

particular adjustable frequency drive.

Q5-1 Last 10 Changes20-94 PID Integral Time20-93 PID Proportional Gain

Q5-2 Since Factory Setting20-93 PID Proportional Gain20-94 PID Integral Time




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 148 of 253

Q5-3 Input AssignmentsAnalog Input 53Analog Input 54

8.1.6 Q6 Loggings

Q6 Loggings can be used for fault finding.

Please notice that the parameters listed in the table for Q6 below only serve as examples since they will vary depending on the programming of the

particular adjustable frequency drive.

Q6 LoggingsReferenceAnalog Input 53Motor CurrentFrequencyFeedbackEnergy LogTrending Cont BinTrending Timed BinTrending Comparison

8.1.7 Main Menu Mode

Both the GLCP and NLCP provide access to the main menu mode. Select

main menu mode by pressing the [Main Menu] key. Figure 6.2 shows the

resulting read-out, which appears on the display of the GLCP.

Lines 2 through 5 on the display show a list of parameter groups which

can be chosen by toggling the up and down buttons.


Each parameter has a name and number which remain the same regardless of the programming mode. In main menu mode, the parameters are divided

into groups. The first digit of the parameter number (from the left) indicates the parameter group number.

All parameters can be changed in the main menu. The configuration of the unit (par. 1-00 Configuration Mode) will determine other parameters available

for programming. For example, selecting Closed-loop enables additional parameters related to closed-loop operation. Option cards added to the unit

enable additional parameters associated with the option device.




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 149 of 253

8.1.8 Parameter Selection

In main menu mode, the parameters are divided into groups. Select a

parameter group using the navigation keys.

The following parameter groups are accessible:

Group no. Parameter group:0 Operation/Display1 Load/Motor2 Brakes3 References/Ramps4 Limits/Warnings5 Digital In/Out6 Analog In/Out8 Comm. and Options9 Profibus10 CAN Ser. Com. Bus11 LonWorks13 Smart Logic14 Special Functions15 Drive Information16 Data Readouts18 Data Readouts 220 Drive Closed-loop21 Ext. Closed-loop22 Application Functions23 Time-based Functions24 Fire Mode25 Cascade Controller26 Analog I/O Option MCB 109

Table 8.2: Parameter groups.

After selecting a parameter group, choose a parameter by means of the

navigation keys.

The middle section on the GLCP display shows the parameter number and

name, as well as the selected parameter value.


8.2 Commonly Used Parameters - Explanations

8.2.1 Main Menu

The main menu includes all available parameters in the VLT AQUA Drive FC 200 adjustable frequency drive.

All parameters are grouped logically with a group name indicating the function of the parameter group.

All parameters are listed by name and number in the section Parameter Options in this Instruction Manual.

All parameters included in the quick menus (Q1, Q2, Q3, Q5 and Q6) can be found in the following.

Some of the most commonly used parameters for VLT AQUA Drive applications are also explained in the following section.

For a detailed explanation of all parameters, please refer to the VLT AQUA Drive Programming Guide MG.20.OX.YY which is available at www.danfoss.com

or by ordering it from the local Danfoss office.




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 150 of 253

8.2.2 0-** Operation / Display

Parameters related to the fundamental functions of the adjustable frequency drive, function of the LCP buttons and configuration of the LCP display.

0-01 Language

Option: Function:Defines the language to be used in the display.

The adjustable frequency drive can be delivered with 4 different language packages. English and

German are included in all packages. English cannot be erased or manipulated.

[0] * English Part of Language packages 1 - 4

[1] German Part of Language packages 1 - 4

[2] French Part of Language package 1

[3] Danish Part of Language package 1

[4] Spanish Part of Language package 1

[5] Italian Part of Language package 1

[6] Swedish Part of Language package 1

[7] Dutch Part of Language package 1

[10] Chinese Language package 2

[20] Finnish Part of Language package 1

[22] English US Part of Language package 4

[27] Greek Part of Language package 4

[28] Portuguese Part of Language package 4

[36] Slovenian Part of Language package 3

[39] Korean Part of Language package 2

[40] Japanese Part of Language package 2

[41] Turkish Part of Language package 4

[42] Traditional Chinese Part of Language package 2

[43] Bulgarian Part of Language package 3

[44] Serbian Part of Language package 3

[45] Romanian Part of Language package 3

[46] Hungarian Part of Language package 3

[47] Czech Part of Language package 3

[48] Polish Part of Language package 4

[49] Russian Part of Language package 3

[50] Thai Part of Language package 2

[51] Bahasa Indonesian Part of Language package 2

0-20 Display Line 1.1 Small

Option: Function:Select a variable for display in line 1, left position.

[0] None No display value selected

[37] Display Text 1 Present control word

[38] Display Text 2 Enables an individual text string to be written, for display in the LCP or to be read via serial com-

munication.

[39] Display Text 3 Enables an individual text string to be written, for display in the LCP or to be read via serial com-

munication.




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 151 of 253

[89] Date and Time Readout Displays the current date and time.

[953] Profibus Warning Word Displays Profibus communication warnings.

[1005] Readout Transmit Error Counter View the number of CAN control transmission errors since the last power-up.

[1006] Readout Receive Error Counter View the number of CAN control receipt errors since the last power-up.

[1007] Readout Bus-off Counter View the number of Bus Off events since the last power-up.

[1013] Warning Parameter View a DeviceNet-specific warning word. One separate bit is assigned to every warning.

[1115] LON Warning Word Shows the LON-specific warnings.

[1117] XIF Revision Shows the version of the external interface file of the Neuron C chip on the LON option.

[1118] LON Works Revision Shows the software version of the application program of the Neuron C chip on the LON option.

[1500] Operating Hours View the number of running hours of the adjustable frequency drive.

[1501] Running Hours View the number of running hours of the motor.

[1502] kWh Counter View the line power consumption in kWh.

[1600] Control Word View the control word sent from the adjustable frequency drive via the serial communication port

in hex code.

[1601] * Reference [Unit] Total reference (sum of digital/analog/preset/bus/freeze ref./catch up and slow-down) in selected

unit.

[1602] Reference % Total reference (sum of digital/analog/preset/bus/freeze ref./catch up and slow-down) in percent.

[1603] Status Word Present status word

[1605] Main Actual Value [%] One or more warnings in a Hex code

[1609] Custom Readout View the user-defined readouts as defined in par. 0-30, 0-31 and 0-32.

[1610] Power [kW] Actual power consumed by the motor in kW.

[1611] Power [hp] Actual power consumed by the motor in HP.

[1612] Motor Voltage Voltage supplied to the motor.

[1613] Motor Frequency Motor frequency, i.e., the output frequency of the adjustable frequency drive in Hz.

[1614] Motor Current Phase current of the motor measured as effective value.

[1615] Frequency [%] Motor frequency, i.e., the output frequency from the adjustable frequency drive in percent.

[1616] Torque [Nm] Present motor load as a percentage of the rated motor torque.

[1617] Speed [RPM] Speed in RPM (revolutions per minute), i.e., the motor shaft speed in closed-loop based on the

entered motor nameplate data, the output frequency and the load on the adjustable frequency drive.

[1618] Motor Thermal Thermal load on the motor, calculated by the ETR function. See also parameter group 1-9* Motor

Temperature.

[1622] Torque [%] Shows the actual torque produced, in percentage.

[1630] DC Link Voltage Intermediate circuit voltage in the adjustable frequency drive.

[1632] BrakeEnergy/s Present braking energy transferred to an external brake resistor.

Stated as an instantaneous value.

[1633] BrakeEnergy/2 min Braking energy transferred to an external brake resistor. The mean power is calculated continuously

for the most recent 120 seconds.

[1634] Heatsink Temp. Present heatsink temperature of the adjustable frequency drive. The cut-out limit is 203° ± 9°F [95°

± 5°C]; cutting back in occurs at 158° ± 9°F [70° ± 5°C].

[1635] Thermal Drive Load Percentage load of the inverters

[1636] Inv. Nom. Current Nominal current of the adjustable frequency drive

[1637] Inv. Max. Current Maximum current of the adjustable frequency drive

[1638] SL Control State State of the event executed by the control

[1639] Control Card Temp. Temperature of the control card.

[1650] External Reference Sum of the external reference as a percentage, i.e., the sum of analog/pulse/bus.




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 152 of 253

[1652] Feedback [Unit] Signal value in units from the programmed digital input(s).

[1653] DigiPot Reference View the contribution of the digital potentiometer to the actual reference Feedback.

[1654] Feedback 1 [Unit] View the value of Feedback 1. See also par. 20-0*.



[1658] PID Output [%] Returns the drive closed-loop PID controller output value in percent.

[1659] Adjusted Setpoint Displays the actual operating setpoint after it is modified by flow compensation. See parameters

22-8*.

[1660] Digital Input Displays the status of the digital inputs. Signal low = 0; Signal high = 1.

Regarding order, see par. 16-60. Bit 0 is at the extreme right.

[1661] Terminal 53 Switch Setting Setting of input terminal 53. Current = 0; Voltage = 1.

[1662] Analog Input 53 Actual value at input 53 either as a reference or protection value.

[1663] Terminal 54 Switch Setting Setting of input terminal 54. Current = 0; Voltage = 1.

[1664] Analog Input 54 Actual value at input 54 either as reference or protection value.

[1665] Analog Output 42 [mA] Actual value at output 42 in mA. Use par. 6-50 to select the variable to be represented by output

42.

[1666] Digital Output [bin] Binary value of all digital outputs.

[1667] Freq. Input #29 [Hz] Actual value of the frequency applied at terminal 29 as a pulse input.

[1668] Freq. Input #33 [Hz] Actual value of the frequency applied at terminal 33 as a pulse input.

[1669] Pulse Output #27 [Hz] Actual value of pulses applied to terminal 27 in digital output mode.

[1670] Pulse Output #29 [Hz] Actual value of pulses applied to terminal 29 in digital output mode.

[1671] Relay Output [bin] View the setting of all relays.

[1672] Counter A View the present value of Counter A.

[1673] Counter B View the present value of Counter B.

[1675] Analog input X30/11 Actual value of the signal on input X30/11 (General Purpose I/O Card. Option)

[1676] Analog input X30/12 Actual value of the signal on input X30/12 (General Purpose I/O Card. Optional)

[1677] Analog output X30/8 [mA] Actual value at output X30/8 (General Purpose I/O Card. Optional) Use Par. 6-60 to select the var-

iable to be shown.

[1680] Serial com. bus CTW 1 Control word (CTW) received from the bus master.

[1682] Serial com. bus REF 1 Main reference value sent with control word via the serial communications network, e.g., from the

BMS, PLC or other master controller.

[1684] Comm. Option STW Extended serial communication option status word.

[1685] ADF Port CTW 1 Control word (CTW) received from the bus master.

[1686] AFD Port REF 1 Status word (STW) sent to the bus master.

[1690] Alarm Word One or more alarms in a Hex code (used for serial communications)

[1691] Alarm Word 2 One or more alarms in a Hex code (used for serial communications)

[1692] Warning Word One or more warnings in a Hex code (used for serial communications)

[1693] Warning Word 2 One or more warnings in a Hex code (used for serial communications)

[1694] Ext. Status Word One or more status conditions in a Hex code (used for serial communications)

[1695] Ext. Status Word 2 One or more status conditions in a Hex code (used for serial communications)

[1696] Maintenance Word The bits reflect the status for the preventive maintenance events programmed in parameter group

23-1*

[1830] Analog Input X42/1 Shows the value of the signal applied to terminal X42/1 on the Analog I/O card.






8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 153 of 253

[1833] Analog Out X42/7 [V] Shows the value of the signal applied to terminal X42/7 on the Analog I/O card.



[2117] Ext. 1 Reference [Unit] The value of the reference for extended Closed-loop Controller 1

[2118] Ext. 1 Feedback [Unit] The value of the feedback signal for extended Closed-loop Controller 1

[2119] Ext. 1 Output [%] The value of the output from extended Closed-loop Controller 1



[2139] Ext. 2 Output [%] The value of the output from extended Closed-loop Controller 2



[2159] Ext. Output [%] The value of the output from extended Closed-loop Controller 3

[2230] No-Flow Power The calculated No-Flow Power for the actual operating speed

[2580] Cascade Status Status for the operation of the cascade controller

[2581] Pump Status Status for the operation of each individual pump controlled by the cascade controller

[2791] Cascade Reference Reference output for use with follower drives.

[2792] % Of Total Capacity Readout parameter to show the system operating point as a % capacity of total system capacity.

[2793] Cascade Option Status Readout parameter to show the status of the cascade system.


Option: Function:Select a variable for display in line 1, middle position.

[1662] * Analog input 53 The options are the same as those listed for par. 0-20 Display Line 1.1 Small.


Option: Function:Select a variable for display in line 1, right position.

[1614] * Motor Current The options are the same as those listed for par. 0-20 Display Line 1.1 Small.

0-23 Display Line 2 Large

Option: Function:Select a variable for display in line 2.

[1615] * Frequency The options are the same as those listed for par. 0-20 Display Line 1.1 Small

0-24 Display Line 3 Large

Option: Function:[1652] * Feedback [Unit] The options are the same as those listed for par. 0-20 Display Line 1.1 Small.

Select a variable for display in line 2.




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 154 of 253

0-37 Display Text 1

Range: Function:0 N/A* [0 - 0 N/A] In this parameter, it is possible to write an individual text string for display in the LCP or to be read

via serial communication. If it is to be displayed permanently, select Display Text 1 in

par. 0-20 Display Line 1.1 Small, par. 0-21 Display Line 1.2 Small, par. 0-22 Display Line 1.3

Small, par. 0-23 Display Line 2 Large or par. 0-24 Display Line 3 Large. Use the or buttons on

the LCP to change a character. Use the and buttons to move the cursor. When a character is

highlighted by the cursor, it can be changed. Use the or buttons on the LCP to change a

character. A character can be inserted by placing the cursor between two characters and pressing

or .

0-38 Display Text 2


via serial communication. If to be displayed permanently select Display Text 2 in par. 0-20 Display

Line 1.1 Small, par. 0-21 Display Line 1.2 Small, par. 0-22 Display Line 1.3 Small, par. 0-23 Display

Line 2 Large or par. 0-24 Display Line 3 Large. Use the or buttons on the LCP to change a

character. Use the and buttons to move the cursor. When a character is highlighted by the

cursor, this character can be changed. A character can be inserted by placing the cursor between

two characters and pressing or .

0-39 Display Text 3


via serial communication. If it is to be displayed permanently, select Display Text 3 in

par. 0-20 Display Line 1.1 Small,par. 0-21 Display Line 1.2 Small, par. 0-22 Display Line 1.3 Small,

par. 0-23 Display Line 2 Large or par. 0-24 Display Line 3 Large. Use the or buttons on the

LCP to change a character. Use the and buttons to move the cursor. When a character is

highlighted by the cursor, this character can be changed. A character can be inserted by placing the

cursor between two characters and pressing or .

0-70 Set Date and Time

Range: Function:2000-01-01

00:00 –

2099-12-01

23:59 *

[2000-01-01 00:00] Sets the date and time of the internal clock. The format to be used is set in par. 0-71 and 0-72.

NOTE!

This parameter does not display the actual time. This can be read in par. 0-89.

The clock will not begin counting until a setting different from default has been

made.

0-71 Date Format

Option: Function:[0] * YYYY-MM-DD Sets the date format to be used in the LCP.

[1] DD-MM-YYYY Sets the date format to be used in the LCP.

[2] MM/DD/YYYY Sets the date format to be used in the LCP.




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 155 of 253

0-72 Time Format

Option: Function:Sets the time format to be used in the LCP.

[0] * 24 h

[1] 12 h

0-74 DST/Summertime

Option: Function:Choose how Daylight Saving Time/Summertime should be handled. For manual DST/Summertime

enter the start date and end date in par. 0-76 DST/Summertime Start and par. 0-77 DST/Summer-

time End.

[0] * OFF

[2] Manual

0-76 DST/Summertime Start

Range: Function:0 N/A* [0 - 0 N/A] Sets the date and time when summertime/DST starts. The date is programmed in the format se-

lected in par. 0-71 Date Format.

0-77 DST/Summertime End

Range: Function:0 N/A* [0 - 0 N/A] Sets the date and time when summertime/DST ends. The date is programmed in the format selected

in par. 0-71 Date Format.

8.2.3 General Settings, 1-0*

Define whether the adjustable frequency drive operates in open-loop or closed-loop.

1-00 Configuration Mode

Option: Function:[0] * Open-loop Motor speed is determined by applying a speed reference or by setting desired speed when in Hand

Mode.

Open-loop is also used if the adjustable frequency drive is part of a closed-loop control system based

on an external PID controller providing a speed reference signal as output.

[3] Closed-loop Motor speed will be determined by a reference from the built-in PID controller varying the motor

speed as part of a closed-loop control process (e.g., constant pressure or flow). The PID controller

must be configured in par. 20-** or via the function set-ups accessed by pressing the [Quick Menu]

button.

NOTE!

This parameter cannot be changed when the motor is running.

NOTE!

When set for closed-loop, the commands reversing and start reversing will not reverse the direction of the motor.




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 156 of 253

1-20 Motor Power [kW]

Range: Function:4.00 kW* [0.09 - 3000.00 kW]

1-22 Motor Voltage

Range: Function:400. V* [10. - 1000. V] Enter the nominal motor voltage according to the motor nameplate data. The default value corre-

sponds to the nominal rated output of the unit.

This parameter cannot be adjusted while the motor is running.

1-23 Motor Frequency

Range: Function:50. Hz* [20 - 1000 Hz] Select the motor frequency value from the motor nameplate data.For 87 Hz operation with 230/400

V motors, set the nameplate data for 230 V/50 Hz. Adapt par. 4-13 Motor Speed High Limit

[RPM] and par. 3-03 Maximum Reference to the 87 Hz application.

NOTE!


1-24 Motor Current

Range: Function:7.20 A* [0.10 - 10000.00 A] Enter the nominal motor current value from the motor nameplate data. This data is used for cal-

culating motor torque, motor thermal protection, etc.

NOTE!


1-25 Motor Nominal Speed

Range: Function:1420. RPM* [100 - 60000 RPM] Enter the nominal motor speed value from the motor nameplate data. This data is used for calcu-

lating automatic motor compensations.

NOTE!

This parameter cannot be changed while the motor is running.

1-29 Automatic Motor Adaptation (AMA)

Option: Function:The AMA function optimizes dynamic motor performance by automatically optimizing the advanced

motor parameters par. 1-30 Stator Resistance (Rs) to par. 1-35 Main Reactance (Xh)) while the

motor is stationary.

[0] * Off No function




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 157 of 253

[1] Enable complete AMA performs AMA of the stator resistance RS, the rotor resistance Rr, the stator leakage reactance X1,

the rotor leakage reactance X2 and the main reactance Xh.

[2] Enable reduced AMA performs a reduced AMA of the stator resistance Rs in the system only. Select this option if an LC

filter is used between the adjustable frequency drive and the motor.

Activate the AMA function by pressing [Hand on] after selecting [1] or [2]. See also the section Automatic Motor Adaptation. After a normal sequence,

the display will read: “Press [OK] to finish AMA”. After pressing the [OK] key, the adjustable frequency drive is ready for operation.

Note:

• For the best adaptation of the adjustable frequency drive, run AMA on a cold motor

• AMA cannot be performed while the motor is running.

NOTE!

It is important to set motor par. 1-2* Motor Data correctly, since these form part of the AMA algorithm. An AMA must be performed

to achieve optimum dynamic motor performance. It may take up to 10 min., depending on the motor power rating.

NOTE!

Avoid generating external torque during AMA

NOTE!

If one of the settings in par. 1-2* Motor Data is changed, par. 1-30 Stator Resistance (Rs) to par. 1-39 Motor Poles, the advanced

motor parameters, will return to the default setting.


NOTE!

Full AMA should be run without filter only while reduced AMA should be run with filter.

See section: Application Examples > Automatic Motor Adaptation in the Design Guide.

8.2.4 3-0* Reference Limits

Parameters for setting the reference unit, limits and ranges.

3-02 Minimum Reference

Range: Function:0.000 Ref-

erenceFeed-

backUnit*

[-999999.999 - par. 3-03 Referen-

ceFeedbackUnit]

Enter the Minimum Reference. The Minimum Reference is the lowest value obtainable by adding all

references together. The Minimum Reference value and unit matches the configuration choice made

in par. 1-00 Configuration Mode and par. 20-12 Reference/Feedback Unit, respectively.

NOTE!

This parameter is used in open-loop only.




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 158 of 253

3-03 Maximum Reference

Range: Function:50.000 Ref-

erenceFeed-

backUnit*

[par. 3-02 - 999999.999 Referen-

ceFeedbackUnit]

Enter the maximum acceptable value for the remote reference. The Maximum Reference value and

unit matches the configuration choice made in par. 1-00 Configuration Mode and par. 20-12 Ref-

erence/Feedback Unit, respectively.

NOTE!

If operating with par. 1-00, Configuration Mode set for Closed-loop [3], par.

20-14, Maximum Reference/Feedb. must be used.

3-10 Preset ReferenceArray [8]

Range: Function:0.00 %* [-100.00 - 100.00 %]

3-41 Ramp 1 Ramp-up Time

Range: Function:10.00 s* [1.00 - 3600.00 s]

3-42 Ramp 1 Ramp-down Time

Range: Function:20.00 s* [1.00 - 3600.00 s]




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 159 of 253

3-84 Initial Ramp Time

Range: Function:0 s* [0–60 s] Enter the initial ramp-up time from zero speed to Motor Speed Low Limit, par. 4-11 or 4-12. Sub-

mersible deep well pumps can be damaged by running below minimum speed. A fast ramp time

below minimum pump speed is recommended. This parameter may be applied as a fast ramp rate

from zero speed to Motor Speed Low Limit.

3-85 Check Valve Ramp Time

Range: Function:0 s* [0–60 s] In order to protect ball check valves in a stop situation, the check valve ramp can be utilized as a

slow ramp rate from par. 4-11 Motor Speed Low Limit [RPM] or par. 4-12 Motor Speed Low Limit

[Hz], to Check Valve Ramp End Speed, set by the user in par. 3-86 or par. 3-87. When par. 3-85 is

different from 0 seconds, the Check Valve Ramp Time is effectuated and will be used to ramp down

the speed from Motor Speed Low Limit to the Check Valve End Speed in par. 3-86 or par. 3-87.

3-86 Check Valve Ramp End Speed [RPM]

Range: Function:0 [RPM]* [0 – Motor Speed Low Limit [RPM]] Set the speed in [RPM] below Motor Speed Low Limit where the Check Valve is expected to be closed

and the Check Valve no longer shall be active.




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 160 of 253

3-87 Check Valve Ramp End Speed [Hz]

Range: Function:0 [Hz]* [0 – Motor Speed Low Limit [Hz]] Set the speed in [Hz] below Motor Speed Low Limit where the Check Valve Ramp will no longer be

active.

3-88 Final Ramp Time

Range: Function:0 [s]* [0 – 60 [s]] Enter the Final Ramp Time to be used when ramping down from Motor Speed Low Limit, par. 4-11

or 4-12, to zero speed.

Submersible deep well pumps can be damaged by running below minimum speed. A fast ramp time

below minimum pump speed is recommended. This parameter may be applied as a fast ramp rate

from Motor Speed Low Limit to zero speed.

8.2.5 4-** Limits and Warnings

Parameter group for configuring limits and warnings.

4-11 Motor Speed Low Limit [RPM]

Range: Function:0 RPM* [0 - par. 4-13 RPM] Enter the minimum limit for motor speed. The Motor Speed Low Limit can be set to correspond to

the manufacturer’s recommended minimum motor speed. The Motor Speed Low Limit must not

exceed the setting in par. 4-13 Motor Speed High Limit [RPM].

4-13 Motor Speed High Limit [RPM]

Range: Function:1500. RPM* [par. 4-11 - 60000. RPM] Enter the maximum limit for motor speed. The Motor Speed High Limit can be set to correspond to

the manufacturer’s maximum rated motor. The Motor Speed High Limit must exceed the setting in

par. 4-11 Motor Speed Low Limit [RPM]. Only par. 4-11 Motor Speed Low Limit [RPM] or

par. 4-12 Motor Speed Low Limit [Hz] will be displayed, depending on other parameters in the main

menu, and depending on default settings dependant on global location.




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 161 of 253

NOTE!

Max. output frequency cannot exceed 10% of the inverter switching frequency (par. 14-01 Switching Frequency).

NOTE!

Any changes in par. 4-13 Motor Speed High Limit [RPM] will reset the value in par. 4-53 Warning Speed High to the same value as set

in par. 4-13 Motor Speed High Limit [RPM].

8.2.6 5-** Digital In/Out

Parameter group for configuring the digital input and output.

5-01 Terminal 27 Mode

Option: Function:[0] * Input Defines terminal 27 as a digital input.

[1] Output Defines terminal 27 as a digital output.

Please note that this parameter cannot be adjusted while the motor is running.

8.2.7 5-1* Digital Inputs

Parameters for configuring the input functions for the input terminals.

The digital inputs are used for selecting various functions in the adjustable frequency drive. All digital inputs can be set to the following functions:

Digital input function Select TerminalNo operation [0] All *term 32, 33Reset [1] AllCoast inverse [2] AllCoast and reset inverse [3] AllDC brake inverse [5] AllStop inverse [6] AllExternal interlock [7] AllStart [8] All *term 18Latched start [9] AllReversing [10] All *term 19Start reversing [11] AllJog [14] All *term 29Preset reference on [15] AllPreset ref bit 0 [16] AllPreset ref bit 1 [17] AllPreset ref bit 2 [18] AllFreeze reference [19] AllFreeze output [20] AllSpeed up [21] AllSlow [22] AllSet-up select bit 0 [23] AllSet-up select bit 1 [24] AllPulse input [32] term 29, 33Ramp bit 0 [34] AllLine failure inverse [36] AllRun Permissive [52]Hand start [53] Auto-start [54]DigiPot Increase [55] AllDigiPot Decrease [56] AllDigiPot Clear [57] AllCounter A (up) [60] 29, 33




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 162 of 253

Counter A (down) [61] 29, 33Reset Counter A [62] AllCounter B (up) [63] 29, 33Counter B (down) [64] 29, 33Reset Counter B [65] AllSleep Mode [66] Reset Maintenance Word [78] Lead Pump Start [120] Lead Pump Alternation [121] Pump 1 Interlock [130] Pump 2 Interlock [131] Pump 3 Interlock [132]

All = Terminals 18, 19, 27, 29, 32, X30/2, X30/3, X30/4. X30/ are the terminals on MCB 101.

Functions dedicated to only one digital input are stated in the associated parameter.

All digital inputs can be programmed to these functions:

[0] No operation No reaction to signals transmitted to terminal.

[1] Reset Resets adjustable frequency drive after a TRIP/ALARM. Not all alarms can be reset.

[2] Coast inverse Leaves motor in free mode. Logic ‘0’ => coasting stop.

(Default Digital input 27): Coasting stop, inverted input (NC).

[3] Coast and reset inverse Reset and coasting stop Inverted input (NC).

Leaves motor in free mode and resets the adjustable frequency drive. Logic ‘0’ => coasting stop

and reset.

[5] DC brake inverse Inverted input for DC braking (NC).

Stops motor by energizing it with a DC current for a certain time period. See par. 2-01 to par. 2-03.

The function is only active when the value in par. 2-02 is different from 0. Logic ’0’ => DC braking.

[6] Stop inverse Stop Inverted function. Generates a stop function when the selected terminal goes from logical level

‘1’ to ‘0’. The stop is performed according to the selected ramp time (par. 3-42 and par. 3-52).

NOTE!

When the adjustable frequency drive is at the torque limit and has received a

stop command, it may not stop by itself. To ensure that the adjustable frequency

drive stops, configure a digital output to Torque limit & stop [27] and connect

this digital output to a digital input that is configured as coast.

[7] External Interlock Same function as Coasting stop, inverse, but External Interlock generates the alarm message ’ex-

ternal fault’ on the display when the terminal which is programmed for Coast Inverse is logic ‘0’.

The alarm message will also be active via digital outputs and relay outputs, if programmed for

External Interlock. The alarm can be reset using a digital input or the [RESET] key if the cause for

the External Interlock has been removed. A delay can be programmed in par. 22-00, External In-

terlock Time. After applying a signal to the input, the reaction described above will be delayed with

the time set in par. 22-00.

[8] Start Select start for a start/stop command. Logic ‘1’ = start, logic ‘0’ = stop.

(Default Digital input 18)

[9] Latched start Motor starts, if a pulse is applied for min. 2 ms. Motor stops when Stop inverse is activated

[10] Reversing Changes direction of motor shaft rotation. Select Logic ‘1’ to reverse. The reversing signal only

changes the direction of rotation. It does not activate the start function. Select both directions in

par. 4-10 Motor Speed Direction.

(Default Digital input 19).

[11] Start reversing Used for start/stop and for reversing on the same wire. Signals on start are not allowed at the same

time.

[14] Jog Used for activating jog speed. See par. 3-11.




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 163 of 253


[15] Preset reference on Used for shifting between external reference and preset reference. It is assumed that External/

preset [1] has been selected in par. 3-04. Logic '0' = external reference active; logic '1' = one of

the eight preset references is active.

[16] Preset ref bit 0 Enables a choice between one of the eight preset references according to the table below.



Preset ref. bit 2 1 0Preset ref. 0 0 0 0Preset ref. 1 0 0 1Preset ref. 2 0 1 0Preset ref. 3 0 1 1Preset ref. 4 1 0 0Preset ref. 5 1 0 1Preset ref. 6 1 1 0Preset ref. 7 1 1 1

[19] Freeze ref Freezes actual reference. The frozen reference is now the point of enable/condition for Speed up

and Slow to be used. If Speed up/down is used, the speed change always follows ramp 2 (par. 3-51

and 3-52) in the range 0 - par. 3-03 Maximum Reference.

[20] Freeze output Freezes actual motor frequency (Hz). The frozen motor frequency is now the point of enable/con-

dition for Speed up and Slow to be used. If Speed up/down is used, the speed change always follows

ramp 2 (par. 3-51 and 3-52) in the range 0 - par. 1-23 Motor Frequency.

NOTE!

When Freeze output is active, the adjustable frequency drive cannot be stopped

via a low ‘start [13]’ signal. Stop the adjustable frequency drive via a terminal

programmed for Coasting inverse [2] or Coast and reset, inverse [3].

[21] Speed up For digital control of the up/down speed is desired (motor potentiometer). Activate this function by

selecting either Freeze reference or Freeze output. When Speed up is activated for less than 400

msec., the resulting reference will be increased by 0.1%. If Speed up is activated for more than 400

msec., the resulting reference will ramp according to Ramp 1 in par. 3-41.

[22] Slow Same as Speed up [21].

[23] Set-up select bit 0 Selects one of the four set-ups. Set par. 0-10 Active Set-up to Multi Set-up.

[24] Set-up select bit 1 Same as Set-up select bit 0 [23].


[32] Pulse input Select Pulse input when using a pulse sequence as either reference or feedback. Scaling is done in

par. group 5-5*.

[34] Ramp bit 0 Select which ramp to use. Logic “0” will select ramp 1 while logic “1” will select ramp 2.

[36] Line failure inverse Activates par. 14-10 Line Failure. Line failure inverse is active in the Logic “0” situation.

[52] Run Permissive The input terminal, for which the Run permissive has been programmed must be logic “1” before a

start command can be accepted. Run permissive has a logic ‘AND’ function related to the terminal

which is programmed for START [8], Jog [14] or Freeze Output [20], which means that in order to

start running the motor, both conditions must be fulfilled. If Run Permissive is programmed on

multiple terminals, Run permissive needs only be logic ‘1’ on one of the terminals for the function

to be carried out. The digital output signal for Run Request (Start [8], Jog [14] or Freeze output

[20]) programmed in par. 5-3* Digital outputs, or par. 5-4* Relays, will not be affected by Run

Permissive.

[53] Hand start A signal applied will put the adjustable frequency drive into hand mode as if button Hand On on the

LCP has been pressed and a normal stop command will be overridden. If disconnecting the signal,

the motor will stop. To make any other start commands valid, another digital input must be assigned

to Auto-Start and a signal applied to this. The Hand On and Auto On buttons on the LCP has no




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 164 of 253

impact. The Off button on the LCP will override Hand Start and Auto-Start. Press either the Hand

On or Auto On button to make Hand Start and Auto-Start active again. If no signal on neither Hand

Start nor Auto-Start, the motor will stop regardless of any normal Start command applied. If signal

applied to both Hand Start and Auto-Start, the function will be Auto-Start. If pressing the Off button

on the LCP, the motor will stop regardless of signals on Hand Start and Auto-Start.

[54] Auto-start A signal applied will put the adjustable frequency drive into auto mode as if the LCP button Auto

On has been pressed. See also Hand Start [53]

[55] DigiPot Increase Uses the input as an INCREASE signal to the Digital Potentiometer function described in parameter

group 3-9*

[56] DigiPot Decrease Uses the input as a DECREASE signal to the Digital Potentiometer function described in parameter

group 3-9*

[57] DigiPot Clear Uses the input to CLEAR the Digital Potentiometer reference described in parameter group 3-9*

[60] Counter A (up) (Terminal 29 or 33 only) Input for increment counting in the SLC counter.

[61] Counter A (down) (Terminal 29 or 33 only) Input for decrement counting in the SLC counter.

[62] Reset Counter A Input for reset of counter A.

[63] Counter B (up) (Terminal 29 and 33 only) Input for increment counting in the SLC counter.

[64] Counter B (down) (Terminal 29 and 33 only) Input for decrement counting in the SLC counter.

[65] Reset Counter B Input for reset of counter B.

[66] Sleep Mode Forces adjustable frequency drive into sleep mode (see par. 22-4*, Sleep Mode). Reacts on the

rising edge of signal applied!

[78] Reset Preventive Maintenance Word Resets all data in par. 16-96, Preventive Maintenance Word, to 0.

The below setting options are all related to the cascade controller. Wiring diagrams and settings for parameter, see group 25-** for more details.

[120] Lead Pump Start Starts/stops the lead pump (controlled by the adjustable frequency drive). A start requires that also

a System Start signal has been applied, e.g., to one of the digital inputs set for Start [8]!

[121] Lead Pump Alternation Forces alternation of the lead pump in a cascade controller. Lead Pump Alternation, par. 25-50,

must be set to either At Command [2] or At Staging or At Command [3]. Alternation Event, par.

25-51, can be set to any of the four options.

[130 - 138] Pump1 Interlock - Pump9 Interlock The function will depend on the setting in par. 25-06, Number of Pumps. If set to No [0], then

Pump1 refers to the pump controlled by relay RELAY1 etc. If set to Yes [1], Pump1 refers to the

pump controlled by the adjustable frequency drive only (without any of the built-in relays involved)

and Pump2 to the pump controlled by the relay RELAY1. Variable speed pump (lead) cannot be

interlocked in the basic cascade controller.

See below table:

Setting in Par. 5-1* Setting in Par. 25-06

[0] No [1] Yes

[130] Pump1 Interlock Controlled by RELAY1

(only if not lead pump)

Adjustable frequency drive

controlled

(cannot be interlocked)

[131] Pump2 Interlock Controlled by RELAY2 Controlled by RELAY1











8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 165 of 253

5-13 Terminal 29 Digital Input

Option: Function:[0] * No Operation Same options and functions as par. 5-1* Digital Inputs.

5-14 Terminal 32 Digital InputSame options and functions as par. 5-1*, except for Pulse input.

Option: Function:[0] * No operation

5-15 Terminal 33 Digital InputSame options and functions as par. 5-1* Digital Inputs.

Option: Function:[0] * No operation

5-30 Terminal 27 Digital Output

Option: Function:Same options and functions as par. 5-3*.

[0] * No operation

5-40 Function Relay

Array [8] (Relay 1 [0], Relay 2 [1], Relay 7 [6], Relay 8 [7], Relay 9 [8])

Select options to define the function of the relays.

The selection of each mechanical relay is realized in an array parameter.

[0] * No Operation

[1] Control Ready

[2] Drive Ready

[3] Drive Ready/Remote

[4] Stand-by/No Warning

[5] Running

[6] Running/No Warning

[8] Run on Ref./No Warning

[9] Alarm

[10] Alarm or Warning

[11] At Torque Limit

[12] Out of Current Range

[13] Below Current, low

[14] Above Current, high

[15] Out of Speed Range

[16] Below Speed, low

[17] Above Speed, high

[18] Out of Feedb. Range

[19] Below Feedback, low

[20] Above Feedback, high

[21] Thermal Warning




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 166 of 253

[25] Reverse

[26] Bus OK

[27] Torque Limit & Stop

[28] Brake, No Warning

[29] Brake Ready, No Fault

[30] Brake Fault (IGBT)

[35] External Interlock

[36] Control Word Bit 11

[37] Control Word Bit 12

[40] Out of Ref. Range

[41] Below Reference, low

[42] Above Ref. high

[45] Bus ctrl

[46] Bus ctrl, 1 if timeout

[47] Bus ctrl, 0 if timeout

[60] Comparator 0

[61] Comparator 1

[62] Comparator 2

[63] Comparator 3

[64] Comparator 4

[65] Comparator 5

[70] Logic Rule 0

[71] Logic Rule 1

[72] Logic Rule 2

[73] Logic Rule 3

[74] Logic Rule 4

[75] Logic Rule 5

[80] SL Digital Output A

[81] SL Digital Output B

[82] SL Digital Output C

[83] SL Digital Output D

[84] SL Digital Output E

[85] SL Digital Output F

[160] No Alarm

[161] Running Reverse

[165] Local Ref. Active

[166] Remote Ref. Active

[167] Start Cmd. Active

[168] Drive in Hand Mode

[169] Drive in Auto Mode

[180] Clock Fault

[181] Prev. Maintenance

[190] No-Flow




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 167 of 253

[191] Dry Pump

[192] End of Curve

[193] Sleep Mode

[194] Broken Belt

[195] Bypass Valve Control

[199] Pipe Filling

[211] Cascade Pump1

[212] Cascade Pump2

[213] Cascade Pump3

[223] Alarm, Trip Locked

[224] Bypass Mode Active

5-53 Term. 29 High Ref./Feedb. Value

Range: Function:100.000 N/

A*

[-999999.999 - 999999.999 N/A] Enter the high reference value [RPM] for the motor shaft speed and the high feedback value, see

also par. 5-58 Term. 33 High Ref./Feedb. Value.

8.2.8 6-** Analog In/Out

Parameter group for configuring the analog input and output.

6-00 Live Zero Timeout Time

Range: Function:10 s* [1 - 99 s] Enter the Live Zero Timeout time period. Live Zero Timeout Time is active for analog inputs, i.e.,

terminal 53 or terminal 54, used as reference or feedback sources. If the reference signal value

associated with the selected current input falls below 50% of the value set in par. 6-10 Terminal 53

Low Voltage, par. 6-12 Terminal 53 Low Current, par. 6-20 Terminal 54 Low Voltage or

par. 6-22 Terminal 54 Low Current for a time period longer than the time set in par. 6-00 Live Zero

Timeout Time, the function selected in par. 6-01 Live Zero Timeout Function will be activated.




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 168 of 253

6-01 Live Zero Timeout Function

Option: Function:Select the timeout function. The function set in par. 6-01 Live Zero Timeout Function will be acti-

vated if the input signal on terminal 53 or 54 is below 50% of the value in par. 6-10 Terminal 53

Low Voltage, par. 6-12 Terminal 53 Low Current, par. 6-20 Terminal 54 Low Voltage or

par. 6-22 Terminal 54 Low Current for a time period defined in par. 6-00 Live Zero Timeout Time.

If several timeouts occur simultaneously, the adjustable frequency drive prioritizes the timeout

functions as follows:

1. par. 6-01 Live Zero Timeout Function

2. par. 8-04 Control Timeout Function

The output frequency of the adjustable frequency drive can be:

• [1] frozen at the present value

• [2] overruled to stop

• [3] overruled to jog speed

• [4] overruled to max. speed

• [5] overruled to stop with subsequent trip

[0] * Off

[1] Freeze output

[2] Stop

[3] Jogging

[4] Max. speed

[5] Stop and trip

6-10 Terminal 53 Low Voltage

Range: Function:0.07 V* [0.00 - par. 6-11 V] Enter the low voltage value. This analog input scaling value should correspond to the low reference/

feedback value set in par. 6-14 Terminal 53 Low Ref./Feedb. Value.

6-11 Terminal 53 High Voltage

Range: Function:10.00 V* [par. 6-10 - 10.00 V] Enter the high voltage value. This analog input scaling value should correspond to the high refer-

ence/feedback value set in par. 6-15 Terminal 53 High Ref./Feedb. Value.




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 169 of 253

6-14 Terminal 53 Low Ref./Feedb. Value

Range: Function:0.000 N/A* [-999999.999 - 999999.999 N/A] Enter the analog input scaling value that corresponds to the low voltage/low current set in

par. 6-10 Terminal 53 Low Voltage and par. 6-12 Terminal 53 Low Current.

6-15 Terminal 53 High Ref./Feedb. Value


A*

[-999999.999 - 999999.999 N/A] Enter the analog input scaling value that corresponds to the high voltage/high current value set in

par. 6-11 Terminal 53 High Voltage and par. 6-13 Terminal 53 High Current.

6-20 Terminal 54 Low Voltage

Range: Function:0.07 V* [0.00 - par. 6-21 V] Enter the low voltage value. This analog input scaling value should correspond to the low reference/

feedback value, set in par. 6-24 Terminal 54 Low Ref./Feedb. Value.

6-21 Terminal 54 High Voltage

Range: Function:10.00 V* [par. 6-20 - 10.00 V] Enter the high voltage value. This analog input scaling value should correspond to the high refer-

ence/feedback value set in par. 6-25 Terminal 54 High Ref./Feedb. Value.

6-24 Terminal 54 Low Ref./Feedb. Value

Range: Function:0.000 N/A* [-999999.999 - 999999.999 N/A] Enter the analog input scaling value that corresponds to the low voltage/low current value set in

par. 6-20 Terminal 54 Low Voltage and par. 6-22 Terminal 54 Low Current.

6-25 Terminal 54 High Ref./Feedb. Value


A*

[-999999.999 - 999999.999 N/A] Enter the analog input scaling value that corresponds to the high voltage/high current value set in

par. 6-21 Terminal 54 High Voltage and par. 6-23 Terminal 54 High Current.

6-50 Terminal 42 Output

Option: Function:Select the function of Terminal 42 as an analog current output. A motor current of 20 mA corre-

sponds to Imax.

[0] * No operation

[100] Output frequency : 0–100 Hz, (0–20 mA)

[101] Reference : Minimum reference - Maximum reference, (0–20 mA)

[102] Feedback : -200% to +200% of par. 20-14, (0–20 mA)

[103] Motor current : 0 - Inverter Max. Current (par. 16-37), (0–20 mA)

[104] Torque rel to limit : 0 - Torque limit (par. 4-16), (0–20 mA)

[105] Torq relate to rated : 0 - Motor rated torque, (0–20 mA)

[106] Power : 0 - Motor rated power, (0–20 mA)

[107] * Speed : 0 - Speed High Limit (par. 4-13 and par. 4-14), (0–20 mA)

[113] Ext. Closed-loop 1 : 0–100%, (0–20 mA)




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 170 of 253



[130] Output freq. 4-20mA : 0–100 Hz

[131] Reference 4-20mA : Minimum Reference - Maximum Reference

[132] Feedback 4-20mA : -200% to +200% of par. 20-14 Maximum Reference/Feedb.

[133] Motor cur. 4-20mA : 0 - Inverter Max. Current (par. 16-37 Inv. Max. Current)

[134] Torq.% lim 4-20 mA : 0 - Torque limit (par. 4-16)

[135] Torq.% nom 4-20 mA : 0 - Motor rated torque

[136] Power 4-20mA : 0 - Motor rated power

[137] Speed 4-20mA : 0 - Speed High Limit (4-13 and 4-14)

[139] Bus ctrl. : 0–100%, (0–20 mA)

[140] Bus ctrl. 4-20 mA : 0 - 100%

[141] Bus ctrl t.o. : 0–100%, (0–20 mA)

[142] Bus ctrl 4-20mA t.o. : 0 - 100%

[143] Ext. Closed-loop 1 4-20 mA : 0 - 100%



NOTE!

Values for setting the minimum reference are found in open-loop par. 3-02 Minimum Reference and for closed-loop par. 20-13 Minimum Reference/

Feedb. - values for maximum reference for open-loop are found in par. 3-03 Maximum Reference and for closed-loop par. 20-14 Maximum Reference/

Feedb..

6-51 Terminal 42 Output Min Scale

Range: Function:0.00 %* [0.00 - 200.00 %]




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 171 of 253

6-52 Terminal 42 Output Max Scale

Range: Function:100.00 %* [0.00 - 200.00 %]

EXAMPLE 1:

Variable value= OUTPUT FREQUENCY, range = 0–100 Hz

Range needed for output = 0–50 Hz

Output signal 0 or 4 mA is needed at 0 Hz (0% of range) - set par. 6-51 Terminal 42 Output Min Scale to 0%

Output signal 20 mA is needed at 50 Hz (50% of range) - set par. 6-52 Terminal 42 Output Max Scale to 50%

��

EXAMPLE 2:

Variable= FEEDBACK, range= -200% to +200%

Range needed for output= 0–100%

Output signal 0 or 4 mA is needed at 0% (50% of range) - set par. 6-51 Terminal 42 Output Min Scale to 50%

Output signal 20 mA is needed at 100% (75% of range) - set par. 6-52 Terminal 42 Output Max Scale to 75%

��




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 172 of 253

EXAMPLE 3:

Variable value= REFERENCE, range= Min ref - Max ref

Range needed for output= Min ref (0%) - Max ref (100%), 0–10 mA

Output signal 0 or 4 mA is needed at Min ref - set par. 6-51 Terminal 42 Output Min Scale to 0%

Output signal 10 mA is needed at Max ref (100% of range) - set par. 6-52 Terminal 42 Output Max Scale to 200%

(20 mA / 10 mA x 100%=200%).

��

8.2.9 Drive Closed-loop, 20-**

This parameter group is used for configuring the closed-loop PID controller, which controls the output frequency of the adjustable frequency drive.

20-12 Reference/Feedback Unit

Option: Function:[0] None

[1] * %

[5] PPM

[10] 1/min

[11] RPM

[12] Pulse/s

[20] l/s

[21] l/min

[22] l/h

[23] m3/s

[24] m3/min

[25] m3/h

[30] kg/s

[31] kg/min

[32] kg/h

[33] t/min

[34] t/h

[40] m/s

[41] m/min

[45] m




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 173 of 253

[60] °C

[70] mbar

[71] bar

[72] Pa

[73] kPa

[74] m WG

[75] mm Hg

[80] kW

[120] GPM

[121] gal/s

[122] gal/min

[123] gal/h

[124] CFM

[125] ft3/s

[126] ft3/min

[127] ft3/h

[130] lb/s

[131] lb/min

[132] lb/h

[140] ft/s

[141] ft/min

[145] ft

[160] °F

[170] psi

[171] lb/in2

[172] in WG

[173] ft WG

[174] in Hg

[180] HP This parameter determines the unit that is used for the setpoint reference and feedback that the

PID controller will use for controlling the output frequency of the adjustable frequency drive.

20-21 Setpoint 1

Range: Function:0.000 Proc-

essCtrlU-

nit*

[-999999.999 - 999999.999 Proc-

essCtrlUnit]

Setpoint 1 is used in closed-loop mode to enter a setpoint reference that is used by the adjustable

frequency drive’s PID controller. See the description of par. 20-20 Feedback Function.

NOTE!

Setpoint reference entered here is added to any other references that are enabled

(see par. group 3-1*).




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 174 of 253

20-81 PID Normal/Inverse Control

Option: Function:[0] * Normal

[1] Inverse Normal [0] causes the adjustable frequency drive’s output frequency to decrease when the feedback

is greater than the setpoint reference. This is common for pressure-controlled supply fan and pump

applications.

Inverse [1] causes the adjustable frequency drive’s output frequency to increase when the feedback

is greater than the setpoint reference.

20-82 PID Start Speed [RPM]

Range: Function:0 RPM* [0 - par. 4-13 RPM] When the adjustable frequency drive is first started, it initially ramps up to this output speed in

open-loop mode, following the active ramp-up time. When the output speed programmed here is

reached, the adjustable frequency drive will automatically switch to closed-loop mode and the PID

controller will begin to function. This is useful in applications in which the driven load must first

quickly accelerate to a minimum speed when it is started.

NOTE!

This parameter will only be visible if par. 0-02 Motor Speed Unit is set to [0], RPM.

20-93 PID Proportional Gain

Range: Function:0.50 N/A* [0.00 - 10.00 N/A]

If (Error x Gain) jumps with a value equal to what is set in par. 20-14 Maximum Reference/Feedb., the PID controller will try to change the output speed

equal to what is set in par. 4-13 Motor Speed High Limit [RPM]/par. 4-14 Motor Speed High Limit [Hz] but in practice of course limited by this setting.

The proportional band (error causing output to change from 0–100%) can be calculated by means of the formula:

( 1Proportional Gain ) × (Max Reference)

NOTE!

Always set the desired for par. 20-14 Maximum Reference/Feedb. before setting the values for the PID controller in par. group 20-9*.

20-94 PID Integral Time

Range: Function:20.00 s* [0.01 - 10000.00 s] Over time, the integrator accumulates a contribution to the output from the PID controller as long

as there is a deviation between the reference/setpoint and feedback signals. The contribution is

proportional to the size of the deviation. This ensures that the deviation (error) approaches zero.

Quick response on any deviation is obtained when the integral time is set to a low value. Setting it

too low, however, may cause the control to become unstable.

The value set is the time needed for the integrator to add the same contribution as the proportional

part for a certain deviation.

If the value is set to 10,000, the controller will act as a pure proportional controller with a P-band

based on the value set in par. 20-93 PID Proportional Gain. When no deviation is present, the output

from the proportional controller will be 0.




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 175 of 253

8.2.10 22-** Miscellaneous

This group contains parameters used for monitoring water/wastewater applications.

22-20 Low Power Auto Set-up

Option: Function:When set for Enabled, an auto set-up sequence is activated, automatically setting speed to approx.

50% and 85% of rated motor speed (par. 4-13 Motor Speed High Limit [RPM], par. 4-14 Motor

Speed High Limit [Hz]). At those two speeds, the power consumption is automatically measured

and stored.

Before enabling Auto Set-up:

1. Close valve(s) in order to create a no-flow condition

2. The adjustable frequency drive must be set for open-loop (par. 1-00 Configuration

Mode).

Note that it is important also to set par. 1-03 Torque Characteristics.

[0] * OFF

[1] Enabled

NOTE!

Auto set-up must be done when the system has reached normal operating temperature!

NOTE!

It is important that the par. 4-13 Motor Speed High Limit [RPM] or par. 4-14 Motor Speed High Limit [Hz] is set to the max. operational

speed of the motor!

It is important to do the auto set-up before configuring the integrated PI controller as settings will be reset when changing from closed

to open-loop in par. 1-00 Configuration Mode.

NOTE!

Carry out the tuning with the same settings in par. 1-03 Torque Characteristics, as for operation after the tuning.

22-21 Low Power Detection

Option: Function:[0] * Disabled

[1] Enabled If selecting Enabled, the low power detection commissioning must be carried out in order to set the

parameters in group 22-3* for proper operation!

22-22 Low Speed Detection

Option: Function:[0] * Disabled

[1] Enabled Select Enabled for detecting when the motor operates with a speed as set in par. 4-11 Motor Speed

Low Limit [RPM] or par. 4-12 Motor Speed Low Limit [Hz].




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 176 of 253

22-23 No-Flow Function

Option: Function:Common actions for Low Power Detection and Low Speed Detection (Individual selections not pos-

sible).

[0] * OFF

[1] Sleep Mode

[2] Warning Messages in the Local Control Panel display (if mounted) and/or signal via a relay or a digital output.

[3] Alarm The adjustable frequency drive trips and the motor stays stopped until reset.

22-24 No-Flow Delay

Range: Function:10 s* [1 - 600 s] Set the time. Low Power/Low Speed must remain detected to activate signal for actions. If detection

disappears before the timer runs out, the timer will be reset.

22-26 Dry Pump Function

Option: Function:Low Power Detection must be Enabled (par. 22-21 Low Power Detection) and commissioned (using

either parameter group 22-3*, No Flow Power Tuning, or par. 22-20 Low Power Auto Set-up) in

order to use Dry Pump Detection.

[0] * OFF

[1] Warning Messages in the Local Control Panel display (if mounted) and/or signal via a relay or a digital output.

[2] Alarm The adjustable frequency drive trips and the motor stays stopped until reset.

22-27 Dry Pump Delay

Range: Function:10 s* [0 - 600 s] Defines for how long the Dry Pump condition must be active before activating Warning or Alarm

22-30 No-Flow Power

Range: Function:0.00 kW* [0.00 - 0.00 kW] Readout of calculated no-flow power at actual speed. If power drops to the display value, the ad-

justable frequency drive will consider the condition as a no-flow situation.

22-31 Power Correction Factor

Range: Function:100 %* [1 - 400 %] Make corrections to the calculated power at par. 22-30 No-Flow Power.

If No Flow is detected when it should not be detected, the setting should be decreased. However,

if No Flow is not detected when it should be detected, the setting should be increased to above

100%.

22-32 Low Speed [RPM]

Range: Function:0 RPM* [0 - par. 22-36 RPM] To be used if par. 0-02 Motor Speed Unit has been set for RPM (parameter not visible if Hz selected).

Set used speed to the 50% level.

This function is used for storing values needed to tune No-flow Detection.




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 177 of 253

22-33 Low Speed [Hz]

Range: Function:0 Hz* [0.0 - par. 22-37 Hz] To be used if par. 0-02 Motor Speed Unit has been set for Hz (parameter not visible if RPM selected).

Set used speed to the 50% level.

The function is used for storing values needed to tune No-flow Detection.

22-34 Low Speed Power [kW]

Range: Function:0 kW* [0.00 - 0.00 kW] To be used if par. 0-03 Regional Settings has been set for International (parameter not visible if

North America selected).

Set power consumption to 50% speed level.


22-35 Low Speed Power [HP]

Range: Function:0 hp* [0.00 - 0.00 hp] To be used if par. 0-03 Regional Settings has been set for North America (parameter not visible if

International selected).



22-36 High Speed [RPM]

Range: Function:0 RPM* [0 - par. 4-13 RPM] To be used if par. 0-02 Motor Speed Unit has been set for RPM (parameter not visible if Hz selected).

Set used speed for the 85% level.


22-37 High Speed [Hz]

Range: Function:0.0 Hz* [0.0 - par. 4-14 Hz] To be used if par. 0-02 Motor Speed Unit has been set for Hz (parameter not visible if RPM selected).

Set used speed for the 85% level.


22-38 High Speed Power [kW]

Range: Function:0 kW* [0.00 - 0.00 kW] To be used if par. 0-03 Regional Settings has been set for International (parameter not visible if

North America selected).



22-39 High Speed Power [HP]

Range: Function:0 hp* [0.00 - 0.00 hp] To be used if par. 0-03 Regional Settings has been set for North America (parameter not visible if

International selected).



22-40 Minimum Run Time

Range: Function:10 s* [0 - 600 s] Set the desired minimum running time for the motor after a start command (digital input or bus)

before entering sleep mode.




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 178 of 253

22-41 Minimum Sleep Time

Range: Function:10 s* [0 - 600 s] Set the desired minimum time for staying in sleep mode. This will override any wake-up conditions.

22-42 Wake-up Speed [RPM]

Range: Function:0 RPM* [par. 4-11 - par. 4-13 RPM] To be used if par. 0-02 Motor Speed Unit has been set for RPM (parameter not visible if Hz selected).

Only to be used if par. 1-00 Configuration Mode is set for open-loop and speed reference is applied

by an external controller.

Set the reference speed at which sleep mode should be canceled.

22-43 Wake-up Speed [Hz]

Range: Function:0 Hz* [par. 4-12 - par. 4-14 Hz] To be used if par. 0-02 Motor Speed Unit has been set for Hz (parameter not visible if RPM selected).

Only to be used if par. 1-00 Configuration Mode is set for open-loop and speed reference is applied

by an external controller controlling the pressure.

Set the reference speed at which sleep mode should be cancelled.

22-44 Wake-up Ref./FB Difference

Range: Function:10%* [0-100%] Only to be used if par. 1-00, Configuration Mode, is set for closed-loop and the integrated PI con-

troller is used for controlling the pressure.

Set the pressure drop allowed as a percentage of the setpoint for the pressure (Pset) before can-

celing sleep mode.

NOTE!

If used in application where the integrated PI controller is set for inverse control

in par. 20-71, PID, Normal/Inverse Control, the value set in par. 22-44 will au-

tomatically be added.

22-45 Setpoint Boost

Range: Function:0 %* [-100 - 100 %] Only to be used if par. 1-00 Configuration Mode, is set for closed-loop and the integrated PI con-

troller is used. For example, in systems with constant pressure control, it is advantageous to increase

the system pressure before the motor is stopped. This will extend the time during which the motor

is stopped and help to avoid frequent start/stop.

Set the desired overpressure/temperature as a percentage of the setpoint for the pressure (Pset)/

temperature before entering sleep mode.

If set at 5%, the boost pressure will be Pset*1.05. The negative values can be used, for example,

for cooling tower control, where a negative change is needed.

22-46 Maximum Boost Time

Range: Function:60 s* [0 - 600 s] Only to be used if par. 1-00 Configuration Mode is set for closed-loop and the integrated PI controller

is used for controlling the pressure.

Set the maximum time for which boost mode will be allowed. If the set time is exceeded, sleep

mode will be entered and will not wait for the set boost pressure to be reached.




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 179 of 253

22-50 End of Curve Function

Option: Function:[0] * OFF End of Curve monitoring not active.

[1] Warning A warning is issued in the display [W94].

[2] Alarm An alarm is issued and the adjustable frequency drive trips. A message [A94] appears in the display.

NOTE!

Automatic restart will reset the alarm and start the system again.

22-51 End of Curve Delay

Range: Function:10 s* [0 - 600 s] When an end of curve condition is detected, a timer is activated. When the time set in this parameter

expires and the End of Curve condition has been steady in the entire period, the function set in

par. 22-50 End of Curve Function will be activated. If the condition disappears before the timer

expires, the timer will be reset.

22-80 Flow Compensation

Option: Function:[0] * Disabled [0] Disabled: Setpoint compensation not active.

[1] Enabled [1] Enabled: Setpoint compensation is active. Enabling this parameter allows the Flow Compensated

Setpoint operation.

22-81 Square-linear Curve Approximation

Range: Function:100 %* [0 - 100 %] Example 1:

Adjustment of this parameter allows the shape of the control curve to be adjusted.

0 = Linear

100% = Ideal shape (theoretical).

NOTE!

Please note: Not visible when running in cascade.




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 180 of 253

22-82 Work Point Calculation

Option: Function:Example 1: Speed at System Design Working Point is known:

From the data sheet showing characteristics for the specific equipment at different speeds, simply

reading across from the HDESIGN point and the QDESIGN point allows us to find point A, which is the

system design working point. The pump characteristics at this point should be identified and the

associated speed programmed. Closing the valves and adjusting the speed until HMIN has been

achieved allows the speed at the no flow point to be identified.

Adjustment of par. 22-81 Square-linear Curve Approximation then allows the shape of the control

curve to be adjusted infinitely.

Example 2:

Speed at System Design Working Point is not known: Where the Speed at System Design Working

Point is unknown, another reference point on the control curve needs to be determined by means

of the data sheet. By looking at the curve for the rated speed and plotting the design pressure

(HDESIGN, Point C), the flow at that pressure QRATED can be determined. Similarly, by plotting the

design flow (QDESIGN, Point D), the pressure HD at that flow can be determined. Knowing these two

points on the pump curve, along with HMIN described above, allows the adjustable frequency drive

to calculate the reference point B and thus to plot the control curve that will also include the system

design working point A.

[0] * Disabled Disabled [0]: Work Point Calculation not active. To be used if speed at design point is known (see

table above).

[1] Enabled Enabled [1]: Work Point Calculation is active. Enabling this parameter allows the calculation of the

unknown System Design Working Point at 50/60 Hz speed, from the input data set in




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 181 of 253

par. 22-83 Speed at No-Flow [RPM] par. 22-84 Speed at No-Flow [Hz], par. 22-87 Pressure at No-

Flow Speed, par. 22-88 Pressure at Rated Speed, par. 22-89 Flow at Design Point and

par. 22-90 Flow at Rated Speed.

22-83 Speed at No-Flow [RPM]

Range: Function:300. RPM* [0 - par. 22-85 RPM] Resolution 1 RPM.

The speed of the motor at which the flow is zero and the minimum pressure HMIN is achieved should

be entered here in RPM. Alternatively, the speed in Hz can be entered in par. 22-84 Speed at No-

Flow [Hz]. If it has been decided to use RPM in par. 0-02 Motor Speed Unit, then par. 22-85 Speed

at Design Point [RPM] should also be used. Closing the valves and reducing the speed until minimum

pressure HMIN is achieved will determine this value.

22-84 Speed at No-Flow [Hz]

Range: Function:50.0 Hz* [0.0 - par. 22-86 Hz] Resolution 0.033 Hz.

The speed of the motor at which flow has effectively stopped and minimum pressure HMIN is achieved

should be entered here in Hz. Alternatively, the speed in RPM can be entered in par. 22-83 Speed

at No-Flow [RPM]. If it has been decided to use Hz in par. 0-02 Motor Speed Unit, then

par. 22-86 Speed at Design Point [Hz] should also be used. Closing the valves and reducing the

speed until minimum pressure HMIN is achieved will determine this value.

22-85 Speed at Design Point [RPM]

Range: Function:1500. RPM* [par. 22-83 - 60000. RPM] Resolution 1 RPM.

Only visible when par. 22-82 Work Point Calculation is set to Disable. The speed of the motor at

which the system design working point is achieved should be entered here in RPM. Alternatively,

the speed in Hz can be entered in par. 22-86 Speed at Design Point [Hz]. If it has been decided to

use RPM in par. 0-02 Motor Speed Unit, then par. 22-83 Speed at No-Flow [RPM] should also be

used.

22-86 Speed at Design Point [Hz]

Range: Function:50/60.0

Hz*

[par. 22-84 - par. 4-19 Hz] Resolution 0.033 Hz.

Only visible when par. 22-82 Work Point Calculation is set to Disable. The speed of the motor at

which the system design working point is achieved should be entered here in Hz. Alternatively, the

speed in RPM can be entered in par. 22-85 Speed at Design Point [RPM]. If it has been decided to

use Hz in par. 0-02 Motor Speed Unit, then par. 22-83 Speed at No-Flow [RPM] should also be used.

22-87 Pressure at No-Flow Speed

Range: Function:0.000 N/A* [0.000 - par. 22-88 N/A] Enter the pressure HMIN corresponding to Speed at No Flow in Reference/Feedback Units.

22-88 Pressure at Rated Speed

Range: Function:999999.999

N/A*

[par. 22-87 - 999999.999 N/A] Enter the value corresponding to the Pressure at Rated Speed, in Reference/Feedback Units. This

value can be defined using the pump datasheet.




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 182 of 253

22-90 Flow at Rated Speed

Range: Function:0.000 N/A* [0.000 - 999999.999 N/A] Enter the value corresponding to Flow at Rated Speed. This value can be defined using the pump

datasheet.

8.2.11 23-0* Timed Actions

Use Timed Actions for actions needing to be performed on a daily or weekly basis, e.g., different references for working hours / non-working hours. Up

to 10 Timed Actions can be programmed in the adjustable frequency drive. The Timed Action number is selected from the list when entering parameter

group 23-0* from the LCP. par. 23-00 ON Time – par. 23-04 Occurrence then refer to the selected Timed Action number. Each timed action is divided

into an ON time and an OFF time, in which two different actions may be performed.

The actions programmed in timed actions are merged with corresponding actions from digital inputs, control work via bus and Smart Logic Controller,

according to merge rules set up in 8-5*, digital/bus.

NOTE!

The clock (parameter group 0-7*) must be correctly programmed for timed actions to function correctly.

NOTE!

When mounting an Analog I/O MCB109 option card, a battery backup of the date and time is included.

NOTE!

The PC-based configuration tool MCT 10 includes a special guide for easy programming of timed actions.

23-00 ON TimeArray [10]

Range: Function:0 N/A* [0 - 0 N/A] Sets the ON time for the timed action.

NOTE!

The adjustable frequency drive has no backup of the clock function and the set

date/time will reset to default (2000-01-01 00:00) after a power-down unless a

Real Time Clock module with backup is installed. In par. 0-79 Clock Fault, it is

possible to program a warning for cases when the clock has not been set properly,

e.g., after a power-down.

23-01 ON ActionArra [10]

Option: Function:Select the action during ON Time. See par. 13-52 SL Controller Action for descriptions of the options.

[0] * DISABLED

[1] No action




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 183 of 253

[2] Select set-up 1

[3] Select set-up 2

[4] Select set-up 3

[5] Select set-up 4

[10] Select preset ref 0








[18] Select ramp 1

[19] Select ramp 2

[22] Run

[23] Run reverse

[24] Stop

[26] Dcstop

[27] Coast

[28] Freeze output

[29] Start timer 0

[30] Start timer 1

[31] Start timer 2

[32] Set digital out A low

[33] Set digital out B low

[34] Set digital out C low

[35] Set digital out D low

[36] Set digital out E low

[37] Set digital out F low

[38] Set digital out A high

[39] Set digital out B high

[40] Set digital out C high

[41] Set digital out D high

[42] Set digital out E high

[43] Set digital out F high

[60] Reset Counter A

[61] Reset Counter B

[70] Start Timer 3

[71] Start Timer 4

[72] Start Timer 5

[73] Start Timer 6

[74] Start Timer 7




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 184 of 253

NOTE!

For choices [32] - [43], see also par. group 5-3*, Digital Outputs and 5-4*, Relays.

23-02 OFF TimeArray [10]

Range: Function:0 N/A* [0 - 0 N/A] Sets the OFF time for the timed action.

NOTE!

The adjustable frequency drive has no backup of the clock function and the set

date/time will reset to default (2000-01-01 00:00) after a power-down unless a

Real Time Clock module with backup is installed. In par. 0-79 Clock Fault, it is

possible to program a warning for cases when the clock has not been set properly,

e.g., after a power-down.

23-03 OFF ActionArray [10]

Option: Function:Select the action during OFF Time. See par. 13-52 SL Controller Action for descriptions of the op-

tions.

[0] * DISABLED

[1] No action

[2] Select set-up 1

[3] Select set-up 2

[4] Select set-up 3

[5] Select set-up 4









[18] Select ramp 1

[19] Select ramp 2

[22] Run

[23] Run reverse

[24] Stop

[26] Dcstop

[27] Coast

[28] Freeze output

[29] Start timer 0

[30] Start timer 1

[31] Start timer 2




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 185 of 253

[32] Set digital out A low

[33] Set digital out B low

[34] Set digital out C low

[35] Set digital out D low

[36] Set digital out E low

[37] Set digital out F low

[38] Set digital out A high

[39] Set digital out B high

[40] Set digital out C high

[41] Set digital out D high

[42] Set digital out E high

[43] Set digital out F high

[60] Reset Counter A

[61] Reset Counter B

[70] Start Timer 3

[71] Start Timer 4

[72] Start Timer 5

[73] Start Timer 6

[74] Start Timer 7

23-04 OccurrenceArray [10]

Option: Function:Select the day(s) to which the timed action applies. Specify working/non-working days in

par. 0-81 Working Days, par. 0-82 Additional Working Days and par. 0-83 Additional Non-Working

Days.

[0] * All days

[1] Working days

[2] Non-working days

[3] Monday

[4] Tuesday

[5] Wednesday

[6] Thursday

[7] Friday

[8] Saturday

[9] Sunday

8.2.12 Water Application Functions, 29-**

The group contains parameters used for monitoring water/wastewater applications.

29-00 Pipe Fill Enable

Option: Function:[0] * Disabled Select Enabled to fill pipes at a user-specified rate.

[1] Enabled Select Enabled to fill pipes with a user specified rate.




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 186 of 253

29-01 Pipe Fill Speed [RPM]

Range: Function:Speed Low

Limit*

[Speed Low Limit - Speed High Lim-

it]

Set the filling speed for filling horizontal pipe systems. The speed can be selected in Hz or RPM

depending on the choices made in par. 4-11 / par. 4-13 (RPM) or in par. 4-12 / par. 4-14 (Hz).

29-02 Pipe Fill Speed [Hz]

Range: Function:Motor

Speed Low

Limit*

[Speed Low Limit - Speed High Lim-

it]

Set the filling speed for filling horizontal pipe systems. The speed can be selected in Hz or RPM

depending on the choices made in par. 4-11 / par. 4-13 (RPM) or in par. 4-12 / par. 4-14 (Hz).

29-03 Pipe Fill Time

Range: Function:0 s* [0–3600 s] Set the specified time for pipe filling of horizontal pipe systems.

29-04 Pipe Fill Rate

Range: Function:0.001 units/

s*

[0.001–999999.999 units/s] Specifies the filling rate in units/second using the PI controller. Filling rate units are feedback units/

second. This function is used for filling vertical pipe systems but will be active when the filling time

has expired, no matter what, until the pipe fill setpoint set in par. 29-05 is reached.

29-05 Filled Setpoint

Range: Function:0 s* [0–999999,999 s] Specifies the filled setpoint at which the pipe fill function will be disabled and the PID controller will

take control. This function can be used both for horizontal and vertical pipe systems.




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 187 of 253

8.3 Parameter Options

8.3.1 Default Settings

Changes during operation:

“TRUE” means that the parameter can be changed while the adjustable frequency drive is in operation, and “FALSE” means that the adjustable frequency

drive must be stopped before a change can be made.

4 set-up:

'All set-up': the parameter can be set individually in each of the four set-ups, i. e., one single parameter can have four different data values.

’1 set-up’: data value will be the same in all set-ups.

SR:

Size related

N/A:

No default value available.

Conversion index:

This number refers to a conversion figure used when writing or reading by means of an adjustable frequency drive.

Conv. index 100 67 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6Conv. factor 1 1/60 1000000 100000 10000 1000 100 10 1 0.1 0.01 0.001 0.0001 0.00001 0.000001

Data type Description Type2 Integer 8 Int83 Integer 16 Int164 Integer 32 Int325 Unsigned 8 Uint86 Unsigned 16 Uint167 Unsigned 32 Uint329 Visible String VisStr33 Normalized value 2 bytes N235 Bit sequence of 16 Boolean variables V254 Time difference w/o date TimD




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 188 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

0-0*

Bas

ic S

etti

ngs

0-01

Lang

uage

[0]

Engl

ish

1 se

t-up

TRU

E-

Uin

t80-

02M

otor

Spe

ed U

nit

[0]

RPM

2 se

t-up

sFA

LSE

-U

int8

0-03

Reg

iona

l Set

tings

[0]

Inte

rnat

iona

l2

set-

ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t80-

04O

pera

ting

Stat

e at

Pow

er-u

p[0

] Re

sum

eAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t80-

05Lo

cal M

ode

Uni

t[0

] As

Mot

or S

peed

Uni

t2

set-

ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t80-

1* S

et-u

p O

pera

tion

s0-

10Ac

tive

Set-

up[1

] Se

t-up

11

set-

upTR

UE

-U

int8

0-11

Prog

ram

min

g Se

t-up

[9]

Activ

e Se

t-up

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

0-12

This

Set

-up

Link

ed t

o[0

] N

ot li

nked

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

-U

int8

0-13

Read

out:

Lin

ked

Set-

ups

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

Uin

t16

0-14

Read

out:

Pro

g. S

et-u

ps /

Cha

nnel

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Int3

20-

2* L

CP

Dis

play

0-20

Dis

play

Lin

e 1.

1 Sm

all

1601

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int1

60-

21D

ispl

ay L

ine

1.2

Smal

l16

62Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t16

0-22

Dis

play

Lin

e 1.

3 Sm

all

1614

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int1

60-

23D

ispl

ay L

ine

2 La

rge

1613

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int1

60-

24D

ispl

ay L

ine

3 La

rge

1652

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int1

60-

25M

y Pe

rson

al M

enu

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

1 se

t-up

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

0-3*

LC

P C

ust

. Rea

dou

t0-

30Cu

stom

Rea

dout

Uni

t[1

] %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

0-31

Cust

om R

eado

ut M

in V

alue

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2In

t32

0-32

Cust

om R

eado

ut M

ax V

alue

100.

00 C

usto

mRea

dout

Uni

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Int3

20-

37D

ispl

ay T

ext

10

N/A

1 se

t-up

TRU

E0

VisS

tr[2

5]0-

38D

ispl

ay T

ext

20

N/A

1 se

t-up

TRU

E0

VisS

tr[2

5]0-

39D

ispl

ay T

ext

30

N/A

1 se

t-up

TRU

E0

VisS

tr[2

5]0-

4* L

CP

Key

pad

0-40

[Han

d on

] Ke

y on

LCP

[1]

Enab

led

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

0-41

[Off

] Ke

y on

LCP

[1]

Enab

led

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

0-42

[Aut

o on

] Ke

y on

LCP

[1]

Enab

led

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

0-43

[Res

et]

Key

on L

CP[1

] En

able

dAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t80-

44[O

ff/R

eset

] Ke

y on

LCP

[1]

Enab

led

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

0-45

[Driv

e By

pass

] Ke

y on

LCP

[1]

Enab

led

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

0-5*

Cop

y/Sa

ve0-

50LC

P Co

py[0

] N

o co

pyAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t80-

51Se

t-up

Cop

y[0

] N

o co

pyAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t8

8.3

.2O

pera

tion

/Dis

play

0-*

*




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 189 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

0-6*

Pas

swor

d0-

60M

ain

Men

u Pa

ssw

ord

100

N/A

1 se

t-up

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

0-61

Acce

ss t

o M

ain

Men

u w

/o P

assw

ord

[0]

Full

acce

ss1

set-

upTR

UE

-U

int8

0-65

Pers

onal

Men

u Pa

ssw

ord

200

N/A

1 se

t-up

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

0-66

Acce

ss t

o Pe

rson

al M

enu

w/o

Pas

swor

d[0

] Fu

ll ac

cess

1 se

t-up

TRU

E-

Uin

t80-

7* C

lock

Set

tin

gs0-

70D

ate

and

Tim

eEx

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Tim

eOfD

ay0-

71D

ate

Form

at[0

] YY

YY-M

M-D

D1

set-

upTR

UE

-U

int8

0-72

Tim

e Fo

rmat

[0]

24 h

1 se

t-up

TRU

E-

Uin

t80-

74D

ST/S

umm

ertim

e[0

] O

FF1

set-

upTR

UE

-U

int8

0-76

DST

/Sum

mer

time

Star

tEx

pres

sion

Lim

it1

set-

upTR

UE

0Ti

meO

fDay

0-77

DST

/Sum

mer

time

End

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

1 se

t-up

TRU

E0

Tim

eOfD

ay0-

79Cl

ock

Faul

tnu

ll1

set-

upTR

UE

-U

int8

0-81

Wor

king

Day

snu

ll1

set-

upTR

UE

-U

int8

0-82

Addi

tiona

l Wor

king

Day

sEx

pres

sion

Lim

it1

set-

upTR

UE

0Ti

meO

fDay

0-83

Addi

tiona

l Non

-Wor

king

Day

sEx

pres

sion

Lim

it1

set-

upTR

UE

0Ti

meO

fDay

0-89

Dat

e an

d Ti

me

Read

out

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

VisS

tr[2

5]




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 190 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

1-0*

Gen

eral

Set

tin

gs1-

00Co

nfig

urat

ion

Mod

enu

llAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t81-

01M

otor

Con

trol

Prin

cipl

enu

llAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t81-

03To

rque

Cha

ract

eris

tics

[3]

Auto

Ene

rgy

Opt

im. V

TAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t81-

1* M

otor

Sel

ecti

on1-

10M

otor

Con

stru

ctio

n[0

] As

ynch

rono

usAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t81-

2* M

otor

Dat

a1-

20M

otor

Pow

er [

kW]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

1U

int3

21-

21M

otor

Pow

er [

HP]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

-2U

int3

21-

22M

otor

Vol

tage

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int1

61-

23M

otor

Fre

quen

cyEx

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

Uin

t16

1-24

Mot

or C

urre

ntEx

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-2

Uin

t32

1-25

Mot

or N

omin

al S

peed

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

67U

int1

61-

28M

otor

Rot

atio

n Ch

eck

[0]

OFF

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

-U

int8

1-29

Auto

mat

ic M

otor

Ada

ptat

ion

(AM

A)[0

] O

ffAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t81-

3* A

ddl.

Mot

or D

ata

1-30

Stat

or R

esis

tanc

e (R

s)Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-4

Uin

t32

1-31

Roto

r Re

sist

ance

(Rr

)Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-4

Uin

t32

1-32

Stat

or R

eact

ance

(Xs

)Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-4

Uin

t32

1-33

Stat

or L

eaka

ge R

eact

ance

(X1

)Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-4

Uin

t32

1-34

Roto

r Le

akag

e Re

acta

nce

(X2)

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

-4U

int3

21-

35M

ain

Reac

tanc

e (X

h)Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-4

Uin

t32

1-36

Iron

Los

s R

esis

tanc

e (R

fe)

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

-3U

int3

21-

39M

otor

Pol

esEx

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

Uin

t81-

5* L

oad-

Inde

p. S

etti

ng1-

50M

otor

Mag

netiz

atio

n at

Zer

o Sp

eed

100

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

1-51

Min

Spe

ed N

orm

al M

agne

tizin

g [R

PM]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

67U

int1

61-

52M

in S

peed

Nor

mal

Mag

netiz

ing

[Hz]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

61-

55U

/f C

hara

cter

istic

- U

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

61-

56U

/f C

hara

cter

istic

- F

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

61-

6* L

oad-

Dep

end.

Set

tg.

1-60

Low

Spe

ed L

oad

Com

pens

atio

n10

0 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0In

t16

1-61

Hig

h Sp

eed

Load

Com

pens

atio

n10

0 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0In

t16

1-62

Slip

Com

pens

atio

n0

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Int1

61-

63Sl

ip C

ompe

nsat

ion

Tim

e Co

nsta

ntEx

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Uin

t16

1-64

Res

onan

ce D

ampe

ning

100

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

1-65

Reso

nanc

e D

ampe

ning

Tim

e Co

nsta

nt5

ms

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3U

int8

1-7*

Sta

rt A

dju

stm

ents

1-71

Star

t D

elay

0.0

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Uin

t16

1-73

Flyi

ng S

tart

[0]

Dis

able

dAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t81-

74St

art

Spee

d [R

PM]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

67U

int1

61-

75St

art

Spee

d [H

z]Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Uin

t16

1-76

Star

t Cu

rren

t0.

00 A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2U

int3

2

8.3

.3Lo

ad/M

otor

1-*

*




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 191 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

1-8*

Sto

p A

djus

tmen

ts1-

80Fu

nctio

n at

Sto

p[0

] Co

ast

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

1-81

Min

Spe

ed f

or F

unct

ion

at S

top

[RPM

]Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E67

Uin

t16

1-82

Min

Spe

ed f

or F

unct

ion

at S

top

[Hz]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

61-

86Tr

ip S

peed

Low

[RPM

]0

RPM

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

67U

int1

61-

87Tr

ip S

peed

Low

[H

z]0

Hz

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

61-

9* M

otor

Tem

pera

ture

1-90

Mot

or T

herm

al P

rote

ctio

n[4

] ET

R tr

ip 1

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

1-91

Mot

or E

xter

nal F

an[0

] N

oAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t16

1-93

Ther

mis

tor

Sour

ce[0

] N

one

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 192 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

2-0*

DC

Bra

ke2-

00D

C H

old/

Preh

eat

Curr

ent

50 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int8

2-01

DC

Brak

e Cu

rren

t50

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

2-02

DC

Brak

ing

Tim

e10

.0 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

62-

03D

C Br

ake

Cut-

in S

peed

[R

PM]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

67U

int1

62-

04D

C Br

ake

Cut-

in S

peed

[H

z]Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Uin

t16

2-1*

Bra

ke E

ner

gy F

un

ct.

2-10

Brak

e Fu

nctio

n[0

] O

ffAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t82-

11Br

ake

Resi

stor

(oh

m)

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int1

62-

12Br

ake

Pow

er L

imit

(kW

)Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t32

2-13

Brak

e Po

wer

Mon

itorin

g[0

] O

ffAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t82-

15Br

ake

Chec

k[0

] O

ffAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t82-

16AC

Bra

ke M

ax. C

urre

nt10

0.0

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Uin

t32

2-17

Ove

r-vo

ltage

Con

trol

[2]

Enab

led

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

8.3

.4B

rake

s 2

-**




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 193 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

3-0*

Ref

eren

ce L

imit

s3-

02M

inim

um R

efer

ence

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

3-03

Max

imum

Ref

eren

ceEx

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

23-

04Re

fere

nce

Func

tion

[0]

Sum

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

3-1*

Ref

eren

ces

3-10

Pres

et R

efer

ence

0.00

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Int1

63-

11Jo

g Sp

eed

[Hz]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

63-

13Ref

eren

ce S

ite[0

] Li

nked

to

Han

d /

Auto

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

3-14

Pres

et R

elat

ive

Refe

renc

e0.

00 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2In

t32

3-15

Ref

eren

ce 1

Sou

rce

[1]

Anal

og in

put

53Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t83-

16Re

fere

nce

2 So

urce

[0]

No

func

tion

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

3-17

Ref

eren

ce 3

Sou

rce

[0]

No

func

tion

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

3-19

Jog

Spee

d [R

PM]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

67U

int1

63-

4* R

amp

13-

41Ra

mp

1 Ra

mp-

up T

ime

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2U

int3

23-

42Ram

p 1

Ram

p-do

wn

Tim

eEx

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Uin

t32

3-5*

Ram

p 2

3-51

Ram

p 2

Ram

p-up

Tim

eEx

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Uin

t32

3-52

Ram

p 2

Ram

p-do

wn

Tim

eEx

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Uin

t32

3-8*

Oth

er R

amps

3-80

Jog

Ram

p Ti

me

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2U

int3

23-

81Q

uick

Sto

p Ram

p Ti

me

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

-2U

int3

23-

84In

itial

Ram

p Ti

me

0.00

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Uin

t16

3-85

Chec

k Va

lve

Ram

p Ti

me

0.00

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Uin

t16

3-86

Chec

k Va

lve

Ram

p En

d Sp

eed

[RPM

]Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E67

Uin

t16

3-87

Chec

k Va

lve

Ram

p En

d Sp

eed

[HZ]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

63-

88Fi

nal R

amp

Tim

e0.

00 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2U

int1

63-

9* D

igit

al P

ot. m

eter

3-90

Step

Siz

e0.

10 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2U

int1

63-

91Ram

p Ti

me

1.00

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Uin

t32

3-92

Pow

er R

esto

re[0

] O

ffAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t83-

93M

axim

um L

imit

100

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Int1

63-

94M

inim

um L

imit

0 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0In

t16

3-95

Ram

p D

elay

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3Ti

mD

8.3

.5R

efer

ence

/ R

amps

3-*

*




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 194 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

4-1*

Mot

or L

imit

s4-

10M

otor

Spe

ed D

irect

ion

[0]

Cloc

kwis

eAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t84-

11M

otor

Spe

ed L

ow L

imit

[RPM

]Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E67

Uin

t16

4-12

Mot

or S

peed

Low

Lim

it [H

z]Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Uin

t16

4-13

Mot

or S

peed

Hig

h Li

mit

[RPM

]Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E67

Uin

t16

4-14

Mot

or S

peed

Hig

h Li

mit

[Hz]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

64-

16To

rque

Lim

it M

otor

Mod

eEx

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Uin

t16

4-17

Torq

ue L

imit

Gen

erat

or M

ode

100.

0 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

64-

18Cu

rren

t Li

mit

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int3

24-

19M

ax O

utpu

t Fr

eque

ncy

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

-1U

int1

64-

5* A

dj. W

arn

ings

4-50

War

ning

Cur

rent

Low

0.00

AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Uin

t32

4-51

War

ning

Cur

rent

Hig

hIm

axVL

T (P

1637

)Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Uin

t32

4-52

War

ning

Spe

ed L

ow0

RPM

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

67U

int1

64-

53W

arni

ng S

peed

Hig

hou

tput

Spee

dHig

hLim

it (P

413)

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

67U

int1

64-

54W

arni

ng R

efer

ence

Low

-999

999.

999

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

4-55

War

ning

Ref

eren

ce H

igh

9999

99.9

99 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

24-

56W

arni

ng F

eedb

ack

Low

-999

999.

999

Ref

eren

ceFe

edba

ckU

nit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

4-57

War

ning

Fee

dbac

k H

igh

9999

99.9

99 R

efer

ence

Feed

back

Uni

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

24-

58M

issi

ng M

otor

Pha

se F

unct

ion

[2]

Trip

100

0 m

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t84-

6* S

peed

Byp

ass

4-60

Bypa

ss S

peed

Fro

m [

RPM

]Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E67

Uin

t16

4-61

Bypa

ss S

peed

Fro

m [

Hz]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

64-

62By

pass

Spe

ed t

o [R

PM]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

67U

int1

64-

63By

pass

Spe

ed T

o [H

z]Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Uin

t16

4-64

Sem

i-Aut

o By

pass

Set

-up

[0]

OFF

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

-U

int8

8.3

.6Li

mit

s /

War

nin

gs 4

-**




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 195 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

5-0*

Dig

ital

I/O

mod

e5-

00D

igita

l I/O

Mod

e[0

] PN

P -

Activ

e at

24

VAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t85-

01Te

rmin

al 2

7 M

ode

[0]

Inpu

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t85-

02Te

rmin

al 2

9 M

ode

[0]

Inpu

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t85-

1* D

igit

al I

npu

ts5-

10Te

rmin

al 1

8 D

igita

l Inp

ut[8

] St

art

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

5-11

Term

inal

19

Dig

ital I

nput

[0]

No

oper

atio

nAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t85-

12Te

rmin

al 2

7 D

igita

l Inp

utnu

llAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t85-

13Te

rmin

al 2

9 D

igita

l Inp

ut[0

] N

o op

erat

ion

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

5-14

Term

inal

32

Dig

ital I

nput

[0]

No

oper

atio

nAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t85-

15Te

rmin

al 3

3 D

igita

l Inp

ut[0

] N

o op

erat

ion

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

5-16

Term

inal

X30

/2 D

igita

l Inp

ut[0

] N

o op

erat

ion

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

5-17

Term

inal

X30

/3 D

igita

l Inp

ut[0

] N

o op

erat

ion

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

5-18

Term

inal

X30

/4 D

igita

l Inp

ut[0

] N

o op

erat

ion

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

5-3*

Dig

ital

Ou

tpu

ts5-

30Te

rmin

al 2

7 D

igita

l Out

put

[0]

No

oper

atio

nAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t85-

31Te

rmin

al 2

9 di

gita

l Out

put

[0]

No

oper

atio

nAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t85-

32Te

rm X

30/6

Dig

i Out

(M

CB 1

01)

[0]

No

oper

atio

nAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t85-

33Te

rm X

30/7

Dig

i Out

(M

CB 1

01)

[0]

No

oper

atio

nAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t85-

4* R

elay

s5-

40Fu

nctio

n R

elay

null

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

5-41

On

Del

ay, R

elay

0.01

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Uin

t16

5-42

Off

Del

ay, R

elay

0.01

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Uin

t16

5-5*

Pu

lse

Inpu

t5-

50Te

rm. 2

9 Lo

w F

requ

ency

100

Hz

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int3

25-

51Te

rm. 2

9 H

igh

Freq

uenc

y10

0 H

zAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t32

5-52

Term

. 29

Low

Ref

./Fe

edb.

Val

ue0.

000

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

5-53

Term

. 29

Hig

h Re

f./F

eedb

. Val

ue10

0.00

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

25-

54Pu

lse

Filte

r Ti

me

Cons

tant

#29

100

ms

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

-3U

int1

65-

55Te

rm. 3

3 Lo

w F

requ

ency

100

Hz

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int3

25-

56Te

rm. 3

3 H

igh

Freq

uenc

y10

0 H

zAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t32

5-57

Term

. 33

Low

Ref

./Fe

edb.

Val

ue0.

000

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

5-58

Term

. 33

Hig

h Re

f./Fe

edb.

Val

ue10

0.00

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

25-

59Pu

lse

Filte

r Ti

me

Cons

tant

#33

100

ms

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

-3U

int1

65-

6* P

uls

e O

utp

ut

5-60

Term

inal

27

Puls

e O

utpu

t Va

riabl

e[0

] N

o op

erat

ion

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

5-62

Puls

e O

utpu

t M

ax F

req

#27

5000

Hz

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int3

25-

63Te

rmin

al 2

9 Pu

lse

Out

put

Varia

ble

[0]

No

oper

atio

nAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t85-

65Pu

lse

Out

put

Max

Fre

q #

2950

00 H

zAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t32

5-66

Term

inal

X30

/6 P

ulse

Out

put

Varia

ble

[0]

No

oper

atio

nAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t85-

68Pu

lse

Out

put

Max

Fre

q #

X30/

650

00 H

zAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t32

5-9*

Bu

s C

ontr

olle

d5-

90D

igita

l & R

elay

Bus

Con

trol

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t32

5-93

Puls

e O

ut #

27 B

us C

ontr

ol0.

00 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2N

25-

94Pu

lse

Out

#27

Tim

eout

Pre

set

0.00

%1

set-

upTR

UE

-2U

int1

65-

95Pu

lse

Out

#29

Bus

Con

trol

0.00

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

N2

5-96

Puls

e O

ut #

29 T

imeo

ut P

rese

t0.

00 %

1 se

t-up

TRU

E-2

Uin

t16

5-97

Puls

e O

ut #

X30/

6 Bu

s Co

ntro

l0.

00 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2N

25-

98Pu

lse

Out

#X3

0/6

Tim

eout

Pre

set

0.00

%1

set-

upTR

UE

-2U

int1

6

8.3

.7D

igit

al I

n/O

ut

5-*

*




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 196 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

6-0*

An

alog

I/O

Mod

e6-

00Li

ve Z

ero

Tim

eout

Tim

e10

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t86-

01Li

ve Z

ero

Tim

eout

Fun

ctio

n[0

] O

ffAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t86-

1* A

nal

og I

npu

t 53

6-10

Term

inal

53

Low

Vol

tage

0.07

VAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Int1

66-

11Te

rmin

al 5

3 H

igh

Volta

ge10

.00

VAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Int1

66-

12Te

rmin

al 5

3 Lo

w C

urre

nt4.

00 m

AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-5

Int1

66-

13Te

rmin

al 5

3 H

igh

Curr

ent

20.0

0 m

AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-5

Int1

66-

14Te

rmin

al 5

3 Lo

w R

ef./

Feed

b. V

alue

0.00

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

26-

15Te

rmin

al 5

3 H

igh

Ref

./Fe

edb.

Val

ueEx

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

26-

16Te

rmin

al 5

3 Fi

lter

Tim

e Co

nsta

nt0.

001

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Uin

t16

6-17

Term

inal

53

Live

Zer

o[1

] En

able

dAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t86-

2* A

nal

og I

npu

t 54

6-20

Term

inal

54

Low

Vol

tage

0.07

VAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Int1

66-

21Te

rmin

al 5

4 H

igh

Volta

ge10

.00

VAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Int1

66-

22Te

rmin

al 5

4 Lo

w C

urre

nt4.

00 m

AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-5

Int1

66-

23Te

rmin

al 5

4 H

igh

Curr

ent

20.0

0 m

AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-5

Int1

66-

24Te

rmin

al 5

4 Lo

w R

ef./

Feed

b. V

alue

0.00

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

26-

25Te

rmin

al 5

4 H

igh

Ref./

Feed

b. V

alue

100.

000

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

6-26

Term

inal

54

Filte

r Ti

me

Cons

tant

0.00

1 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3U

int1

66-

27Te

rmin

al 5

4 Li

ve Z

ero

[1]

Enab

led

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

6-3*

An

alog

In

put

X30

/11

6-30

Term

inal

X30

/11

Low

Vol

tage

0.07

VAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Int1

66-

31Te

rmin

al X

30/1

1 H

igh

Volta

ge10

.00

VAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Int1

66-

34Te

rm. X

30/1

1 Lo

w R

ef./

Feed

b. V

alue

0.00

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

26-

35Te

rm. X

30/1

1 H

igh

Ref

./Fe

edb.

Val

ue10

0.00

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

26-

36Te

rm. X

30/1

1 Fi

lter

Tim

e Co

nsta

nt0.

001

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Uin

t16

6-37

Term

. X30

/11

Live

Zer

o[1

] En

able

dAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t86-

4* A

nal

og I

npu

t X

30/1

26-

40Te

rmin

al X

30/1

2 Lo

w V

olta

ge0.

07 V

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2In

t16

6-41

Term

inal

X30

/12

Hig

h Vo

ltage

10.0

0 V

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2In

t16

6-44

Term

. X30

/12

Low

Ref

./Fe

edb.

Val

ue0.

000

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

6-45

Term

. X30

/12

Hig

h R

ef./

Feed

b. V

alue

100.

000

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

6-46

Term

. X30

/12

Filte

r Ti

me

Cons

tant

0.00

1 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3U

int1

66-

47Te

rm. X

30/1

2 Li

ve Z

ero

[1]

Enab

led

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

6-5*

An

alog

Ou

tpu

t 42

6-50

Term

inal

42

Out

put

[100

] O

utpu

t fr

eq. 0

-100

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

6-51

Term

inal

42

Out

put

Min

Sca

le0.

00 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2In

t16

6-52

Term

inal

42

Out

put

Max

Sca

le10

0.00

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Int1

66-

53Te

rmin

al 4

2 O

utpu

t Bu

s Co

ntro

l0.

00 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2N

26-

54Te

rmin

al 4

2 O

utpu

t Ti

meo

ut P

rese

t0.

00 %

1 se

t-up

TRU

E-2

Uin

t16

6-6*

An

alog

Ou

tpu

t X

30/8

6-60

Term

inal

X30

/8 O

utpu

t[0

] N

o op

erat

ion

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

6-61

Term

inal

X30

/8 M

in. Sc

ale

0.00

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Int1

66-

62Te

rmin

al X

30/8

Max

. Sca

le10

0.00

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Int1

66-

63Te

rmin

al X

30/8

Out

put

Bus

Cont

rol

0.00

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

N2

6-64

Term

inal

X30

/8 O

utpu

t Ti

meo

ut P

rese

t0.

00 %

1 se

t-up

TRU

E-2

Uin

t16

8.3

.8A

nal

og I

n/O

ut

6-*

*




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 197 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

8-0*

Gen

eral

Set

tin

gs8-

01Co

ntro

l Site

null

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

8-02

Cont

rol S

ourc

enu

llAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t88-

03Co

ntro

l Tim

eout

Tim

eEx

pres

sion

Lim

it1

set-

upTR

UE

-1U

int3

28-

04Co

ntro

l Tim

eout

Fun

ctio

n[0

] O

ff1

set-

upTR

UE

-U

int8

8-05

End-

of-T

imeo

ut F

unct

ion

[1]

Resu

me

set-

up1

set-

upTR

UE

-U

int8

8-06

Rese

t Co

ntro

l Tim

eout

[0]

Do

not

rese

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t88-

07D

iagn

osis

Trig

ger

[0]

Dis

able

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

-U

int8

8-1*

Con

trol

Set

tin

gs8-

10Co

ntro

l Pro

file

[0]

FC p

rofil

eAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t88-

13Co

nfig

urab

le S

tatu

s W

ord

STW

[1]

Prof

ile D

efau

ltAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t88-

14Co

nfig

urab

le C

ontr

ol W

ord

CTW

[1]

Prof

ile d

efau

ltAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t88-

3* F

C P

ort

Sett

ings

8-30

Prot

ocol

null

1 se

t-up

TRU

E-

Uin

t88-

31Ad

dres

sEx

pres

sion

Lim

it1

set-

upTR

UE

0U

int8

8-32

Baud

Rat

enu

ll1

set-

upTR

UE

-U

int8

8-33

Parit

y /

Stop

Bits

null

1 se

t-up

TRU

E-

Uin

t88-

35M

inim

um R

espo

nse

Del

ayEx

pres

sion

Lim

it1

set-

upTR

UE

-3U

int1

68-

36M

ax R

espo

nse

Del

ayEx

pres

sion

Lim

it1

set-

upTR

UE

-3U

int1

68-

37M

axim

um I

nter

-Cha

r D

elay

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

1 se

t-up

TRU

E-5

Uin

t16

8-4*

FC

MC

pro

toco

l set

8-40

Tele

gram

sel

ectio

n[1

] St

anda

rd t

eleg

ram

12

set-

ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t88-

5* D

igit

al/B

us

8-50

Coas

ting

Sele

ct[3

] Lo

gic

OR

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

8-52

DC

Brak

e Se

lect

[3]

Logi

c O

RAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t88-

53St

art

Sele

ct[3

] Lo

gic

OR

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

8-54

Reve

rse

Sele

ctnu

llAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t88-

55Se

t-up

Sel

ect

[3]

Logi

c O

RAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t88-

56Pr

eset

Ref

eren

ce S

elec

t[3

] Lo

gic

OR

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

8-7

* B

AC

net

8-70

BACn

et D

evic

e In

stan

ce1

N/A

1 se

t-up

TRU

E0

Uin

t32

8-72

MS/

TP M

ax M

aste

rs12

7 N

/A1

set-

upTR

UE

0U

int8

8-73

MS/

TP M

ax I

nfo

Fram

es1

N/A

1 se

t-up

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

8-74

"Sta

rtup

I a

m"

[0]

Send

at

pow

er-u

p1

set-

upTR

UE

-U

int8

8-75

Initi

aliz

atio

n Pa

ssw

ord

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

1 se

t-up

TRU

E0

VisS

tr[2

0]8-

8* F

C P

ort

Dia

gnos

tics

8-80

Bus

Mes

sage

Cou

nt0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int3

28-

81Bu

s Er

ror

Coun

t0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int3

28-

82Sl

ave

Mes

sage

Rcv

d0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int3

28-

83Sl

ave

Erro

r Co

unt

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t32

8-9*

Bu

s Jo

g8-

90Bu

s Jo

g 1

Spee

d10

0 RP

MAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E67

Uin

t16

8-91

Bus

Jog

2 Sp

eed

200

RPM

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

67U

int1

68-

94Bu

s Fe

edba

ck 1

0 N

/A1

set-

upTR

UE

0N

28-

95Bu

s Fe

edba

ck 2

0 N

/A1

set-

upTR

UE

0N

28-

96Bu

s Fe

edba

ck 3

0 N

/A1

set-

upTR

UE

0N

2

8.3

.9C

omm

. an

d O

ptio

ns

8-*

*




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 198 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

9-00

Setp

oint

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

9-07

Actu

al V

alue

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

Uin

t16

9-15

PCD

Writ

e Co

nfig

urat

ion

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

-U

int1

69-

16PC

D R

ead

Conf

igur

atio

nEx

pres

sion

Lim

it2

set-

ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t16

9-18

Nod

e Ad

dres

s12

6 N

/A1

set-

upTR

UE

0U

int8

9-22

Tele

gram

Sel

ectio

n[1

08]

PPO

81

set-

upTR

UE

-U

int8

9-23

Para

met

ers

for

Sign

als

0Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t16

9-27

Para

met

er E

dit

[1]

Enab

led

2 se

t-up

sFA

LSE

-U

int1

69-

28Pr

oces

s Co

ntro

l[1

] En

able

cyc

lic m

aste

r2

set-

ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t89-

44Fa

ult

Mes

sage

Cou

nter

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

9-45

Faul

t Co

de0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int1

69-

47Fa

ult

Num

ber

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

9-52

Faul

t Si

tuat

ion

Coun

ter

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

9-53

Prof

ibus

War

ning

Wor

d0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0V2

9-63

Actu

al B

aud

Rat

e[2

55]

No

baud

rat

e fo

und

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

9-64

Dev

ice

Iden

tific

atio

n0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int1

69-

65Pr

ofile

Num

ber

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Oct

Str[

2]9-

67Co

ntro

l Wor

d 1

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

V29-

68St

atus

Wor

d 1

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

V29-

71Pr

ofib

us S

ave

Dat

a Va

lues

[0]

Off

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

9-72

Prof

ibus

Driv

eRes

et[0

] N

o ac

tion

1 se

t-up

FALS

E-

Uin

t89-

80D

efin

ed P

aram

eter

s (1

)0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int1

69-

81D

efin

ed P

aram

eter

s (2

)0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int1

69-

82D

efin

ed P

aram

eter

s (3

)0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int1

69-

83D

efin

ed P

aram

eter

s (4

)0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int1

69-

84D

efin

ed P

aram

eter

s (5

)0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int1

69-

90Ch

ange

d Pa

ram

eter

s (1

)0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int1

69-

91Ch

ange

d Pa

ram

eter

s (2

)0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int1

69-

92Ch

ange

d Pa

ram

eter

s (3

)0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int1

69-

93Ch

ange

d Pa

ram

eter

s (4

)0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int1

69-

94Ch

ange

d pa

ram

eter

s (5

)0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int1

6

8.3.

10

Pro

fibu

s 9-

**




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 199 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

10-0

* C

omm

on S

etti

ngs

10-0

0CA

N P

roto

col

null

2 se

t-up

sFA

LSE

-U

int8

10-0

1Ba

ud R

ate

Sele

ctnu

ll2

set-

ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t810

-02

MAC

ID

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

0U

int8

10-0

5Re

adou

t Tr

ansm

it Er

ror

Coun

ter

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t810

-06

Read

out

Rece

ive

Erro

r Co

unte

r0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int8

10-0

7Re

adou

t Bu

s O

ff C

ount

er0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int8

10-1

* D

evic

eNet

10-1

0Pr

oces

s D

ata

Type

Sel

ectio

nnu

llAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t810

-11

Proc

ess

Dat

a Co

nfig

Writ

eEx

pres

sion

Lim

it2

set-

ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t16

10-1

2Pr

oces

s D

ata

Conf

ig R

ead

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

-U

int1

610

-13

War

ning

Par

amet

er0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int1

610

-14

Net

Ref

eren

ce[0

] O

ff2

set-

ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t810

-15

Net

Con

trol

[0]

Off

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

-U

int8

10-2

* C

OS

Filt

ers

10-2

0CO

S Fi

lter

10

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int1

610

-21

COS

Filte

r 2

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

Uin

t16

10-2

2CO

S Fi

lter

30

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int1

610

-23

COS

Filte

r 4

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

Uin

t16

10-3

* P

aram

eter

Acc

ess

10-3

0Ar

ray

Inde

x0

N/A

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

0U

int8

10-3

1St

ore

Dat

a Va

lues

[0]

Off

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

10-3

2D

evic

enet

Rev

isio

nEx

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

10-3

3St

ore

Alw

ays

[0]

Off

1 se

t-up

TRU

E-

Uin

t810

-34

Dev

iceN

et P

rodu

ct C

ode

130

N/A

1 se

t-up

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

10-3

9D

evic

enet

F P

aram

eter

s0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int3

2

8.3

.11

CA

N F

ield

bus

10

-**




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 200 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

13-0

* SL

C S

etti

ngs

13-0

0SL

Con

trol

ler

Mod

enu

ll2

set-

ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t813

-01

Star

t Ev

ent

null

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

-U

int8

13-0

2St

op E

vent

null

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

-U

int8

13-0

3Re

set

SLC

[0]

Do

not

rese

t SL

CAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t813

-1*

Com

para

tors

13-1

0Co

mpa

rato

r O

pera

ndnu

ll2

set-

ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t813

-11

Com

para

tor

Ope

rato

rnu

ll2

set-

ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t813

-12

Com

para

tor

Valu

eEx

pres

sion

Lim

it2

set-

ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

213

-2*

Tim

ers

13-2

0SL

Con

trol

ler

Tim

erEx

pres

sion

Lim

it1

set-

upTR

UE

-3Ti

mD

13-4

* Lo

gic

Ru

les

13-4

0Lo

gic

Rule

Boo

lean

1nu

ll2

set-

ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t813

-41

Logi

c Rul

e O

pera

tor

1nu

ll2

set-

ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t813

-42

Logi

c Ru

le B

oole

an 2

null

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

-U

int8

13-4

3Lo

gic

Rule

Ope

rato

r 2

null

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

-U

int8

13-4

4Lo

gic

Rule

Boo

lean

3nu

ll2

set-

ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t813

-5*

Stat

es13

-51

SL C

ontr

olle

r Ev

ent

null

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

-U

int8

13-5

2SL

Con

trol

ler

Actio

nnu

ll2

set-

ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t8

8.3

.12

Smar

t Lo

gic

13

-**




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 201 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

14-0

* In

vert

er S

wit

chin

g14

-00

Switc

hing

Pat

tern

null

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

14-0

1Sw

itchi

ng F

requ

ency

null

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

14-0

3O

verm

odul

atio

n[1

] O

nAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t814

-04

PWM

Ran

dom

[0]

Off

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

14

-1*

Mai

ns

On

/Off

14-1

0Li

ne F

ailu

re[0

] N

o fu

nctio

nAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t814

-11

Line

Vol

tage

at

Line

Fau

ltEx

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

14-1

2Fu

nctio

n at

Mai

ns I

mba

lanc

e[3

] D

erat

eAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t814

-2*

Res

et F

un

ctio

ns

14-2

0Re

set

Mod

e[1

0] A

utom

atic

res

et x

10

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

14-2

1Au

tom

atic

Res

tart

Tim

e10

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

14-2

2O

pera

tion

Mod

e[0

] N

orm

al o

pera

tion

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

14-2

3Ty

peco

de S

ettin

gnu

ll2

set-

ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t814

-25

Trip

Del

ay a

t To

rque

Lim

it60

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t814

-26

Trip

Del

ay a

t In

vert

er F

ault

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int8

14-2

8Pr

oduc

tion

Sett

ings

[0]

No

actio

nAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t814

-29

Serv

ice

Code

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Int3

214

-3*

Cu

rren

t Li

mit

Ctr

l.14

-30

Curr

ent

Lim

Con

t, P

ropo

rtio

nal G

ain

100

%Al

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

Uin

t16

14-3

1Cu

rren

t Li

m C

ontr

, Int

egra

tion

Tim

e0.

020

sAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-3

Uin

t16

14-3

2Cu

rren

t Li

m C

trl,

Filte

r Ti

me

27.0

ms

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

-4U

int1

614

-4*

Ener

gy O

ptim

izin

g14

-40

VT L

evel

66 %

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int8

14-4

1AE

O M

inim

um M

agne

tizat

ion

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int8

14-4

2M

inim

um A

EO F

requ

ency

10 H

zAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t814

-43

Mot

or C

os-P

hiEx

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Uin

t16

14-5

* En

viro

nm

ent

14-5

0RFI

1[1

] O

n1

set-

upFA

LSE

-U

int8

14-5

2Fa

n Co

ntro

l[0

] Au

toAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t814

-53

Fan

Mon

itor

[1]

War

ning

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

14-5

5O

utpu

t Fi

lter

[0]

No

Filte

r1

set-

upFA

LSE

-U

int8

14-5

9Ac

tual

Num

ber

of I

nver

ter

Uni

tsEx

pres

sion

Lim

it1

set-

upFA

LSE

0U

int8

14-6

* A

uto

Der

ate

14-6

0Fu

nctio

n at

Ove

rtem

pera

ture

[1]

Der

ate

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

14-6

1Fu

nctio

n at

Inv

erte

r O

verlo

ad[1

] D

erat

eAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t814

-62

Inv.

Ove

rload

Der

ate

Curr

ent

95 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int1

614

-8*

Opt

ion

s14

-80

Opt

ion

Supp

lied

by E

xter

nal 2

4VD

C[0

] N

o2

set-

ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t8

8.3

.13

Spec

ial F

un

ctio

ns

14

-**




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 202 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

15-0

* O

pera

tin

g D

ata

15-0

0O

pera

ting

Hou

rs0

hAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E74

Uin

t32

15-0

1Ru

nnin

g H

ours

0 h

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

74U

int3

215

-02

kWh

Coun

ter

0 kW

hAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E75

Uin

t32

15-0

3Po

wer

-ups

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

Uin

t32

15-0

4O

ver

Tem

ps0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int1

615

-05

Ove

r Vo

lts0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int1

615

-06

Res

et k

Wh

Coun

ter

[0]

Do

not

rese

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t815

-07

Rese

t Ru

nnin

g H

ours

Cou

nter

[0]

Do

not

rese

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t815

-08

Num

ber

of S

tart

s0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int3

215

-1*

Dat

a Lo

g Se

ttin

gs15

-10

Logg

ing

Sour

ce0

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

-U

int1

615

-11

Logg

ing

Inte

rval

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

-3Ti

mD

15-1

2Tr

igge

r Ev

ent

[0]

FALS

E1

set-

upTR

UE

-U

int8

15-1

3Lo

ggin

g M

ode

[0]

Log

alw

ays

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

-U

int8

15-1

4Sa

mpl

es B

efor

e Tr

igge

r50

N/A

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

0U

int8

15-2

* H

isto

ric

Log

15-2

0H

isto

ric L

og:

Even

t0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int8

15-2

1H

isto

ric L

og:

Valu

e0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int3

215

-22

His

toric

Log

: Ti

me

0 m

sAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-3

Uin

t32

15-2

3H

isto

ric L

og:

Dat

e an

d Ti

me

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0Ti

meO

fDay

15-3

* A

larm

Log

15-3

0Al

arm

Log

: Er

ror

Code

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

Uin

t16

15-3

1Al

arm

Log

: Va

lue

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

Int1

615

-32

Alar

m L

og:

Tim

e0

sAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

Uin

t32

15-3

3Al

arm

Log

: D

ate

and

Tim

eEx

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

Tim

eOfD

ay15

-34

Alar

m L

og:

Setp

oint

0.00

0 Pr

oces

sCtr

lUni

tAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-3

Int3

215

-35

Alar

m L

og:

Feed

back

0.00

0 Pr

oces

sCtr

lUni

tAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-3

Int3

215

-36

Alar

m L

og:

Curr

ent

Dem

and

0 %

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int8

15-3

7Al

arm

Log

: Pr

oces

s Ct

rl U

nit

[0]

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

-U

int8

15-4

* D

rive

Ide

nti

fica

tion

15-4

0FC

Typ

e0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0Vi

sStr

[6]

15-4

1Po

wer

Sec

tion

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

VisS

tr[2

0]15

-42

Volta

ge0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0Vi

sStr

[20]

15-4

3So

ftw

are

Vers

ion

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

VisS

tr[5

]15

-44

Ord

ered

Typ

ecod

e St

ring

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

VisS

tr[4

0]15

-45

Actu

al T

ypec

ode

Strin

g0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0Vi

sStr

[40]

15-4

6Ad

j Fre

q D

r O

rder

ing

No.

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

VisS

tr[8

]15

-47

Pow

er C

ard

Ord

erin

g N

o.0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0Vi

sStr

[8]

15-4

8LC

P ID

Num

.0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0Vi

sStr

[20]

15-4

9SW

ID

Con

trol

Car

d0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0Vi

sStr

[20]

15-5

0SW

ID

Pow

er C

ard

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

VisS

tr[2

0]15

-51

Adj F

req

Dr

Seria

l No.

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

VisS

tr[1

0]15

-53

Pow

er C

ard

Seria

l Num

ber

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

VisS

tr[1

9]

8.3

.14

Adj

. Fre

q. D

rive

In

form

atio

n 1

5-*

*




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 203 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

15-6

* O

ptio

n I

den

t15

-60

Opt

ion

Mou

nted

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

VisS

tr[3

0]15

-61

Opt

ion

SW V

ersi

on0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0Vi

sStr

[20]

15-6

2O

ptio

n O

rder

ing

No

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

VisS

tr[8

]15

-63

Opt

ion

Seria

l No

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

VisS

tr[1

8]15

-70

Opt

ion

in S

lot

A0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0Vi

sStr

[30]

15-7

1Sl

ot A

Opt

ion

SW V

ersi

on0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0Vi

sStr

[20]

15-7

2O

ptio

n in

Slo

t B

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

VisS

tr[3

0]15

-73

Slot

B O

ptio

n SW

Ver

sion

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

VisS

tr[2

0]15

-74

Opt

ion

in S

lot

C00

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0Vi

sStr

[30]

15-7

5Sl

ot C

0 O

ptio

n SW

Ver

sion

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

VisS

tr[2

0]15

-76

Opt

ion

in S

lot

C10

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0Vi

sStr

[30]

15-7

7Sl

ot C

1 O

ptio

n SW

Ver

sion

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

VisS

tr[2

0]15

-9*

Par

amet

er I

nfo

15-9

2D

efin

ed P

aram

eter

s0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int1

615

-93

Mod

ified

Par

amet

ers

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

Uin

t16

15-9

8D

rive

Iden

tific

atio

n0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0Vi

sStr

[40]

15-9

9Pa

ram

eter

Met

adat

a0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int1

6




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 204 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

16

-0*

Gen

eral

Sta

tus

16-0

0Co

ntro

l Wor

d0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0V2

16-0

1Re

fere

nce

[Uni

t]0.

000

Ref

eren

ceFe

edba

ckU

nit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

16-0

2Ref

eren

ce %

0.0

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Int1

616

-03

Stat

us W

ord

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

V216

-05

Mai

n Ac

tual

Val

ue [

%]

0.00

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

N2

16-0

9Cu

stom

Rea

dout

0.00

Cus

tom

Rea

dout

Uni

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Int3

216

-1*

Mot

or S

tatu

s16

-10

Pow

er [

kW]

0.00

kW

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

1In

t32

16-1

1Po

wer

[hp

]0.

00 h

pAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Int3

216

-12

Mot

or v

olta

ge0.

0 V

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

616

-13

Freq

uenc

y0.

0 H

zAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Uin

t16

16-1

4M

otor

Cur

rent

0.00

AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Int3

216

-15

Freq

uenc

y [%

]0.

00 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2N

216

-16

Torq

ue [

Nm

]0.

0 N

mAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Int3

216

-17

Spee

d [R

PM]

0 RP

MAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E67

Int3

216

-18

Mot

or T

herm

al0

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t816

-22

Torq

ue [

%]

0 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0In

t16

16-3

* D

rive

Sta

tus

16-3

0D

C Li

nk V

olta

ge0

VAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

16-3

2Br

ake

Ener

gy /

s0.

000

kWAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t32

16-3

3Br

ake

Ener

gy /

2 m

in0.

000

kWAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t32

16-3

4H

eats

ink

Tem

p.0

°CAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E10

0U

int8

16-3

5In

vert

er T

herm

al0

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t816

-36

Inv.

Nom

. Cur

rent

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2U

int3

216

-37

Inv.

Max

. Cur

rent

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2U

int3

216

-38

SL C

ontr

olle

r St

ate

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t816

-39

Cont

rol C

ard

Tem

p.0

°CAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E10

0U

int8

16-4

0Lo

ggin

g Bu

ffer

Ful

l[0

] N

oAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t816

-5*

Ref

. & F

eedb

.16

-50

Exte

rnal

Ref

eren

ce0.

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Int1

616

-52

Feed

back

[U

nit]

0.00

0 Pr

oces

sCtr

lUni

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

216

-53

Dig

i Pot

Ref

eren

ce0.

00 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Int1

616

-54

Feed

back

1 [

Uni

t]0.

000

Proc

essC

trlU

nit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

16-5

5Fe

edba

ck 2

[U

nit]

0.00

0 Pr

oces

sCtr

lUni

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

216

-56

Feed

back

3 [

Uni

t]0.

000

Proc

essC

trlU

nit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

16-5

8PI

D O

utpu

t [%

]0.

0 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1In

t16

16-5

9Ad

just

ed S

etpo

int

0.00

0 Pr

oces

sCtr

lUni

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

2

8.3

.15

Dat

a R

eado

uts

16

-**




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 205 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

16-6

* In

puts

& O

utp

uts

16-6

0D

igita

l Inp

ut0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int1

616

-61

Term

inal

53

Switc

h Se

ttin

g[0

] Cu

rren

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t816

-62

Anal

og I

nput

53

0.00

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

216

-63

Term

inal

54

Switc

h Se

ttin

g[0

] Cu

rren

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t816

-64

Anal

og I

nput

54

0.00

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

216

-65

Anal

og O

utpu

t 42

[m

A]0.

000

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t16

16-6

6D

igita

l Out

put

[bin

]0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0In

t16

16-6

7Pu

lse

Inpu

t #

29 [

Hz]

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Int3

216

-68

Puls

e In

put

#33

[H

z]0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0In

t32

16-6

9Pu

lse

Out

put

#27

[H

z]0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0In

t32

16-7

0Pu

lse

Out

put

#29

[H

z]0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0In

t32

16-7

1Re

lay

Out

put

[bin

]0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int1

616

-72

Coun

ter

A0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0In

t32

16-7

3Co

unte

r B

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Int3

216

-75

Anal

og I

n X3

0/11

0.00

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

216

-76

Anal

og I

n X3

0/12

0.00

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

216

-77

Anal

og O

ut X

30/8

[m

A]0.

000

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t16

16-8

* Fi

eldb

us

& F

C P

ort

16-8

0Fi

eldb

us C

TW 1

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

V216

-82

Fiel

dbus

REF

10

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0N

216

-84

Com

m. O

ptio

n St

atus

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

V216

-85

FC P

ort

CTW

10

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0V2

16-8

6FC

Por

t REF

10

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0N

216

-9*

Dia

gnos

is R

eado

uts

16-9

0Al

arm

Wor

d0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int3

216

-91

Alar

m w

ord

20

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int3

216

-92

War

ning

Wor

d0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int3

216

-93

War

ning

wor

d 2

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t32

16-9

4Ex

t. S

tatu

s W

ord

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t32

16-9

5Ex

t. S

tatu

s W

ord

20

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int3

216

-96

Mai

nten

ance

Wor

d0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int3

2




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 206 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

18-0

* M

aint

enan

ce L

og18

-00

Mai

nten

ance

Log

: It

em0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int8

18-0

1M

aint

enan

ce L

og:

Actio

n0

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0U

int8

18-0

2M

aint

enan

ce L

og:

Tim

e0

sAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

Uin

t32

18-0

3M

aint

enan

ce L

og:

Dat

e an

d Ti

me

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

0Ti

meO

fDay

18-3

* In

puts

& O

utp

uts

18-3

0An

alog

Inp

ut X

42/1

0.00

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-3

Int3

218

-31

Anal

og I

nput

X42

/30.

000

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

-3In

t32

18-3

2An

alog

Inp

ut X

42/5

0.00

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-3

Int3

218

-33

Anal

og O

ut X

42/7

[V]

0.00

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-3

Int1

618

-34

Anal

og O

ut X

42/9

[V]

0.00

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-3

Int1

618

-35

Anal

og O

ut X

42/1

1 [V

]0.

000

N/A

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

-3In

t16

8.3

.16

Dat

a R

eado

uts

2 1

8-*

*




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 207 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

20-0

* Fe

edba

ck20

-00

Feed

back

1 S

ourc

e[2

] An

alog

inpu

t 54

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

20-0

1Fe

edba

ck 1

Con

vers

ion

[0]

Line

arAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t820

-02

Feed

back

1 S

ourc

e U

nit

null

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

20-0

3Fe

edba

ck 2

Sou

rce

[0]

No

func

tion

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

20-0

4Fe

edba

ck 2

Con

vers

ion

[0]

Line

arAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t820

-05

Feed

back

2 S

ourc

e U

nit

null

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

20-0

6Fe

edba

ck 3

Sou

rce

[0]

No

func

tion

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

20-0

7Fe

edba

ck 3

Con

vers

ion

[0]

Line

arAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t820

-08

Feed

back

3 S

ourc

e U

nit

null

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

20-1

2Ref

eren

ce/F

eedb

ack

Uni

tnu

llAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t820

-2*

Feed

back

/Set

poin

t20

-20

Feed

back

Fun

ctio

n[4

] M

axim

umAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t820

-21

Setp

oint

10.

000

Proc

essC

trlU

nit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

20-2

2Se

tpoi

nt 2

0.00

0 Pr

oces

sCtr

lUni

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

220

-23

Setp

oint

30.

000

Proc

essC

trlU

nit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

20-7

* P

ID A

uto

-tu

nin

g20

-70

Clos

ed-lo

op T

ype

[0]

Auto

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

-U

int8

20-7

1PI

D P

erfo

rman

ce[0

] N

orm

al2

set-

ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t820

-72

PID

Out

put

Chan

ge0.

10 N

/A2

set-

ups

TRU

E-2

Uin

t16

20-7

3M

inim

um F

eedb

ack

Leve

l-9

9999

9.00

0 Pr

oces

sCtr

lUni

t2

set-

ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

220

-74

Max

imum

Fee

dbac

k Le

vel

9999

99.0

00 P

roce

ssCt

rlUni

t2

set-

ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

220

-79

PID

Aut

o-tu

ning

[0]

Dis

able

dAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t820

-8*

PID

Bas

ic S

etti

ngs

20-8

1PI

D N

orm

al/

Inve

rse

Cont

rol

[0]

Nor

mal

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

20-8

2PI

D S

tart

Spe

ed [

RPM

]Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E67

Uin

t16

20-8

3PI

D S

tart

Spe

ed [

Hz]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

620

-84

On

Ref

eren

ce B

andw

idth

5 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int8

20-9

* P

ID C

ontr

olle

r20

-91

PID

Ant

i Win

dup

[1]

On

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

20-9

3PI

D P

ropo

rtio

nal G

ain

2.00

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2U

int1

620

-94

PID

Int

egra

l Tim

e8.

00 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2U

int3

220

-95

PID

Diff

eren

tiatio

n Ti

me

0.00

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Uin

t16

20-9

6PI

D D

iff. G

ain

Lim

it5.

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Uin

t16

8.3.

17

Adj

. Fre

q. D

rive

Clo

sed-

loop

20-

**




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 208 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

21-0

* Ex

t. C

L A

uto

tun

ing

21-0

0Cl

osed

-loop

Typ

e[0

] Au

to2

set-

ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t821

-01

PID

Per

form

ance

[0]

Nor

mal

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

-U

int8

21-0

2PI

D O

utpu

t Ch

ange

0.10

N/A

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

-2U

int1

621

-03

Min

imum

Fee

dbac

k Le

vel

-999

999.

000

N/A

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

-3In

t32

21-0

4M

axim

um F

eedb

ack

Leve

l99

9999

.000

N/A

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

-3In

t32

21-0

9PI

D A

uto

Tuni

ng[0

] D

isab

led

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

21-1

* Ex

t. C

L 1

Ref

./Fb

.21

-10

Ext.

1 R

ef./

Feed

back

Uni

t[0

]Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t821

-11

Ext.

1 M

inim

um R

efer

ence

0.00

0 Ex

tPID

1Uni

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

221

-12

Ext.

1 M

axim

um R

efer

ence

100.

000

ExtP

ID1U

nit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

21-1

3Ex

t. 1

Ref

eren

ce S

ourc

e[0

] N

o fu

nctio

nAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t821

-14

Ext.

1 F

eedb

ack

Sour

ce[0

] N

o fu

nctio

nAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t821

-15

Ext.

1 S

etpo

int

0.00

0 Ex

tPID

1Uni

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

221

-17

Ext.

1 R

efer

ence

[U

nit]

0.00

0 Ex

tPID

1Uni

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

221

-18

Ext.

1 F

eedb

ack

[Uni

t]0.

000

ExtP

ID1U

nit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

21-1

9Ex

t. 1

Out

put

[%]

0 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0In

t32

21-2

* Ex

t. C

L 1

PID

21-2

0Ex

t. 1

Nor

mal

/Inv

erse

Con

trol

[0]

Nor

mal

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

21-2

1Ex

t. 1

Pro

port

iona

l Gai

n0.

50 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Uin

t16

21-2

2Ex

t. 1

Int

egra

l Tim

e20

.00

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Uin

t32

21-2

3Ex

t. 1

Diff

eren

tatio

n Ti

me

0.00

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Uin

t16

21-2

4Ex

t. 1

Dif.

Gai

n Li

mit

5.0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

621

-3*

Ext.

CL

2 R

ef./

Fb.

21-3

0Ex

t. 2

Ref

./Fe

edba

ck U

nit

[0]

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

21-3

1Ex

t. 2

Min

imum

Ref

eren

ce0.

000

ExtP

ID2U

nit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

21-3

2Ex

t. 2

Max

imum

Ref

eren

ce10

0.00

0 Ex

tPID

2Uni

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

221

-33

Ext.

2 R

efer

ence

Sou

rce

[0]

No

func

tion

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

21-3

4Ex

t. 2

Fee

dbac

k So

urce

[0]

No

func

tion

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

21-3

5Ex

t. 2

Set

poin

t0.

000

ExtP

ID2U

nit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

21-3

7Ex

t. 2

Ref

eren

ce [

Uni

t]0.

000

ExtP

ID2U

nit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

21-3

8Ex

t. 2

Fee

dbac

k [U

nit]

0.00

0 Ex

tPID

2Uni

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

221

-39

Ext.

2 O

utpu

t [%

]0

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Int3

221

-4*

Ext.

CL

2 P

ID21

-40

Ext.

2 N

orm

al/I

nver

se C

ontr

ol[0

] N

orm

alAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t821

-41

Ext.

2 P

ropo

rtio

nal G

ain

0.50

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2U

int1

621

-42

Ext.

2 I

nteg

ral T

ime

20.0

0 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2U

int3

221

-43

Ext.

2 D

iffer

enta

tion

Tim

e0.

00 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2U

int1

621

-44

Ext.

2 D

if. G

ain

Lim

it5.

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Uin

t16

8.3

.18

Ext.

Clo

sed-

loop

21

-**




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 209 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

21-5

* Ex

t. C

L 3

Ref

./Fb

.21

-50

Ext.

3 R

ef./

Feed

back

Uni

t[0

]Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t821

-51

Ext.

3 M

inim

um R

efer

ence

0.00

0 Ex

tPID

3Uni

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

221

-52

Ext.

3 M

axim

um R

efer

ence

100.

000

ExtP

ID3U

nit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

21-5

3Ex

t. 3

Ref

eren

ce S

ourc

e[0

] N

o fu

nctio

nAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t821

-54

Ext.

3 F

eedb

ack

Sour

ce[0

] N

o fu

nctio

nAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t821

-55

Ext.

3 S

etpo

int

0.00

0 Ex

tPID

3Uni

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

221

-57

Ext.

3 R

efer

ence

[U

nit]

0.00

0 Ex

tPID

3Uni

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

221

-58

Ext.

3 F

eedb

ack

[Uni

t]0.

000

ExtP

ID3U

nit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

21-5

9Ex

t. 3

Out

put

[%]

0 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0In

t32

21-6

* Ex

t. C

L 3

PID

21-6

0Ex

t. 3

Nor

mal

/Inv

erse

Con

trol

[0]

Nor

mal

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

21-6

1Ex

t. 3

Pro

port

iona

l Gai

n0.

50 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Uin

t16

21-6

2Ex

t. 3

Int

egra

l Tim

e20

.00

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Uin

t32

21-6

3Ex

t. 3

Diff

eren

tatio

n Ti

me

0.00

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Uin

t16

21-6

4Ex

t. 3

Dif.

Gai

n Li

mit

5.0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

6




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 210 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

22-0

* M

isce

llan

eou

s22

-00

Exte

rnal

Int

erlo

ck D

elay

0 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int1

622

-2*

No-

Flow

Det

ecti

on22

-20

Low

Pow

er A

uto

Set-

up[0

] O

FFAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t822

-21

Low

Pow

er D

etec

tion

[0]

Dis

able

dAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t822

-22

Low

Spe

ed D

etec

tion

[0]

Dis

able

dAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t822

-23

No-

Flow

Fun

ctio

n[0

] O

FFAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t822

-24

No-

Flow

Del

ay10

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

22-2

6D

ry P

ump

Func

tion

[0]

OFF

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

22-2

7D

ry P

ump

Del

ay10

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

22-2

8N

o-Fl

ow L

ow S

peed

[RP

M]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

67U

int1

622

-29

No-

Flow

Low

Spe

ed [

Hz]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

622

-3*

No-

Flow

Pow

er T

un

ing

22-3

0N

o-Fl

ow P

ower

0.00

kW

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

1U

int3

222

-31

Pow

er C

orre

ctio

n Fa

ctor

100

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

22-3

2Lo

w S

peed

[RPM

]Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E67

Uin

t16

22-3

3Lo

w S

peed

[H

z]Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Uin

t16

22-3

4Lo

w S

peed

Pow

er [

kW]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

1U

int3

222

-35

Low

Spe

ed P

ower

[H

P]Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Uin

t32

22-3

6H

igh

Spee

d [R

PM]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

67U

int1

622

-37

Hig

h Sp

eed

[Hz]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

622

-38

Hig

h Sp

eed

Pow

er [

kW]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

1U

int3

222

-39

Hig

h Sp

eed

Pow

er [

HP]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2U

int3

222

-4*

Slee

p M

ode

22-4

0M

inim

um R

un T

ime

60 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int1

622

-41

Min

imum

Sle

ep T

ime

30 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int1

622

-42

Wak

e-up

Spe

ed [

RPM

]Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E67

Uin

t16

22-4

3W

ake-

up S

peed

[H

z]Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Uin

t16

22-4

4W

ake-

up R

ef./

FB D

iffer

ence

10 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0In

t822

-45

Setp

oint

Boo

st0

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Int8

22-4

6M

axim

um B

oost

Tim

e60

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

22-5

* En

d of

Cu

rve

22-5

0En

d of

Cur

ve F

unct

ion

[0]

OFF

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

22-5

1En

d of

Cur

ve D

elay

10 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int1

622

-6*

Bro

ken

Bel

t D

etec

tion

22-6

0Br

oken

Bel

t Fu

nctio

n[0

] O

FFAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t822

-61

Brok

en B

elt

Torq

ue10

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t822

-62

Brok

en B

elt

Del

ay10

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

22-7

* Sh

ort

Cyc

le P

rote

ctio

n22

-75

Shor

t Cy

cle

Prot

ectio

n[0

] D

isab

led

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

22-7

6In

terv

al b

etw

een

Star

tsst

art_

to_s

tart

_min

_on_

time

(P22

77)

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int1

622

-77

Min

imum

Run

Tim

e0

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

8.3

.19

App

licat

ion

Fu

nct

ion

s 2

2-*

*




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 211 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

22-8

* Fl

ow C

ompe

nsat

ion

22-8

0Fl

ow C

ompe

nsat

ion

[0]

Dis

able

dAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t822

-81

Squa

re-li

near

Cur

ve A

ppro

xim

atio

n10

0 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int8

22-8

2W

ork

Poin

t Ca

lcul

atio

n[0

] D

isab

led

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

22-8

3Sp

eed

at N

o-Fl

ow [

RPM

]Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E67

Uin

t16

22-8

4Sp

eed

at N

o-Fl

ow [

Hz]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

622

-85

Spee

d at

Des

ign

Poin

t [R

PM]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

67U

int1

622

-86

Spee

d at

Des

ign

Poin

t [H

z]Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Uin

t16

22-8

7Pr

essu

re a

t N

o-Fl

ow S

peed

0.00

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

222

-88

Pres

sure

at

Rate

d Sp

eed

9999

99.9

99 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

222

-89

Flow

at

Des

ign

Poin

t0.

000

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

22-9

0Fl

ow a

t Ra

ted

Spee

d0.

000

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 212 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

23-0

* Ti

med

Act

ion

s

23-0

0O

N T

ime

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

0Ti

meO

fDay

-W

oDat

e23

-01

ON

Act

ion

[0]

DIS

ABLE

D2

set-

ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t8

23-0

2O

FF T

ime

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

0Ti

meO

fDay

-W

oDat

e23

-03

OFF

Act

ion

[0]

DIS

ABLE

D2

set-

ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t823

-04

Occ

urre

nce

[0]

All d

ays

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

-U

int8

23-1

* M

aint

enan

ce23

-10

Mai

nten

ance

Ite

m[1

] M

otor

bea

rings

1 se

t-up

TRU

E-

Uin

t823

-11

Mai

nten

ance

Act

ion

[1]

Lubr

icat

e1

set-

upTR

UE

-U

int8

23-1

2M

aint

enan

ce T

ime

Base

[0]

Dis

able

d1

set-

upTR

UE

-U

int8

23-1

3M

aint

enan

ce T

ime

Inte

rval

1 h

1 se

t-up

TRU

E74

Uin

t32

23-1

4M

aint

enan

ce D

ate

and

Tim

eEx

pres

sion

Lim

it1

set-

upTR

UE

0Ti

meO

fDay

23-1

* M

aint

enan

ce R

eset

23-1

5Re

set

Mai

nten

ance

Wor

d[0

] D

o no

t re

set

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

23-1

6M

aint

enan

ce T

ext

0 N

/A1

set-

upTR

UE

0Vi

sStr

[20]

23-5

* En

ergy

Log

23-5

0En

ergy

Log

Res

olut

ion

[5]

Last

24

Hou

rs2

set-

ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t823

-51

Perio

d St

art

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

0Ti

meO

fDay

23-5

3En

ergy

Log

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t32

23-5

4Re

set

Ener

gy L

og[0

] D

o no

t re

set

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

23-6

* Tr

endi

ng

23-6

0Tr

end

Varia

ble

[0]

Pow

er [

kW]

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

-U

int8

23-6

1Co

ntin

uous

Bin

Dat

a0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int3

223

-62

Tim

ed B

in D

ata

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t32

23-6

3Ti

med

Per

iod

Star

tEx

pres

sion

Lim

it2

set-

ups

TRU

E0

Tim

eOfD

ay23

-64

Tim

ed P

erio

d St

opEx

pres

sion

Lim

it2

set-

ups

TRU

E0

Tim

eOfD

ay23

-65

Min

imum

Bin

Val

ueEx

pres

sion

Lim

it2

set-

ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t823

-66

Res

et C

ontin

uous

Bin

Dat

a[0

] D

o no

t re

set

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

23-6

7Re

set

Tim

ed B

in D

ata

[0]

Do

not

rese

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t823

-8*

Pay

back

Cou

nte

r23

-80

Pow

er R

efer

ence

Fac

tor

100

%2

set-

ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t823

-81

Ener

gy C

ost

1.00

N/A

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

-2U

int3

223

-82

Inve

stm

ent

0 N

/A2

set-

ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t32

23-8

3En

ergy

Sav

ings

0 kW

hAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E75

Int3

223

-84

Cost

Sav

ings

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Int3

2

8.3

.20

Tim

ed A

ctio

ns

23

-**




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 213 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

25-0

* Sy

stem

Set

tin

gs25

-00

Casc

ade

Cont

rolle

rnu

ll2

set-

ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t825

-02

Mot

or S

tart

[0]

Dire

ct o

n Li

ne2

set-

ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t825

-04

Pum

p Cy

clin

gnu

llAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t825

-05

Fixe

d Le

ad P

ump

null

2 se

t-up

sFA

LSE

-U

int8

25-0

6N

umbe

r O

f Pu

mps

2 N

/A2

set-

ups

FALS

E0

Uin

t825

-2*

Ban

dwid

th S

etti

ngs

25-2

0St

agin

g Ba

ndw

idth

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int8

25-2

1O

verr

ide

Band

wid

th10

0 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int8

25-2

2Fi

xed

Spee

d Ba

ndw

idth

casc

o_st

agin

g_ba

ndw

idth

(P2

520)

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int8

25-2

3SB

W S

tagi

ng D

elay

15 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int1

625

-24

SBW

De-

stag

ing

Del

ay15

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

25-2

5O

BW T

ime

10 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int1

625

-26

Des

tage

At

No-

Flow

[0]

Dis

able

dAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t825

-27

Stag

e Fu

nctio

nnu

llAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t825

-28

Stag

e Fu

nctio

n Ti

me

15 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int1

625

-29

Des

tage

Fun

ctio

nnu

llAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t825

-30

Des

tage

Fun

ctio

n Ti

me

15 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int1

625

-4*

Stag

ing

Sett

ings

25-4

0Ra

mp-

dow

n D

elay

10.0

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Uin

t16

25-4

1Ra

mp-

up D

elay

2.0

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Uin

t16

25-4

2St

agin

g Th

resh

old

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int8

25-4

3D

e-st

agin

g Th

resh

old

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int8

25-4

4St

agin

g Sp

eed

[RPM

]0

RPM

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

67U

int1

625

-45

Stag

ing

Spee

d [H

z]0.

0 H

zAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Uin

t16

25-4

6D

e-st

agin

g Sp

eed

[RPM

]0

RPM

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

67U

int1

625

-47

De-

stag

ing

Spee

d [H

z]0.

0 H

zAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Uin

t16

25-5

* A

lter

nat

ion

Set

tin

gs25

-50

Lead

Pum

p Al

tern

atio

nnu

llAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t825

-51

Alte

rnat

ion

Even

t[0

] Ex

tern

alAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t825

-52

Alte

rnat

ion

Tim

e In

terv

al24

hAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E74

Uin

t16

25-5

3Al

tern

atio

n Ti

mer

Val

ue0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0Vi

sStr

[7]

25-5

4Al

tern

atio

n Pr

edef

ined

Tim

eEx

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Tim

eOfD

ay-

WoD

ate

25-5

5Al

tern

ate

if Lo

ad <

50%

[1]

Enab

led

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

25-5

6St

agin

g M

ode

at A

ltern

atio

n[0

] Sl

owAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t825

-58

Run

Nex

t Pu

mp

Del

ay0.

1 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

625

-59

Run-

on L

ine

Del

ay0.

5 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

6

8.3

.21

Cas

cade

Con

trol

ler

25

-**




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 214 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

25-8

* St

atu

s25

-80

Casc

ade

Stat

us0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0Vi

sStr

[25]

25-8

1Pu

mp

Stat

us0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0Vi

sStr

[25]

25-8

2Le

ad P

ump

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t825

-83

Rela

y St

atus

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

VisS

tr[4

]25

-84

Pum

p O

N T

ime

0 h

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

74U

int3

225

-85

Rela

y O

N T

ime

0 h

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

74U

int3

225

-86

Rese

t Re

lay

Coun

ters

[0]

Do

not

rese

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t825

-9*

Serv

ice

25-9

0Pu

mp

Inte

rlock

[0]

Off

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

25-9

1M

anua

l Alte

rnat

ion

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t8




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 215 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

26-0

* A

nal

og I

/O M

ode

26-0

0Te

rmin

al X

42/1

Mod

e[1

] Vo

ltage

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

26-0

1Te

rmin

al X

42/3

Mod

e[1

] Vo

ltage

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

26-0

2Te

rmin

al X

42/5

Mod

e[1

] Vo

ltage

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

26-1

* A

nal

og I

npu

t X

42/1

26-1

0Te

rmin

al X

42/1

Low

Vol

tage

0.07

VAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Int1

626

-11

Term

inal

X42

/1 H

igh

Volta

ge10

.00

VAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Int1

626

-14

Term

. X42

/1 L

ow R

ef./

Feed

b. V

alue

0.00

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

226

-15

Term

. X42

/1 H

igh

Ref./F

eedb

. Val

ue10

0.00

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

226

-16

Term

. X42

/1 F

ilter

Tim

e Co

nsta

nt0.

001

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Uin

t16

26-1

7Te

rm. X

42/1

Liv

e Ze

ro[1

] En

able

dAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t826

-2*

An

alog

In

put

X42

/326

-20

Term

inal

X42

/3 L

ow V

olta

ge0.

07 V

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2In

t16

26-2

1Te

rmin

al X

42/3

Hig

h Vo

ltage

10.0

0 V

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2In

t16

26-2

4Te

rm. X

42/3

Low

Ref

./Fe

edb.

Val

ue0.

000

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

26-2

5Te

rm. X

42/3

Hig

h Re

f./F

eedb

. Va

lue

100.

000

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

26-2

6Te

rm. X

42/3

Filt

er T

ime

Cons

tant

0.00

1 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3U

int1

626

-27

Term

. X42

/3 L

ive

Zero

[1]

Enab

led

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

26-3

* A

nal

og I

npu

t X

42/5

26-3

0Te

rmin

al X

42/5

Low

Vol

tage

0.07

VAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Int1

626

-31

Term

inal

X42

/5 H

igh

Volta

ge10

.00

VAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Int1

626

-34

Term

. X42

/5 L

ow R

ef./

Feed

b. V

alue

0.00

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

226

-35

Term

. X42

/5 H

igh

Ref./F

eedb

. Val

ue10

0.00

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

226

-36

Term

. X42

/5 F

ilter

Tim

e Co

nsta

nt0.

001

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Uin

t16

26-3

7Te

rm. X

42/5

Liv

e Ze

ro[1

] En

able

dAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t826

-4*

An

alog

Ou

t X

42/7

26-4

0Te

rmin

al X

42/7

Out

put

[0]

No

oper

atio

nAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t826

-41

Term

inal

X42

/7 M

in. Sc

ale

0.00

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Int1

626

-42

Term

inal

X42

/7 M

ax. S

cale

100.

00 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2In

t16

26-4

3Te

rmin

al X

42/7

Bus

Con

trol

0.00

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

N2

26-4

4Te

rmin

al X

42/7

Tim

eout

Pre

set

0.00

%1

set-

upTR

UE

-2U

int1

626

-5*

An

alog

Ou

t X

42/9

26-5

0Te

rmin

al X

42/9

Out

put

[0]

No

oper

atio

nAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t826

-51

Term

inal

X42

/9 M

in. Sc

ale

0.00

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Int1

626

-52

Term

inal

X42

/9 M

ax. S

cale

100.

00 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2In

t16

26-5

3Te

rmin

al X

42/9

Bus

Con

trol

0.00

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

N2

26-5

4Te

rmin

al X

42/9

Tim

eout

Pre

set

0.00

%1

set-

upTR

UE

-2U

int1

626

-6*

An

alog

Ou

t X

42/1

126

-60

Term

inal

X42

/11

Out

put

[0]

No

oper

atio

nAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t826

-61

Term

inal

X42

/11

Min

. Sc

ale

0.00

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E-2

Int1

626

-62

Term

inal

X42

/11

Max

. Sc

ale

100.

00 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2In

t16

26-6

3Te

rmin

al X

42/1

1 Bu

s Co

ntro

l0.

00 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2N

226

-64

Term

inal

X42

/11

Tim

eout

Pre

set

0.00

%1

set-

upTR

UE

-2U

int1

6

8.3

.22

An

alog

I/O

Opt

ion

MC

B 1

09

26

-**




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 216 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

27-0

* C

ontr

ol &

Sta

tus

27-0

1Pu

mp

Stat

us[0

] Rea

dyAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t827

-02

Man

ual P

ump

Cont

rol

[0]

No

Ope

ratio

n2

set-

ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t827

-03

Curr

ent

Run

time

Hou

rs0

hAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E74

Uin

t32

27-0

4Pu

mp

Tota

l Life

time

Hou

rs0

hAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E74

Uin

t32

27-1

* C

onfi

gura

tion

27-1

0Ca

scad

e Co

ntro

ller

[0]

Dis

able

d2

set-

ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t827

-11

Num

ber

Of

Driv

es1

N/A

2 se

t-up

sFA

LSE

0U

int8

27-1

2N

umbe

r O

f Pu

mps

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

2 se

t-up

sFA

LSE

0U

int8

27-1

4Pu

mp

Capa

city

100

%2

set-

ups

FALS

E0

Uin

t16

27-1

6Ru

ntim

e Ba

lanc

ing

[0]

Bala

nced

Prio

rity

12

set-

ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t827

-17

Mot

or S

tart

ers

[0]

Dire

ct O

nlin

e2

set-

ups

FALS

E-

Uin

t827

-18

Spin

Tim

e fo

r U

nuse

d Pu

mps

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int1

627

-19

Rese

t Cu

rren

t Run

time

Hou

rs[0

] D

o no

t re

set

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

27-2

* B

andw

idth

Set

tin

gs27

-20

Nor

mal

Ope

ratin

g Ran

geEx

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t827

-21

Ove

rrid

e Li

mit

100

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t827

-22

Fixe

d Sp

eed

Onl

y O

pera

ting

Ran

geEx

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t827

-23

Stag

ing

Del

ay15

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

27-2

4D

esta

ging

Del

ay15

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

27-2

5O

verr

ide

Hol

d Ti

me

10 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int1

627

-27

Min

Spe

ed D

esta

ge D

elay

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int1

627

-3*

Stag

ing

Spee

d27

-30

Auto

Tun

e St

agin

g Sp

eeds

[1]

Enab

led

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

27-3

1St

age

On

Spee

d [R

PM]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

67U

int1

627

-32

Stag

e O

n Sp

eed

[Hz]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

627

-33

Stag

e O

ff S

peed

[RP

M]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

67U

int1

627

-34

Stag

e O

ff S

peed

[H

z]Ex

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Uin

t16

27-4

* St

agin

g Se

ttin

gs27

-40

Auto

Tun

e St

agin

g Se

ttin

gs[0

] D

isab

led

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

27-4

1Ra

mp

Dow

n D

elay

10.0

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Uin

t16

27-4

2Ra

mp

Up

Del

ay2.

0 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

627

-43

Stag

ing

Thre

shol

dEx

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t827

-44

Des

tagi

ng T

hres

hold

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int8

27-4

5St

agin

g Sp

eed

[RPM

]0

RPM

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

67U

int1

627

-46

Stag

ing

Spee

d [H

z]0.

0 H

zAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Uin

t16

27-4

7D

esta

ging

Spe

ed [

RPM

]0

RPM

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

67U

int1

627

-48

Des

tagi

ng S

peed

[H

z]0.

0 H

zAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Uin

t16

8.3

.23

Cas

cade

CTL

Opt

ion

27

-**




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 217 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

27-5

* A

lter

nat

e Se

ttin

gs27

-50

Auto

mat

ic A

ltern

atio

n[0

] D

isab

led

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

-U

int8

27-5

1Al

tern

atio

n Ev

ent

null

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

27-5

2Al

tern

atio

n Ti

me

Inte

rval

0 m

inAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E70

Uin

t16

27-5

3Al

tern

atio

n Ti

mer

Val

ue0

min

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

70U

int1

627

-54

Alte

rnat

ion

At T

ime

of D

ay[0

] D

isab

led

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

27-5

5Al

tern

atio

n Pr

edef

ined

Tim

eEx

pres

sion

Lim

itAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Tim

eOfD

ay-

WoD

ate

27-5

6Al

tern

ate

Capa

city

is <

0 %

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int8

27-5

8Run

Nex

t Pu

mp

Del

ay0.

1 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

627

-6*

Dig

ital

In

puts

27-6

0Te

rmin

al X

66/1

Dig

ital I

nput

[0]

No

oper

atio

nAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t827

-61

Term

inal

X66

/3 D

igita

l Inp

ut[0

] N

o op

erat

ion

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

27-6

2Te

rmin

al X

66/5

Dig

ital I

nput

[0]

No

oper

atio

nAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t827

-63

Term

inal

X66

/7 D

igita

l Inp

ut[0

] N

o op

erat

ion

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

27-6

4Te

rmin

al X

66/9

Dig

ital I

nput

[0]

No

oper

atio

nAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t827

-65

Term

inal

X66

/11

Dig

ital I

nput

[0]

No

oper

atio

nAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t827

-66

Term

inal

X66

/13

Dig

ital I

nput

[0]

No

oper

atio

nAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t827

-7*

Con

nec

tion

s27

-70

Rela

y[0

] St

anda

rd R

elay

2 se

t-up

sFA

LSE

-U

int8

27-9

* R

eado

uts

27-9

1Ca

scad

e Re

fere

nce

0.0

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E-1

Int1

627

-92

% O

f To

tal C

apac

ity0

%Al

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

27-9

3Ca

scad

e O

ptio

n St

atus

[0]

Dis

able

dAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t827

-94

Casc

ade

Syst

em S

tatu

s0

N/A

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0Vi

sStr

[25]




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 218 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

29-0

* P

ipe

Fill

29-0

0Pi

pe F

ill E

nabl

e[0

] D

isab

led

2 se

t-up

sFA

LSE

-U

int8

29-0

1Pi

pe F

ill S

peed

[RP

M]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

67U

int1

629

-02

Pipe

Fill

Spe

ed [

Hz]

Expr

essi

onLi

mit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-1U

int1

629

-03

Pipe

Fill

Tim

e0.

00 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-2U

int3

229

-04

Pipe

Fill

Rat

e0.

001

Proc

essC

trlU

nit

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-3In

t32

29-0

5Fi

lled

Setp

oint

0.00

0 Pr

oces

sCtr

lUni

tAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-3

Int3

2

8.3

.24

Wat

er A

pplic

atio

n F

un

ctio

ns

29

-**




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 219 of 253

Par.

No.

#Pa

ram

eter

des

crip

tion

Def

ault

valu

e4-

set-

upCh

ange

dur

ing

oper

-at

ion

Conv

er-

sion

inde

xTy

pe

31-0

0By

pass

Mod

e[0

] D

rive

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

-U

int8

31-0

1By

pass

Sta

rt T

ime

Del

ay30

sAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E0

Uin

t16

31-0

2By

pass

Trip

Tim

e D

elay

0 s

All s

et-u

psTR

UE

0U

int1

631

-03

Test

Mod

e Ac

tivat

ion

[0]

Dis

able

dAl

l set

-ups

TRU

E-

Uin

t831

-10

Bypa

ss S

tatu

s W

ord

0 N

/AAl

l set

-ups

FALS

E0

V231

-11

Bypa

ss R

unni

ng H

ours

0 h

All s

et-u

psFA

LSE

74U

int3

231

-19

Rem

ote

Bypa

ss A

ctiv

atio

n[0

] D

isab

led

2 se

t-up

sTR

UE

-U

int8

8.3

.25

Byp

ass

Opt

ion

31

-**




8


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 220 of 253

9 Troubleshooting

9.1 Alarms and WarningsA warning or an alarm is signaled by the relevant LED on the front of the adjustable frequency drive and indicated by a code on the display.

A warning remains active until its cause is no longer present. Under certain circumstances operation of the motor may still be continued. Warning messages

may be critical, but are not necessarily so.

In the event of an alarm, the adjustable frequency drive will have tripped. Alarms must be reset to restart operation once their cause has been rectified.

This may be done in four ways:

1. By using the [RESET] control button on the LCP control panel.

2. Via a digital input with the “Reset” function.

3. Via serial communication/optional serial communication bus.

4. By resetting automatically using the [Auto Reset] function, which is a default setting for VLT AQUA Drive, see par. 14-20 Reset Mode in VLT

AQUA Drive Programming Guide

NOTE!

After a manual reset using the [RESET] button on the LCP, the [AUTO ON] or [HAND ON] button must be pressed to restart the motor.

If an alarm cannot be reset, the reason may be that its cause has not been rectified, or the alarm is trip-locked (see also table on following page).

Alarms that are trip-locked offer additional protection, means that the line power supply must be switched off before the alarm can be reset. After being

switched back on, the adjustable frequency drive is no longer blocked and may be reset as described above, once the cause has been rectified.

Alarms that are not trip-locked can also be reset using the automatic reset function in par. 14-20 Reset Mode (Warning: automatic wake-up is possible!)

If a warning and alarm is marked against a code in the table on the following page, this means that either a warning occurs before an alarm, or it can

be specified whether it is a warning or an alarm that is to be displayed for a given fault.

This is possible, for instance, in par. 1-90 Motor Thermal Protection. After an alarm or trip, the motor carries on coasting, and the alarm and warning

flash on the adjustable frequency drive. Once the problem has been rectified, only the alarm continues flashing.

VLT AQUA DriveInstruction Manual 9 Troubleshooting


9


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 221 of 253

No. Description Warning Alarm/Trip Alarm/Trip Lock Parameter Reference1 10 Volts low X 2 Live zero error (X) (X) 6-013 No motor (X) 1-804 Line phase loss (X) (X) (X) 14-125 DC link voltage high X 6 DC link voltage low X 7 DC overvolt X X 8 DC undervolt X X 9 Inverter overloaded X X 10 Motor ETR overtemperature (X) (X) 1-9011 Motor thermistor overtemperature (X) (X) 1-9012 Torque limit X X 13 Overcurrent X X X 14 Ground fault X X X 15 Hardware mismatch X X 16 Short Circuit X X 17 Control word timeout (X) (X) 8-0423 Internal Fan Fault X 24 External Fan Fault X 14-5325 Brake resistor short-circuited X 26 Brake resistor power limit (X) (X) 2-1327 Brake chopper short-circuited X X 28 Brake check (X) (X) 2-1529 Drive overtemperature X X X 30 Motor phase U missing (X) (X) (X) 4-5831 Motor phase V missing (X) (X) (X) 4-5832 Motor phase W missing (X) (X) (X) 4-5833 Soft-charge fault X X 34 Serial communication fault X X 35 Out of frequency ranges X X 36 Line failure X X 37 Phase Imbalance X X 39 Heatsink sensor X X 40 Overload of Digital Output Terminal 27 (X) 5-00, 5-0141 Overload of Digital Output Terminal 29 (X) 5-00, 5-0242 Overload of Digital Output On X30/6 (X) 5-3242 Overload of Digital Output On X30/7 (X) 5-3346 Pwr. card supply X X 47 24 V supply low X X X 48 1.8 V supply low X X 49 Speed limit X 50 AMA calibration failed X 51 AMA check Unom and Inom X 52 AMA low Inom X 53 AMA motor too big X 54 AMA motor too small X 55 AMA parameter out of range X 56 AMA interrupted by user X 57 AMA timeout X 58 AMA internal fault X X 59 Current limit X 60 External Interlock X 62 Output Frequency at Maximum Limit X 64 Voltage Limit X 65 Control Board Overtemperature X X X 66 Heatsink Temperature Low X 67 Option Configuration has Changed X 68 Safe Stop Activated X1) 69 Pwr. Card Temp X X 70 Illegal FC configuration X 71 PTC 1 Safe Stop X X1) 72 Dangerous Failure X1) 73 Safe Stop Auto Restart 76 Power Unit Set-up X 79 Illegal PS config X X 80 Drive Initialized to Default Value X 91 Analog input 54 wrong settings X 92 NoFlow X X 22-2*93 Dry Pump X X 22-2*94 End of Curve X X 22-5*95 Broken Belt X X 22-6*96 Start Delayed X 22-7*97 Stop Delayed X 22-7*98 Clock Fault X 0-7*

Table 9.1: Alarm/Warning code list

9 TroubleshootingVLT AQUA Drive

Instruction Manual


9


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 222 of 253

No. Description Warning Alarm/Trip Alarm/Trip Lock Parameter Reference220 Overload Trip X 243 Brake IGBT X X 244 Heatsink temp X X X 245 Heatsink sensor X X 246 Pwr.card supply X X 247 Pwr.card temp X X 248 Illegal PS config X X 250 New spare part X 251 New Type Code X X

Table 9.2: Alarm/Warning code list

(X) Dependent on parameter

1) Cannot be auto reset via par. 14-20 Reset Mode

A trip is the action when an alarm has appeared. The trip will coast the motor and can be reset by pressing the reset button or make a reset by a digital

input (Par. 5-1* [1]). The original event that caused an alarm cannot damage the adjustable frequency drive or cause dangerous conditions. A trip lock

is an action that occurs in conjunction with an alarm, which may cause damage to the adjustable frequency drive or connected parts. A trip lock situation

can only be reset by power cycling.

LED indicationWarning yellowAlarm flashing red

Trip locked yellow and red

Alarm Word and Extended Status WordBit Hex Dec Alarm Word Warning Word Extended Status Word0 00000001 1 Brake Check Brake Check Ramping1 00000002 2 Pwr. Card Temp Pwr. Card Temp AMA Running2 00000004 4 Ground Fault Ground Fault Start CW/CCW3 00000008 8 Ctrl.Card Temp Ctrl.Card Temp Slow Down4 00000010 16 Ctrl. Word TO Ctrl. Word TO Catch Up5 00000020 32 Overcurrent Overcurrent Feedback High6 00000040 64 Torque Limit Torque Limit Feedback Low7 00000080 128 Motor Th Over Motor Th Over Output Current High8 00000100 256 Motor ETR Over Motor ETR Over Output Current Low9 00000200 512 Inverter Overld. Inverter Overld. Output Freq High10 00000400 1024 DC undervolt DC undervolt Output Freq Low11 00000800 2048 DC overvolt DC overvolt Brake Check OK12 00001000 4096 Short Circuit DC Voltage Low Braking Max13 00002000 8192 Soft-charge Fault DC Voltage High Braking14 00004000 16384 Line ph. Loss Line ph. Loss Out of Speed Range15 00008000 32768 AMA Not OK No Motor OVC Active16 00010000 65536 Live Zero Error Live Zero Error 17 00020000 131072 Internal Fault 10 V Low 18 00040000 262144 Brake Overload Brake Overload 19 00080000 524288 U phase Loss Brake Resistor 20 00100000 1048576 V phase Loss Brake IGBT 21 00200000 2097152 W phase Loss Speed Limit 22 00400000 4194304 Serial Communication

FaultSerial Communication Fault

23 00800000 8388608 24 V Supply Low 24V Supply Low 24 01000000 16777216 Line Failure Line Failure 25 02000000 33554432 1.8 V Supply Low Current Limit 26 04000000 67108864 Brake Resistor Low Temp 27 08000000 134217728 Brake IGBT Voltage Limit 28 10000000 268435456 Option Change Unused 29 20000000 536870912 Drive Initialized Unused 30 40000000 1073741824 Safe Stop Unused

Table 9.3: Description of Alarm Word, Warning Word and Extended Status Word

The alarm words, warning words and extended status words can be read out via serial bus or optional serial communication bus for diagnosis. See also

par. 16-90 Alarm Word, par. 16-92 Warning Word and par. 16-94 Ext. Status Word.



9


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 223 of 253

9.1.1 Fault Messages

WARNING 1, 10 Volts low:

The 10 V voltage from terminal 50 on the control card is below 10 V.

Remove some of the load from terminal 50, as the 10 V supply is over-

loaded. Max. 15 mA or minimum 590 .

WARNING/ALARM 2, Live zero error:

The signal on terminal 53 or 54 is less than 50% of the value set in

par. 6-10 Terminal 53 Low Voltage, par. 6-12 Terminal 53 Low Current,

par. 6-20 Terminal 54 Low Voltage, or par. 6-22 Terminal 54 Low Cur-

rent respectively.

WARNING/ALARM 3, No motor:

No motor has been connected to the output of the adjustable frequency

drive.

WARNING/ALARM 4, Mains phs. loss:

A phase is missing on the supply side, or the line voltage imbalance is too

high.

This message also appears in case of a fault in the input rectifier on the

adjustable frequency drive.

Check the supply voltage and supply currents to the adjustable frequency

drive.

WARNING 5, DC link voltage high:

The intermediate circuit voltage (DC) is higher than the overvoltage limit

of the control system. The adjustable frequency drive is still active.

WARNING 6, DC link voltage low:

The intermediate circuit voltage (DC) is below the undervoltage limit of

the control system. The adjustable frequency drive is still active.

WARNING/ALARM 7, DC overvoltage:

If the intermediate circuit voltage exceeds the limit, the adjustable fre-

quency drive trips after a time.

Possible corrections:

Select Over Voltage Control function in par. 2-17 Over-voltage

Control

Connect a brake resistor

Extend the ramp time

Activate functions in par. 2-10 Brake Function

Increase par. 14-26 Trip Delay at Inverter Fault

Selecting OVC function will extend the ramp times.

Alarm/warning limits:

Voltage Range 3 x 200–240 VAC

3 x 380–500 VAC

3 x 550–600 VAC

[VDC] [VDC] [VDC]Undervoltage 185 373 532Voltage warn-ing low 205 410 585

Voltage warn-ing high (w/obrake - w/brake)

390/405 810/840 943/965

Overvoltage 410 855 975The voltages stated are the intermediate circuit voltage of the ad-justable frequency drive with a tolerance of ± 5%. The correspond-ing AC line voltage is the intermediate circuit voltage (DC link)divided by 1.35.

WARNING/ALARM 8, DC undervoltage:

If the intermediate circuit voltage (DC) drops below the “voltage warning

low” limit (see table above), the adjustable frequency drive checks if 24

V backup supply is connected.

If no 24 V backup supply is connected, the adjustable frequency drive

trips after a given time depending on the unit.

To check whether the supply voltage matches the adjustable frequency

drive, see 3.1 General Specifications.

WARNING/ALARM 9, Inverter overloaded:

The adjustable frequency drive is about to cut out because of an overload

(too high current for too long). The counter for electronic, thermal inver-

ter protection gives a warning at 98% and trips at 100%, while giving an

alarm. You cannot reset the adjustable frequency drive until the counter

is below 90%.

The fault is that the adjustable frequency drive is overloaded by more

than nominal current for too long.

WARNING/ALARM 10, Motor ETR overtemperature:

According to the electronic thermal protection (ETR), the motor is too hot.

You can choose if you want the adjustable frequency drive to give a

warning or an alarm when the counter reaches 100% in par. 1-90 Motor

Thermal Protection. The fault is that the motor is overloaded by more

than nominal current for too long. Make sure that the motor

par. 1-24 Motor Current is set correctly.

WARNING/ALARM 11, Motor thermistor overtemp:

The thermistor or the thermistor connection is disconnected. You can

choose if you want the adjustable frequency drive to give a warning or

an alarm in par. 1-90 Motor Thermal Protection. Check that the thermistor

is connected correctly between terminal 53 or 54 (analog voltage input)

and terminal 50 (+ 10 Volts supply), or between terminal 18 or 19 (digital

input PNP only) and terminal 50. If a KTY sensor is used, check for correct

connection between terminal 54 and 55.

WARNING/ALARM 12, Torque limit:

The torque is higher than the value in par. 4-16 Torque Limit Motor

Mode (in motor operation) or the torque is higher than the value in

par. 4-17 Torque Limit Generator Mode (in regenerative operation).

WARNING/ALARM 13, Overcurrent:

The inverter peak current limit (approx. 200% of the rated current) is

exceeded. The warning will last approx. 8-12 sec., then the adjustable

frequency drive trips and issues an alarm. Turn off the adjustable fre-

quency drive and check if the motor shaft can be turned and if the motor

size matches the adjustable frequency drive.

ALARM 14, Ground fault:

There is a discharge from the output phases to ground, either in the cable

between the adjustable frequency drive and the motor or in the motor

itself.

Turn off the adjustable frequency drive and remove the ground fault.

ALARM 15, Incomplete hardware:

A fitted option is not handled by the present control board (hardware or

software).


Instruction Manual


9


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 224 of 253

ALARM 16, Short-circuit:

There is short-circuiting in the motor or on the motor terminals.

Turn off the adjustable frequency drive and remove the short-circuit.

WARNING/ALARM 17, Control word timeout:

There is no communication to the adjustable frequency drive.

The warning will only be active when par. 8-04 Control Timeout Func-

tion is NOT set to OFF.

If par. 8-04 Control Timeout Function is set to Stop and Trip, a warning

appears and the adjustable frequency drive ramps down to zero speed,

while giving an alarm.

par. 8-03 Control Timeout Time could possibly be increased.

WARNING 23, Internal fans:

External fans have failed due to defect hardware or fans not mounted.

WARNING 24, External fan fault:

The fan warning function is an extra protection function that checks if the

fan is running / mounted. The fan warning can be disabled in

par. 14-53 Fan Monitor, [0] Disabled.

WARNING 25, Brake resistor short-circuited:

The brake resistor is monitored during operation. If it short-circuits, the

brake function is disconnected and the warning appears. The adjustable

frequency drive still works, but without the brake function. Turn off the

adjustable frequency drive and replace the brake resistor (see

par. 2-15 Brake Check).

ALARM/WARNING 26, Brake resistor power limit:

The power transmitted to the brake resistor is calculated as a percentage,

as a mean value over the last 120 s, on the basis of the resistance value

of the brake resistor (par. 2-11 Brake Resistor (ohm)) and the intermedi-

ate circuit voltage. The warning is active when the dissipated braking

energy is higher than 90%. If Trip [2] has been selected in

par. 2-13 Brake Power Monitoring, the adjustable frequency drive cuts

out and issues this alarm, when the dissipated braking energy is higher

than 100%.

WARNING/ALARM 27, Brake chopper fault:

The brake transistor is monitored during operation and if it short-circuits,

the brake function disconnects and the warning comes up. The adjustable

frequency drive is still able to run, but since the brake transistor has short-

circuited, substantial power is transmitted to the brake resistor, even if it

is inactive.

Turn off the adjustable frequency drive and remove the brake resistor.

Warning: There is a risk of substantial power being

transmitted to the brake resistor if the brake transistor

is short-circuited.

ALARM/WARNING 28, Brake check failed:

Brake resistor fault: the brake resistor is not connected/working.

WARNING/ALARM 29, Drive overtemperature:

If the enclosure is IP00 or IP20/Nema1, the cut-out temperature of the

heatsink is 194°F [90°C]. If IP54 is used, the cut-out temperature is

176°F [80°C].

The fault could be:

- Ambient temperature too high

- Too long motor cable

ALARM 30, Motor phase U missing:

Motor phase U between the adjustable frequency drive and the motor is

missing.

Turn off the adjustable frequency drive and check motor phase U.

ALARM 31, Motor phase V missing:

Motor phase V between the adjustable frequency drive and the motor is

missing.

Turn off the adjustable frequency drive and check motor phase V.

ALARM 32, Motor phase W missing:

Motor phase W between the adjustable frequency drive and the motor is

missing.

Turn off the adjustable frequency drive and check motor phase W.

ALARM 33, Inrush fault:

Too many power-ups have occurred within a short time period. See the

chapter General Specifications for the allowed number of power-ups

within one minute.

WARNING/ALARM 34, Fieldbus communication fault:

The serial communication bus on the communication option card is not

working.

WARNING/ALARM 35, Option Fault:

Option fault. Please contact your supplier.

WARNING/ALARM 36, Mains failure:

This warning/alarm is only active if the supply voltage to the adjustable

frequency drive is lost and parameter 14-10 is NOT set to OFF. Possible

correction: check the fuses to the adjustable frequency drive

WARNING/ALARM 37, Phase Imbalance:

There is a current imbalance between the power units.

ALARM 39, Heatsink Sensor:

No feedback from the heatsink sensor.

WARNING 40, Overload of Digital Output Terminal 27

Check the load connected to terminal 27 or remove short-circuit connec-

tion. Check parameters 5-00 and 5-01.

WARNING 41, Overload of Digital Output Terminal 29:

Check the load connected to terminal 29 or remove short-circuit connec-

tion. Check parameters 5-00 and 5-02.

WARNING 42, Overload of Digital Output On X30/6:

Check the load connected to X30/6 or remove short-circuit connection.

Check parameter 5-32.

WARNING 42, Overload of Digital Output On X30/7:

Check the load connected to X30/7 or remove short-circuit connection.

Check parameter 5-33.

ALARM 46, Pwr. card supply:

The supply on the power card is out of range.

WARNING 47, 24 V supply low:

The external 24 V DC backup power supply may be overloaded, otherwise

contact your Danfoss supplier.



9


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 225 of 253

ALARM 48, 1.8 V supply low:

Contact your Danfoss supplier.

WARNING 49, Speed limit:

The speed has been limited by range in par. 4-11 Motor Speed Low Limit

[RPM] and par. 4-13 Motor Speed High Limit [RPM].

ALARM 50, AMA calibration failed:


ALARM 51, AMA check Unom and Inom:

The setting of motor voltage, motor current, and motor power is pre-

sumably wrong. Check the settings.

ALARM 52, AMA low Inom:

The motor current is too low. Check the settings.

ALARM 53, AMA motor too big:

The motor is too big for the AMA to be carried out.

ALARM 54, AMA motor too small:

The motor is too small for the AMA to be carried out.

ALARM 55, AMA par. out of range:

The par. values found from the motor are outside acceptable range.

ALARM 56, AMA interrupted by user:

The AMA has been interrupted by the user.

ALARM 57, AMA timeout:

Try to start the AMA again a number of times, until the AMA is carried

out. Please note that repeated runs may heat the motor to a level where

the resistances Rs and Rr are increased. In most cases, however, this is

not critical.

WARNING/ALARM 58, AMA internal fault:


WARNING 59, Current limit:

The current is higher than the value in par. 4-18 Current Limit.

WARNING 60, External Interlock:

External Interlock has been activated. To resume normal operation, apply

24 VDC to the terminal programmed for External Interlock and reset the

adjustable frequency drive (via Bus, Digital I/O or by pressing [Reset]).

WARNING 62, Output Frequency at Maximum Limit:

The output frequency is limited by the value set in par. 4-19 Max Output

Frequency

WARNING/ALARM/TRIP 65, Control Card Overtemperature:

Control card overtemperature: The cut-out temperature of the control

card is 176°F (80°C).

WARNING 66, Low Temp.:

The heatsink temperature is measured to be low. This could indicate that

the temperature sensor is defective and thus the fan speed is increased

to the maximum in case the power part or control card is very hot.

ALARM 67, Option Configuration has Changed:

One or more options has either been added or removed since the last

power-down.

ALARM 68, Safe Stop:

Safe Stop has been activated. To resume normal operation, apply 24 VDC

to terminal 37, then send a reset signal (via Bus, Digital I/O or by pressing

[Reset]).

ALARM 69, Pwr. Card Temp:

Power card overtemperature

WARNING 76, Power Unit Set-up:

The required number of power units does not match the detected number

of active power units.

ALARM 70, Illegal Adjustable Frequency Drive Configuration:

Actual combination of control board and power board is illegal.

ALARM 90, Feedback Mon.:

ALARM 92, No-Flow:

A no load situation has been detected for the system. See parameter

group 22-2*.

ALARM 93, Dry Pump:

A no-flow situation and high speed indicates that the pump has run dry.

See parameter group 22-2*

ALARM 94, End of Curve:

Feedback stays lower than the setpoint, which may indicate a leakage in

the pipe system. See parameter group 22-5*

ALARM 95, Broken Belt:

Torque is below the torque level set for no load indicating a broken belt.

See parameter group 22-6*

ALARM 96, Start Delayed:

Start of the motor has been delayed due to short cycle protection being

active. See parameter group 22-7*.

ALARM 220, Overload Trip:

Motor overload has tripped. Indicates excess motor load. Check motor

and driven load. To reset press the "Off Reset" key. Then, to restart the

system, press the "Auto On" or "Hand On" key.

WARNING/ALARM 243, Brake IGBT:

The brake transistor is short-circuited or the brake function is disconnec-

ted. Turn off the adjustable frequency drive as a fire precaution. Report

value indicates source of alarm (from left): 1-4 Inverter 5-8 Rectifier.

WARNING/ALARM 244, Heatsink Temp:

Drive heatsink overtemperature: Report value indicates source of alarm

(from left): 1-4 Inverter 5-8 Rectifier.

ALARM 245, Heatsink Sensor:

No feedback from the heatsink sensor. Report value indicates source of

alarm (from left): 1-4 Inverter 5-8 Rectifier.

ALARM 246, Pwr. Card Supply:

The supply on the power card is out of range. Report value indicates

source of alarm (from left): 1-4 Inverter 5-8 Rectifier.

ALARM 247, Pwr. Card Temp:

Power card overtemperature. Report value indicates source of alarm

(from left): 1-4 Inverter 5-8 Rectifier.

ALARM 248, Illegal PS Config:

Power size configuration fault on the power card. Report value indicates

source of alarm (from left): 1-4 Inverter 5-8 Rectifier.


Instruction Manual


9


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 226 of 253

ALARM 250, New Spare Part:

The power or switch mode power supply has been exchanged. The ad-

justable frequency drive type code must be restored in the EEPROM.

Select the correct type code in Par 14-23 according to the label on unit.

Remember to select ‘Save to EEPROM’ to complete.

ALARM 251, New Type Code:

The adjustable frequency drive has a new type code.



9


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 227 of 253


Instruction Manual


9


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 228 of 253

10 Specifications

10.1 General Specifications

VLT AQUA DriveInstruction Manual 10 Specifications


10


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 229 of 253

Lin

e P

ower

Su

pply

1 x

20

0–

24

0 V

AC

- N

orm

al o

verl

oad

11

0%

for

1 m

inu

teAd

just

able

fre

quen

cy d

rive

Typi

cal S

haft

Out

put

[kW

]P1

K11.

1P1

K51.

5P2

K22.

2P3

K03.

0P3

K73.

7P5

K55.

5P7

K57.

5P1

5K 15P2

2K 22

Typi

cal S

haft

Out

put

[HP]

at

240

V1.

52.

02.

94.

04.

97.

510

2030

IP 2

0 /

Chas

sis

A3

--

--

--

--

IP 2

1 /

NEM

A 1

-

B1B1

B1B1

B1B2

C1C2

IP 5

5 /

NEM

A 12

A5

B1B1

B1B1

B1B2

C1C2

IP 6

6

A5B1

B1B1

B1B1

B2C1

C2O

utp

ut c

urr

ent

Cont

inuo

us(3

x 2

00–2

40 V

) [A

]6.

67.

510

.612

.516

.724

.230

.859

.488

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

200

–240

V)

[A]

7.3

8.3

11.7

13.8

18.4

26.6

33.4

65.3

96.8

Cont

inuo

us k

VA(2

08 V

AC)

[kV

A]

5.00

6.40

12.2

718

.30

Max

. cab

le s

ize:

(line

pow

er, m

otor

, bra

ke)

[[m

m2 /

AW

G]

2)0.

2-4

/ 4-

1010

/735

/250

/1/0

95/4

/0

Max

. inp

ut c

urr

ent

Cont

inuo

us(1

x 2

00–2

40 V

) [A

]12

.515

20.5

2432

4659

111

172

Inte

rmitt

ent

(1 x

200

–240

V)

[A]

13.8

16.5

22.6

26.4

35.2

50.6

64.9

122.

118

9.2

Max

. pre

-fus

es1)

[A]

2030

4040

6080

100

150

200

Envi

ronm

ent

Estim

ated

pow

er lo

ssat

rat

ed m

ax. l

oad

[W]

4)44

3044

6074

110

150

300

440

Wei

ght

encl

osur

e IP

20

[kg]

4.9

--

--

--

--

Wei

ght

encl

osur

e IP

21

[kg]

-23

2323

2323

2745

65W

eigh

t en

clos

ure

IP 5

5 [k

g]-

2323

2323

2327

4565

Wei

ght

encl

osur

e IP

66

[kg]

-23

2323

2323

2745

65Ef

ficie

ncy

3)0.

968

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

10.1

.1Li

ne

Pow

er S

upp

ly 1

x 2

00–

240

V A

C10 Specifications



10


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 230 of 253

Nor

mal

ove

rloa

d 11

0%

for

1 m

inu

teIP

20

/ N

EMA

Chas

sis

A2

A2A2

A2A2

A2A2

A3A3

IP 2

1 /

NEM

A 1

A2

A2A2

A2A2

A2A2

A3A3

IP 5

5 /

NEM

A 12

A5

A5A5

A5A5

A5A5

A5A5

IP 6

6

A5A5

A5A5

A5A5

A5A5

A5Li

ne

pow

er s

upp

ly 2

00–2

40

V A

CAd

just

able

fre

quen

cy d

rive

Typi

cal S

haft

Out

put

[kW

]PK

250.

25PK

370.

37PK

550.

55PK

750.

75P1

K11.

1P1

K51.

5P2

K22.

2P3

K0 3P3

K73.

7Ty

pica

l Sha

ft O

utpu

t [H

P] a

t 20

8 V

0.25

0.37

0.55

0.75

1.5

2.0

2.9

4.0

4.9

Ou

tput

cu

rren

t

Cont

inuo

us(3

x 2

00–2

40 V

) [A

]1.

82.

43.

54.

66.

67.

510

.612

.516

.7

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

200

–240

V)

[A]

1.98

2.64

3.85

5.06

7.26

8.3

11.7

13.8

18.4

Cont

inuo

uskV

A (2

08 V

AC)

[kV

A]0.

650.

861.

261.

662.

382.

703.

824.

506.

00

Max

. cab

le s

ize:

(line

pow

er, m

otor

, bra

ke)

[mm

2 /A

WG

] 2)

0.00

031–

0.00

62 in

2 [0

.2–4

mm

2 ] /

4–1

0 AW

G

Max

. inp

ut c

urr

ent

Cont

inuo

us(3

x 2

00–2

40 V

) [A

]1.

62.

23.

24.

15.

96.

89.

511

.315

.0

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

200

–240

V)

[A]

1.7

2.42

3.52

4.51

6.5

7.5

10.5

12.4

16.5

Max

. pr

e-fu

ses1

) [A]

1010

1010

2020

2032

32En

viro

nmen

tEs

timat

ed p

ower

loss

at r

ated

max

. loa

d [W

] 4)

2129

4254

6382

116

155

185

Wei

ght

encl

osur

e IP

20 [

kg]

4.9

4.9

4.9

4.9

4.9

4.9

4.9

6.6

6.6

Wei

ght

encl

osur

e IP

21 [

kg]

5.5

5.5

5.5

5.5

5.5

5.5

5.5

7.5

7.5

Wei

ght

encl

osur

e IP

55 [

kg]

13.5

13.5

13.5

13.5

13.5

13.5

13.5

13.5

13.5

Wei

ght

encl

osur

e IP

66 [

kg]

13.5

13.5

13.5

13.5

13.5

13.5

13.5

13.5

13.5

Effic

ienc

y 3)

0.94

0.94

0.95

0.95

0.96

0.96

0.96

0.96

0.96

10

.1.2

Lin

e P

ower

Su

pply

3 x

20

0–

24

0 V

AC



10


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 231 of 253

Lin

e po

wer

su

pply

3 x

20

0–

24

0 V

AC

- N

orm

al o

verl

oad

110

% f

or 1

min

ute

IP 2

0 /

NEM

A Ch

assi

s(B

3+4

and

C3+

4 m

ay b

e co

nver

ted

to I

P21

usin

g a

conv

ersi

on k

it (P

leas

e co

ntac

t D

anfo

ss)

B3B3

B3B4

B4C3

C3C4

C4

IP 2

1 /

NEM

A 1

B1

B1B1

B2C1

C1C1

C2C2

IP 5

5 /

NEM

A 12

B1

B1B1

B2C1

C1C1

C2C2

IP 6

6

B1B1

B1B2

C1C1

C1C2

C2Ad

just

able

fre

quen

cy d

rive

Typi

cal S

haft

Out

put

[kW

]P5

K55.

5P7

K57.

5P1

1K 11P1

5K 15P1

8K18

.5P2

2K 22P3

0K 30P3

7K 37P4

5K 45Ty

pica

l Sha

ft O

utpu

t [H

P] a

t 20

8 V

7.5

1015

2025

3040

5060

Ou

tput

cu

rren

tCo

ntin

uous

(3 x

200

–240

V)

[A]

24.2

30.8

46.2

59.4

74.8

88.0

115

143

170

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

200

–240

V)

[A]

26.6

33.9

50.8

65.3

82.3

96.8

127

157

187

Cont

inuo

uskV

A (2

08 V

AC)

[kV

A]8.

711

.116

.621

.426

.931

.741

.451

.561

.2

Max

. cab

le s

ize:

(line

pow

er, m

otor

, bra

ke)

[mm

2 /A

WG

] 2)

10/7

35/2

50/1

/095

/4/0

120/

250

MCM

Max

. inp

ut c

urr

ent

Cont

inuo

us(3

x 2

00–2

40 V

) [A

]22

.028

.042

.054

.068

.080

.010

4.0

130.

015

4.0

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

200

–240

V)

[A]

24.2

30.8

46.2

59.4

74.8

88.0

114.

014

3.0

169.

0

Max

. pre

-fus

es1)

[A]

6363

6380

125

125

160

200

250

Envi

ronm

ent:

Estim

ated

pow

er lo

ssat

rat

ed m

ax. l

oad

[W]

4)26

931

044

760

273

784

511

4013

5316

36

Wei

ght

encl

osur

e IP

20 [

kg]

1212

1223

.523

.535

3550

50W

eigh

t en

clos

ure

IP21

[kg

]23

2323

2745

4565

6565

Wei

ght

encl

osur

e IP

55 [

kg]

2323

2327

4545

6565

65W

eigh

t en

clos

ure

IP66

[kg

]23

2323

2745

4565

6565

Effic

ienc

y 3)

0.96

0.96

0.96

0.96

0.96

0.97

0.97

0.97

0.97

10 SpecificationsVLT AQUA Drive

Instruction Manual


10


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 232 of 253

Lin

e P

ower

Su

pply

1x

380

V A

C -

Nor

mal

ove

rloa

d 11

0% f

or 1

min

ute

Adju

stab

le f

requ

ency

driv

eTy

pica

l Sha

ft O

utpu

t [k

W]

P7K5

7.5

P11K 11

P18K

18.5

P37K 37

Typi

cal S

haft

Out

put

[HP]

at

460

V10

1525

50IP

21

/ N

EMA

1

B1B2

C1C2

IP 5

5 /

NEM

A 12

B1

B2C1

C2IP

66

B1

B2C1

C2O

utp

ut c

urr

ent

Cont

inuo

us(3

x 3

80–4

40 V

) [A

]16

2437

.573

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

380

–440

V)

[A]

17.6

26.4

41.2

80.3

Cont

inuo

us(3

x 4

41–4

80 V

) [A

]14

.521

3465

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

441

–480

V)

[A]

15.4

23.1

37.4

71.5

Cont

inuo

us k

VA(4

00 V

AC)

[kV

A]11

.016

.626

50.6

Cont

inuo

us k

VA(4

60 V

AC)

[kV

A]11

.616

.727

.151

.8

Max

. cab

le s

ize:

(line

pow

er, m

otor

, bra

ke)

[[m

m2 /

AW

G]

2)10

/735

/250

/1/0

120/

4/0

Max

. inp

ut c

urr

ent

Cont

inuo

us(1

x 3

80–4

40 V

) [A

]33

4878

151

Inte

rmitt

ent

(1 x

380

–440

V)

[A]

3653

85.8

166

Cont

inuo

us(1

x 4

41–4

80 V

) [A

]30

4172

135

Inte

rmitt

ent

(1 x

441

–480

V)

[A]

3346

79.2

148

Max

. pr

e-fu

ses1

) [A]

6380

160

250

Envi

ronm

ent

Estim

ated

pow

er lo

ssat

rat

ed m

ax. l

oad

[W]

4)30

044

074

014

80

Wei

ght

encl

osur

e IP

21

[kg]

2327

4565

Wei

ght

encl

osur

e IP

55

[kg]

2327

4565

Wei

ght

encl

osur

e IP

66

[kg]

2327

4565

Effic

ienc

y 3)

0.96

0.96

0.96

0.96

10.1

.3Li

ne

Pow

er S

upp

ly 1

x 3

80–

480

V A

C



10


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 233 of 253

Lin

e P

ower

Su

pply

3 x

38

0–

48

0 V

AC

- N

orm

al o

verl

oad

11

0%

for

1 m

inu

teAd

just

able

fre

quen

cy d

rive

Typi

cal S

haft

Out

put

[kW

]PK

370.

37PK

550.

55PK

750.

75P1

K11.

1P1

K51.

5P2

K22.

2P3

K0 3P4

K0 4P5

K55.

5P7

K57.

5Ty

pica

l Sha

ft O

utpu

t [H

P] a

t 46

0 V

0.5

0.75

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.9

4.0

5.3

7.5

10IP

20

/ N

EMA

Chas

sis

A2A2

A2A2

A2A2

A2A2

A3A3

IP 2

1 /

NEM

A 1

IP

55

/ N

EMA

12

A5A5

A5A5

A5A5

A5A5

A5A5

IP 6

6

A5A5

A5A5

A5A5

A5A5

AAA5

Ou

tput

cu

rren

tCo

ntin

uous

(3 x

380

–440

V)

[A]

1.3

1.8

2.4

34.

15.

67.

210

1316

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

380

–440

V)

[A]

1.43

1.98

2.64

3.3

4.5

6.2

7.9

1114

.317

.6

Cont

inuo

us(3

x 4

41–4

80 V

) [A

]1.

21.

62.

12.

73.

44.

86.

38.

211

14.5

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

441

–480

V)

[A]

1.32

1.76

2.31

3.0

3.7

5.3

6.9

9.0

12.1

15.4

Cont

inuo

us k

VA(4

00 V

AC)

[kV

A]0.

91.

31.

72.

12.

83.

95.

06.

99.

011

.0

Cont

inuo

us k

VA(4

60 V

AC)

[kV

A]0.

91.

31.

72.

42.

73.

85.

06.

58.

811

.6

Max

. cab

le s

ize:

(line

pow

er, m

otor

, br

ake)

[[m

m2 /

AW

G]

2)4/

10

Max

. inp

ut c

urr

ent

Cont

inuo

us(3

x 3

80–4

40 V

) [A

]1.

21.

62.

22.

73.

75.

06.

59.

011

.714

.4

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

380

–440

V)

[A]

1.32

1.76

2.42

3.0

4.1

5.5

7.2

9.9

12.9

15.8

Cont

inuo

us(3

x 4

41–4

80 V

) [A

]1.

01.

41.

92.

73.

14.

35.

77.

49.

913

.0

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

441

–480

V)

[A]

1.1

1.54

2.09

3.0

3.4

4.7

6.3

8.1

10.9

14.3

Max

. pre

-fus

es1)

[A]

1010

1010

1020

2020

3030

Envi

ronm

ent

Estim

ated

pow

er lo

ssat

rat

ed m

ax. l

oad

[W]

4)35

4246

5862

8811

612

418

725

5

Wei

ght

encl

osur

e IP

20 [

kg]

4.7

4.7

4.8

4.8

4.9

4.9

4.9

4.9

6.6

6.6

Wei

ght

encl

osur

e IP

21

[kg]

Wei

ght

encl

osur

e IP

55

[kg]

13.5

13.5

13.5

13.5

13.5

13.5

13.5

13.5

14.2

14.2

Wei

ght

encl

osur

e IP

66

[kg]

13.5

13.5

13.5

13.5

13.5

13.5

13.5

13.5

14.2

14.2

Effic

ienc

y 3)

0.93

0.95

0.96

0.96

0.97

0.97

0.97

0.97

0.97

0.97

10.1

.4Li

ne

Pow

er S

upp

ly 3

x 3

80–

480

V A

C


Instruction Manual


10


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 234 of 253

Lin

e P

ower

Su

pply

3 x

38

0–

48

0 V

AC

- N

orm

al o

verl

oad

11

0%

for

1 m

inu

teAd

just

able

fre

quen

cy d

rive

Typi

cal S

haft

Out

put

[kW

]P1

1K 11P1

5K 15P1

8K18

.5P2

2K 22P3

0K 30P3

7K 37P4

5K 45P5

5K 55P7

5K 75P9

0K 90

Typi

cal S

haft

Out

put

[HP]

at

460

V15

2025

3040

5060

7510

012

5IP

20

/ N

EMA

Chas

sis

(B3+

4 an

d C3

+4

may

be

conv

erte

d to

IP2

1 us

ing

a co

nver

sion

kit

(Ple

ase

cont

act

Dan

foss

)B3

B3B3

B4B4

B4C3

C3C4

C4

IP 2

1 /

NEM

A 1

B1

B1B1

B2B2

C1C1

C1C2

C2IP

55

/ N

EMA

12

B1B1

B1B2

B2C1

C1C1

C2C2

IP 6

6

B1B1

B1B2

B2C1

C1C1

C2C2

Ou

tput

cu

rren

tCo

ntin

uous

(3 x

380

–440

V)

[A]

2432

37.5

4461

7390

106

147

177

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

380

–440

V)

[A]

26.4

35.2

41.3

48.4

67.1

80.3

9911

716

219

5

Cont

inuo

us(3

x 4

41–4

80 V

) [A

]21

2734

4052

6580

105

130

160

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

441

–480

V)

[A]

23.1

29.7

37.4

4461

.671

.588

116

143

176

Cont

inuo

us k

VA(4

00 V

AC)

[kV

A]16

.622

.226

30.5

42.3

50.6

62.4

73.4

102

123

Cont

inuo

us k

VA(4

60 V

AC)

[kV

A]16

.721

.527

.131

.941

.451

.863

.783

.710

412

8

Max

. ca

ble

size

:(li

ne p

ower

, mot

or, b

rake

)[[

mm

2 / A

WG

] 2)

10/7

35/2

50/1

/012

0/4/

012

0/4/

0

Max

. inp

ut c

urr

ent

Cont

inuo

us(3

x 3

80–4

40 V

) [A

]22

2934

4055

6682

9613

316

1

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

380

–440

V)

[A]

24.2

31.9

37.4

4460

.572

.690

.210

614

617

7

Cont

inuo

us(3

x 4

41–4

80 V

) [A

]19

2531

3647

5973

9511

814

5

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

441

–480

V)

[A]

20.9

27.5

34.1

39.6

51.7

64.9

80.3

105

130

160

Max

. pr

e-fu

ses1

) [A]

6363

6363

8010

012

516

025

025

0En

viro

nmen

tEs

timat

ed p

ower

loss

at r

ated

max

. loa

d [W

] 4)

278

392

465

525

698

739

843

1083

1384

1474

Wei

ght

encl

osur

e IP

20 [

kg]

1212

1223

.523

.523

.535

3550

50W

eigh

t en

clos

ure

IP 2

1 [k

g]23

2323

2727

4545

4565

65W

eigh

t en

clos

ure

IP 5

5 [k

g]23

2323

2727

4545

4565

65W

eigh

t en

clos

ure

IP 6

6 [k

g]23

2323

2727

4545

4565

65Ef

ficie

ncy

3)0.

980.

980.

980.

980.

980.

980.

980.

980.

980.

99



10


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 235 of 253

Nor

mal

ove

rloa

d 11

0%

for

1 m

inu

teAd

just

able

fre

quen

cy d

rive

Typi

cal S

haft

Out

put

[kW

] at

400

VP1

1011

0P1

3213

2P1

6016

0P2

0020

0P2

5025

0P3

1531

5P3

5535

5P4

0040

0P4

5045

0P5

0050

0P5

6056

0P6

3063

0P7

1071

0P8

0080

0P1

M0

1000

Typi

cal S

haft

Out

put

[HP]

at

460V

150

200

250

300

350

450

500

550

600

700

750

900

1000

1200

1350

IP 0

0

D3

D3

D4

D4

D4

E2E2

E2E2

F1/F

3F1

/F3

F1/F

3F1

/F3

F2/F

4F2

/F4

IP 2

1 /

Nem

a 1

D

1D

1D

2D

2D

2E1

E1E1

E1F1

/F3

F1/F

3F1

/F3

F1/F

3F2

/F4

F2/F

4IP

54

/ N

ema

12

D1

D1

D2

D2

D2

E1E1

E1E1

F1/F

3F1

/F3

F1/F

3F1

/F3

F2/F

4F2

/F4

Ou

tput

cu

rren

tCo

ntin

uous

(3

x 38

0-44

0 V)

[A]

212

260

315

395

480

600

658

745

800

880

990

1120

1260

1460

1720

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

380

-440

V)

[A]

233

286

347

435

528

660

724

820

880

968

1089

1232

1386

1606

1892

Cont

inuo

us (

3 x

441–

480

V) [

A]19

024

030

236

144

354

059

067

873

078

089

010

5011

6013

8015

30In

term

itten

t (3

x 4

41–4

80 V

) [A

]20

926

433

239

748

759

464

974

680

385

897

911

5512

7615

1816

83Co

ntin

uous

kVA

(40

0 V

AC)

[kVA

]14

718

021

827

433

341

645

651

655

461

068

677

687

310

1211

92Co

ntin

uous

kVA

(46

0 V

AC)

[kVA

]15

119

124

128

835

343

047

054

058

262

170

983

792

411

0012

19M

ax. c

able

siz

e:

(mot

or,)

[m

m2 /

AW

G2)

]2x

702x

2/0

2x18

52x

300

mcm

4x24

04x

500

mcm

8x15

08x

300

mcm

12x1

5012

x300

mcm

(li

ne p

ower

) [m

m2 /

AW

G2)

]2x

702x

2/0

2x18

52x

300

mcm

4x24

04x

500

mcm

8x24

08x

500

mcm

(lo

adsh

arin

g) [

mm

2 / A

WG

2)]

2x70

2x2/

02x

185

2x30

0 m

cm4x

240

4x50

0 m

cm4x

120

4x25

0 m

cm

(b

rake

) [m

m2 /

AW

G2)

]2x

702x

2/0

2x18

52x

300

mcm

2x18

52x

350

mcm

4x18

54x

350

mcm

6x18

56x

350

mcm

Max

. inp

ut c

urr

ent

Cont

inuo

us (

3 x

380-

440

V) [

A]20

425

130

438

146

359

064

773

378

785

796

410

9012

2714

2216

75Co

ntin

uous

(3

x 44

1–48

0 V)

[A]

183

231

291

348

427

531

580

667

718

759

867

1022

1129

1344

1490

Max

. pr

e-fu

ses1

) [A]

300

350

400

500

630

700

900

900

900

1600

1600

2000

2000

2500

2500

Envi

ronm

ent:

Estim

ated

pow

er lo

ss a

t 40

0 V

ACat

rat

ed m

ax. l

oad

[W]

4)32

3437

8242

1351

1958

9367

9077

0188

7996

7010

647

1233

813

201

1543

618

084

2035

8

Estim

ated

pow

er lo

ss a

t 46

0 V

ACat

rat

ed m

ax. l

oad

[W]

4)29

4736

6540

6346

5256

3460

8269

5380

8988

0394

1411

006

1235

314

041

1713

717

752

Wei

ght

encl

osur

e IP

00 [

kg]

8291

112

123

138

221

234

236

277

--

--

--

Wei

ght

encl

osur

e IP

21

[kg]

9610

412

513

615

126

327

027

231

310

0410

0410

0410

0412

4612

46W

eigh

t en

clos

ure

IP 5

4 [k

g]96

104

125

136

151

263

270

272

313

1299

1299

1299

1299

1541

1541

Effic

ienc

y 3)

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

1) F

or t

ype

of f

use

see

sect

ion

Fuse

s2)

Am

eric

an W

ire G

auge

3) M

easu

red

usin

g 16

ft

[5 m

] sh

ield

ed m

otor

cab

les

at r

ated

load

and

rat

ed f

requ

ency

4) T

he t

ypic

al p

ower

loss

is a

t no

rmal

load

con

ditio

ns a

nd e

xpec

ted

to b

e w

ithin

+/-

15%

(to

lera

nce

rela

tes

to v

arie

ty in

vol

tage

and

cab

le c

ondi

tions

).Va

lues

are

bas

ed o

n a

typi

cal m

otor

eff

icie

ncy

(eff

2/ef

f3 b

orde

r lin

e). L

ower

eff

icie

ncy

mot

ors

will

als

o ad

d to

the

pow

er lo

ss in

the

adj

usta

ble

freq

uenc

y dr

ive

and

vice

ver

sa.

If t

he s

witc

hing

fre

quen

cy is

rai

sed

from

nom

inal

, the

pow

er lo

sses

may

ris

e si

gnifi

cant

ly.

LCP

and

typi

cal c

ontr

ol c

ard

pow

er c

onsu

mpt

ions

are

incl

uded

. Fur

ther

opt

ions

and

cus

tom

er lo

ad m

ay a

dd u

p to

30

W t

o th

e lo

sses

. (Th

ough

typ

ical

ly o

nly

4 W

ext

ra f

or a

ful

ly lo

aded

con

trol

car

d or

opt

ions

for

slot

A o

r sl

ot B

, eac

h).

Alth

ough

mea

sure

men

ts a

re m

ade

with

sta

te o

f th

e ar

t eq

uipm

ent,

som

e m

easu

rem

ent

inac

cura

cy m

ust

be a

llow

ed f

or (

+/-

5%

).


Instruction Manual


10


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 236 of 253

Nor

mal

ove

rloa

d 11

0%

for

1 m

inu

teSi

ze:

PK75

P1K1

P1K5

P2K2

P3K0

P4K0

P5K5

P7K5

P11K

P15K

P18K

P22K

P30K

P37K

P45K

P55K

P75K

P90K

Typi

cal S

haft

Out

put

[kW

]0.

751.

11.

52.

23

45.

57.

511

1518

.522

3037

4555

7590

IP 2

0 /

NEM

A Ch

assi

sA2

A2A2

A2A2

A2A3

A3B3

B3B3

B4B4

B4C3

C3C4

C4IP

21

/ N

EMA

1A2

A2A2

A2A2

A2A3

A3B1

B1B1

B2B2

B2C1

C1C2

C2IP

55

/ N

EMA

12A5

A5A5

A5A5

A5A5

A5B1

B1B1

B2B2

B2C1

C1C2

C2IP

66

A5A5

A5A5

A5A5

A5A5

B1B1

B1B2

B2B2

C1C1

C2C2

Ou

tput

cu

rren

tCo

ntin

uous

(3 x

525

–550

V)

[A]

1.8

2.6

2.9

4.1

5.2

6.4

9.5

11.5

1923

2836

4354

6587

105

137

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

525

–550

V)

[A]

2.9

3.2

4.5

5.7

7.0

10.5

12.7

2125

3140

4759

7296

116

151

Cont

inuo

us(3

x 5

25–6

00 V

) [A

]1.

72.

42.

73.

94.

96.

19.

011

.018

2227

3441

5262

8310

013

1

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

525

–600

V)

[A]

2.6

3.0

4.3

5.4

6.7

9.9

12.1

2024

3037

4557

6891

110

144

Cont

inuo

us k

VA (

525

V AC

)[k

VA]

1.7

2.5

2.8

3.9

5.0

6.1

9.0

11.0

18.1

21.9

26.7

34.3

4151

.461

.982

.910

013

0.5

Cont

inuo

us k

VA (

575

V AC

)[k

VA]

1.7

2.4

2.7

3.9

4.9

6.1

9.0

11.0

17.9

21.9

26.9

33.9

40.8

51.8

61.7

82.7

99.6

130.

5

Max

. cab

le s

ize

(line

pow

er, m

otor

, bra

ke)

[AW

G]

2) [

mm

2 ]

24 -

10

AWG

0.2

- 4

6 162 35

1 503/

095

5)

Max

. inp

ut c

urr

ent

Cont

inuo

us(3

x 5

25–6

00 V

) [A

]1.

72.

42.

74.

15.

25.

88.

610

.417

.220

.925

.432

.739

4959

78.9

95.3

124.

3

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

525

–600

V)

[A]

2.7

3.0

4.5

5.7

6.4

9.5

11.5

1923

2836

4354

6587

105

137

Max

. pr

e-fu

ses1

) [A]

1010

1020

2020

3232

4040

5060

8010

015

016

022

525

0En

viro

nmen

t:Es

timat

ed p

ower

loss

at r

ated

max

. loa

d [W

] 4)

3550

6592

122

145

195

261

225

285

329

460

560

740

860

890

1020

1130

Wei

ght

[kg]

:En

clos

ure

IP20

6.5

6.5

6.5

6.5

6.5

6.5

6.6

6.6

1212

1223

.523

.523

.535

3550

50Ef

ficie

ncy

4)0.

970.

970.

970.

970.

970.

970.

970.

970.

980.

980.

980.

980.

980.

980.

980.

980.

980.

98

Tabl

e 10

.1:

5) M

otor

and

line

cab

le:

300M

CM/1

50m

m2

10

.1.5

Lin

e P

ower

Su

pply

3 x

52

5–

60

0 V

AC



10


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 237 of 253

Nor

mal

ove

rloa

d 1

10

% f

or 1

min

ute

Size

:P1

1KP1

5KP1

8KP2

2KP3

0KP3

7KP4

5KP5

5KP7

5KP9

0KTy

pica

l Sha

ft O

utpu

t [k

W]

1115

18.5

2230

3745

5575

90Ty

pica

l Sha

ft O

utpu

t [H

P] a

t 57

5 V

1016

.420

.124

3340

5060

7510

0IP

21

/ N

EMA

1B2

B2B2

B2B2

C2C2

C2C2

C2IP

55

/ N

EMA

12B2

B2B2

B2B2

C2C2

C2C2

C2O

utp

ut c

urr

ent

Cont

inuo

us(3

x 5

25–5

50 V

) [A

]14

1923

2836

4354

6587

105

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

525

–550

V)

[A]

15.4

20.9

25.3

30.8

39.6

47.3

59.4

71.5

95.7

115.

5

Cont

inuo

us(3

x 5

51–6

90 V

) [A

]13

1822

2734

4152

6283

100

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

551

–690

V)

[A]

14.3

19.8

24.2

29.7

37.4

45.1

57.2

68.2

91.3

110

Cont

inuo

us k

VA (

550

V AC

) [k

VA]

13.3

18.1

21.9

26.7

34.3

4151

.461

.982

.910

0Co

ntin

uous

kVA

(57

5 V

AC)

[kVA

]12

.917

.921

.926

.933

.840

.851

.861

.782

.799

.6Co

ntin

uous

kVA

(69

0 V

AC)

[kVA

]15

.521

.526

.332

.340

.649

62.1

74.1

99.2

119.

5M

ax. c

able

siz

e(li

ne p

ower

, mot

or, b

rake

)[m

m2 ]

/[AW

G]

2)

35 1/0

95 4/0

Max

. inp

ut c

urr

ent

Cont

inuo

us(3

x 5

25–6

90 V

) [A

]15

19.5

2429

3649

5971

8799

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

525

–690

V)

[A]

16.5

21.5

26.4

31.9

39.6

53.9

64.9

78.1

95.7

108.

9

Max

. pr

e-fu

ses1

) [A]

6363

6363

8010

012

516

016

016

0En

viro

nmen

t:Es

timat

ed p

ower

loss

at r

ated

max

. loa

d [W

] 4)

201

285

335

375

430

592

720

880

1200

1440

Wei

ght:

IP21

[kg

]27

2727

2727

6565

6565

65

IP55

[kg

]27

2727

2727

6565

6565

65

Effic

ienc

y 4)

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

Tabl

e 10

.2:

5) M

otor

and

line

cab

le:

300M

CM/1

50m

m2

10

.1.6

Lin

e P

ower

Su

pply

3 x

52

5–

69

0 V

AC


Instruction Manual


10


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 238 of 253

Nor

mal

ove

rloa

d 11

0%

for

1 m

inu

teAd

just

able

fre

quen

cy d

rive

Typi

cal S

haft

Out

put

[kW

]P4

5K 45P5

5K 55P7

5K 75P9

0K 90P1

1011

0P1

3213

2P1

6016

0P2

0020

0P2

5025

0P3

1531

5P4

0040

0P4

5045

0P5

0050

0P5

6056

0P6

3063

0P7

1071

0P8

0080

0P9

0090

0P1

M0

1000

P1M

212

00Ty

pica

l Sha

ft O

utpu

t [H

P] a

t 57

5 V

5060

7510

012

515

020

025

030

035

040

045

050

060

065

075

095

010

5011

5013

50IP

00

D

3D

3D

3D

3D

3D

3D

3D

4D

4D

4D

4E2

E2E2

E2-

--

--

IP 2

1 /

Nem

a 1

D

1D

1D

1D

1D

1D

1D

1D

2D

2D

2D

2E1

E1E1

E1F1

/F3

6)F1

/F3

6)F1

/F3

6)F2

/F4

6)F2

/F4

6)

IP 5

4 /

Nem

a 12

D

1D

1D

1D

1D

1D

1D

1D

2D

2D

2D

2E1

E1E1

E1F1

/F3

6)F1

/F3

6)F1

/F3

6)F1

/F3

6)F1

/F3

6)

Ou

tput

cu

rren

tCo

ntin

uous

(3

x 55

0 V)

[A]

5676

9011

313

716

220

125

330

336

041

847

052

359

663

076

388

998

811

0813

17In

term

itten

t (3

x 5

50 V

) [A

]62

8499

124

151

178

221

278

333

396

460

517

575

656

693

839

978

1087

1219

1449

Cont

inuo

us (

3 x

690

V) [

A]54

7386

108

131

155

192

242

290

344

400

450

500

570

630

730

850

945

1060

1260

Inte

rmitt

ent

(3 x

690

V)

[A]

5980

9511

914

417

121

126

631

937

844

049

555

062

769

380

393

510

4011

6613

86Co

ntin

uous

kVA

(55

0 V

AC)

[kVA

]53

7286

108

131

154

191

241

289

343

398

448

498

568

600

727

847

941

1056

1255

Cont

inuo

us k

VA (

575

V AC

) [k

VA]

5473

8610

813

015

419

124

128

934

339

844

849

856

862

772

784

794

110

5612

55Co

ntin

uous

kVA

(69

0 V

AC)

[kVA

]65

8710

312

915

718

522

928

934

741

147

853

859

868

175

387

210

1611

2912

6715

06M

ax. c

able

siz

e:

(line

pow

er)

[mm

2 / A

WG

] 2)

2x70

2x2/

02x

185

2x30

0 m

cm4x

240

4x50

0 m

cm8x

240

8x50

0 m

cm8x

240

8x50

0 m

cm

(Mot

or)

[mm

2 / A

WG

] 2)

2x70

2x2/

02x

185

2x30

0 m

cm4x

240

4x50

0 m

cm8x

150

8x30

0 m

cm12

x150

12x3

00 m

cm

(Bra

ke)

[mm

2 / A

WG

] 2)

2x70

2x2/

02x

185

2x30

0 m

cm2x

185

2x35

0 m

cm4x

185

4x35

0 m

cm6x

185

6x35

0 m

cmM

ax. i

nput

cu

rren

tCo

ntin

uous

(3

x 55

0 V)

[A]

6077

8911

013

015

819

824

529

935

540

845

350

457

460

774

386

696

210

7912

82Co

ntin

uous

(3

x 57

5 V)

[A]

5874

8510

612

415

118

922

428

633

939

043

448

254

960

771

182

892

010

3212

27Co

ntin

uous

(3

x 69

0 V)

[A]

5877

8710

912

815

519

724

029

635

240

043

448

254

960

771

182

892

010

3212

27M

ax. l

ine

pow

er p

re-f

uses

1)[A

]12

516

020

020

025

031

535

035

040

050

055

070

070

090

090

020

0020

0020

0020

0020

00En

viro

nmen

t:Es

timat

ed p

ower

loss

at

690

VAC

at r

ated

max

. loa

d [W

] 4)

1458

1717

1913

2262

2662

3430

3612

4292

5156

5821

6149

6440

7249

8727

9673

1131

512

90 314

533

1637 5

1920

7

Estim

ated

pow

er lo

ss a

t 57

5 VA

Cat

rat

ed m

ax. l

oad

[W]

4)13

9816

4518

2721

5725

3329

6334

3040

5148

6754

9358

5261

3269

0383

4392

4410

771

1227 2

1383

515

59 218

281

Wei

ght

encl

osur

e IP

00 [

kg]

8282

8282

8282

9111

212

313

815

122

122

123

627

7-

--

--

Wei

ght

encl

osur

e IP

21 [

kg]

6)96

9696

9696

9610

412

513

615

116

526

326

327

231

310

0410

0410

0412

4612

46W

eigh

t en

clos

ure

IP54

[kg

] 6)

9696

9696

9696

104

125

136

151

165

263

263

272

313

1004

1004

1004

1246

1246

Effic

ienc

y 3)

0.97

0.97

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

0.98

1) F

or t

ype

of f

use

see

sect

ion

Fuse

s2)

Am

eric

an W

ire G

auge

3) M

easu

red

usin

g 16

ft

[5 m

] sh

ield

ed m

otor

cab

les

at r

ated

load

and

rat

ed f

requ

ency

4) T

he ty

pica

l pow

er lo

ss is

at n

orm

al lo

ad c

ondi

tions

and

exp

ecte

d to

be

with

in +

/- 1

5% (

tole

ranc

e re

late

s to

var

iety

in v

olta

ge a

nd c

able

con

ditio

ns).

Val

ues

are

base

d on

a ty

pica

l mot

or e

ffic

ienc

y (e

ff2/

eff3

bor

der

line)

. Low

er e

ffic

ienc

y m

otor

s w

ill a

lso

add

to t

he p

ower

loss

in t

he a

djus

tabl

e fr

eque

ncy

driv

e an

d vi

ce v

ersa

.If

the

sw

itchi

ng fre

quen

cy is

rai

sed

from

nom

inal

the

pow

er lo

sses

may

ris

e si

gnifi

cant

ly.

LCP

and

typi

cal c

ontr

ol c

ard

pow

er c

onsu

mpt

ions

are

incl

uded

. Fur

ther

opt

ions

and

cus

tom

er lo

ad m

ay a

dd u

p to

30

[W]

to t

he lo

sses

. (Th

ough

typ

ical

ly o

nly

4 [W

] ex

tra

for

a fu

lly lo

aded

con

trol

car

d, o

r op

tions

for

slo

t A

or s

lot

B, e

ach)

.Al

thou

gh m

easu

rem

ents

are

mad

e w

ith s

tate

of th

e ar

t eq

uipm

ent,

som

e m

easu

rem

ent

inac

cura

cy m

ust

be a

llow

ed f

or (

+/-

5%

).6)

Add

ing

the

F-en

clos

ure

optio

n ca

bine

t (r

esul

ting

in t

he F

3 an

d F4

enc

losu

re s

izes

) ad

ds 6

50 lb

s [2

95 k

g] t

o th

e es

timat

ed w

eigh

t.

10.1

.7Li

ne

Pow

er S

upp

ly 3

x 5

25–

690

V A

C



10


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 239 of 253

Protection and Features:

• Electronic thermal motor protection against overload.

• Temperature monitoring of the heatsink ensures that the adjustable frequency drive trips if the temperature reaches 203°F ± 41°F [95°C ±

5°C]. An overload temperature cannot be reset until the temperature of the heatsink is below 158°F ± 9°F [70°C ± 5°C] (Guideline - these

temperatures may vary for different power sizes, enclosures etc.). VLT AQUA Drive has an auto derating function to avoid it's heatsink reaching

203°F [95°C].

• The adjustable frequency drive is protected against short-circuits on motor terminals U, V, W.

• If a line phase is missing, the adjustable frequency drive trips or issues a warning (depending on the load).

• Monitoring of the intermediate circuit voltage ensures that the adjustable frequency drive trips if the intermediate circuit voltage is too low or

too high.

• The adjustable frequency drive is protected against ground faults on motor terminals U, V, W.

Line power supply (L1, L2, L3):

Supply voltage 200–240 V ±10%




AC line voltage low / line drop-out:

During low AC line voltage or a line drop-out, the adjustable frequency drive continues until the intermediate circuit voltage drops below the minimum

stop level, which corresponds typically to 15% below the adjustable frequency drive's lowest rated supply voltage. Power-up and full torque cannot be

expected at AC line voltage lower than 10% below the adjustable frequency drive's lowest rated supply voltage.

Supply frequency 50/60 Hz +4/-6%

The adjustable frequency drive power supply is tested in accordance with IEC61000-4-28, 50 Hz +4/-6%.

Max. imbalance temporary between line phases 3.0% of rated supply voltage

True Power Factor ( ) 0.9 nominal at rated load

Displacement Power Factor (cos ) near unity (> 0.98)

Switching on input supply L1, L2, L3 (power-ups) enclosure type A maximum 2 times/min.

Switching on input supply L1, L2, L3 (power-ups) enclosure type B, C maximum 1 time/min.

Switching on input supply L1, L2, L3 (power-ups) enclosure type D, E, F maximum 1 time/2 min.

Environment according to EN60664-1 overvoltage category III/pollution degree 2

The unit is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 100.000 RMS symmetrical Amperes, 240/480 V maximum.

Motor output (U, V, W):

Output voltage 0–100% of supply voltage

Output frequency 0–1000 Hz*

Switching on output Unlimited

Ramp times 1–3600 sec.

* Dependent on power size.

Torque characteristics:

Starting torque (Constant torque) maximum 110% for 1 min.*

Starting torque maximum 135% up to 0.5 sec.*

Overload torque (Constant torque) maximum 110% for 1 min.*

*Percentage relates to VLT AQUA Drive's nominal torque.

Cable lengths and cross-sections:

Max. motor cable length, shielded/armored VLT AQUA Drive: 492 ft [150 m]

Max. motor cable length, unshielded/unarmored VLT AQUA Drive: 984 ft [300 m]

Max. cross-section to motor, line power, load sharing and brake *

Maximum cross-section to control terminals, rigid wire 0.0023 in2 [1.5 mm2]/16 AWG (2 x 0.001122 in [0.75 mm2])

Maximum cross-section to control terminals, flexible cable 0.0016 in2 [1 mm2]/18 AWG

Maximum cross-section to control terminals, cable with enclosed core 0.0008 in2 [0.5 mm2]/20 AWG


Instruction Manual


10


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 240 of 253

Minimum cross-section to control terminals 0.25 mm2

* See Line Power Supply tables for more information!

Control card, RS-485 serial communication:

Terminal number 68 (P,TX+, RX+), 69 (N,TX-, RX-)

Terminal number 61 Common for terminals 68 and 69

The RS-485 serial communication circuit is functionally seated from other central circuits and galvanically isolated from the supply voltage (PELV).

Analog inputs:

Number of analog inputs 2

Terminal number 53, 54

Modes Voltage or current

Mode select Switch S201 and switch S202

Voltage mode Switch S201/switch S202 = OFF (U)

Voltage level : 0–+10 V (scaleable)

Input resistance, Ri approx. 10 k

Max. voltage ± 20 V

Current mode Switch S201/switch S202 = ON (I)

Current level 0/4 to 20 mA (scaleable)

Input resistance, Ri approx. 200

Max. current 30 mA

Resolution for analog inputs 10 bit (+ sign)

Accuracy of analog inputs Max. error 0.5% of full scale

Bandwidth : 200 Hz

The analog inputs are galvanically isolated from the supply voltage (PELV) and other high-voltage terminals.

Analog output:

Number of programmable analog outputs 1

Terminal number 42

Current range at analog output 0/4 - 20 mA

Max. resistor load to common at analog output 500

Accuracy on analog output Max. error: 0.8% of full scale

Resolution on analog output 8 bit

The analog output is galvanically isolated from the supply voltage (PELV) and other high-voltage terminals.

Digital inputs:

Programmable digital inputs 4 (6)

Terminal number 18, 19, 27 1), 29 1), 32, 33,

Logic PNP or NPN

Voltage level 0–24 V DC

Voltage level, logic'0' PNP < 5 V DC

Voltage level, logic'1' PNP > 10 V DC

Voltage level, logic '0' NPN > 19 V DC



10


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 241 of 253

Voltage level, logic '1' NPN < 14 V DC

Maximum voltage on input 28 V DC


All digital inputs are galvanically isolated from the supply voltage (PELV) and other high-voltage terminals.

1) Terminals 27 and 29 can also be programmed as output.

Digital output:

Programmable digital/pulse outputs 2

Terminal number 27, 29 1)

Voltage level at digital/frequency output 0–24 V

Max. output current (sink or source) 40 mA

Max. load at frequency output 1 k

Max. capacitive load at frequency output 10 nF

Minimum output frequency at frequency output 0 Hz

Maximum output frequency at frequency output 32 kHz

Accuracy of frequency output Max. error: 0.1% of full scale

Resolution of frequency outputs 12 bit

1) Terminal 27 and 29 can also be programmed as input.

The digital output is galvanically isolated from the supply voltage (PELV) and other high-voltage terminals.

Pulse inputs:

Programmable pulse inputs 2

Terminal number pulse 29, 33

Max. frequency at terminal, 29, 33 110 kHz (push-pull driven)

Max. frequency at terminal, 29, 33 5 kHz (open collector)

Min. frequency at terminal 29, 33 4 Hz

Voltage level see section on Digital input

Maximum voltage on input 28 V DC


Pulse input accuracy (0.1–1 kHz) Max. error: 0.1% of full scale

Control card, 24 V DC output:

Terminal number 12, 13

Max. load : 200 mA

The 24 V DC supply is galvanically isolated from the supply voltage (PELV), but has the same potential as the analog and digital inputs and outputs.

Relay outputs:

Programmable relay outputs 2

Relay 01 Terminal number 1-3 (break), 1-2 (make)

Max. terminal load (AC-1)1) on 1-3 (NC), 1-2 (NO) (Resistive load) 240 V AC, 2 A

Max. terminal load (AC-15)1) (Inductive load cos 0.4) 240 V AC, 0.2 A

Max. terminal load (DC-1)1) on 1-2 (NO), 1-3 (NC) (Resistive load) 60 V DC, 1A

Max. terminal load (DC-13)1) (Inductive load) 24 V DC, 0.1 A

Relay 02 Terminal number 4-6 (break), 4-5 (make)

Max. terminal load (AC-1)1) on 4-5 (NO) (Resistive load)2)3) 400 V AC, 2 A

Max. terminal load (AC-15)1) on 4-5 (NO) (Inductive load cos 0.4) 240 V AC, 0.2 A

Max. terminal load (DC-1)1) on 4-5 (NO) (Resistive load) 80 V DC, 2 A

Max. terminal load (DC-13)1) on 4-5 (NO) (Inductive load) 24 V DC, 0.1 A

Max. terminal load (AC-1)1) on 4-6 (NC) (Resistive load) 240 V AC, 2 A

Max. terminal load (AC-15)1) on 4-6 (NC) (Inductive load cos 0.4) 240 V AC, 0.2 A

Max. terminal load (DC-1)1) on 4-6 (NC) (Resistive load) 50 V DC, 2 A

Max. terminal load (DC-13)1) on 4-6 (NC) (Inductive load) 24 V DC, 0.1 A

Min. terminal load on 1-3 (NC), 1-2 (NO), 4-6 (NC), 4-5 (NO) 24 V DC 10 mA, 24 V AC 20 mA


Instruction Manual


10


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 242 of 253

Environment according to EN 60664-1 overvoltage category III/pollution degree 2

1) IEC 60947 part 4 and 5

The relay contacts are galvanically isolated from the rest of the circuit by reinforced isolation (PELV).

2) Overvoltage Category II

3) UL applications 300 V AC 2 A

Control card, 10 V DC output:

Terminal number 50

Output voltage 10.5 V 0.5 V

Max. load 25 mA

The 10 V DC supply is galvanically isolated from the supply voltage (PELV) and other high-voltage terminals.

Control characteristics:

Resolution of output frequency at 0 - 1000 Hz : +/- 0.003 Hz

System response time (terminals 18, 19, 27, 29, 32, 33) : 2 ms

Speed control range (open-loop) 1:100 of synchronous speed

Speed accuracy (open-loop) 30–4000 rpm: Maximum error of ±8 rpm

All control characteristics are based on a 4-pole asynchronous motor

Surroundings:

Enclosure type A IP 20/Chassis, IP 21kit/Type 1, IP55/Type12, IP 66

Enclosure type B1/B2 IP 21/Type 1, IP55/Type12, IP 66

Enclosure type B3/B4 IP20/Chassis

Enclosure type C1/C2 IP 21/Type 1, IP55/Type 12, IP66

Enclosure type C3/C4 IP20/Chassis

Enclosure type D1/D2/E1 IP21/Type 1, IP54/Type12

Enclosure type D3/D4/E2 IP00/Chassis

Enclosure kit available enclosure type A IP21/TYPE 1/IP 4X top

Vibration test enclosure A/B/C 1.0 g

Vibration test enclosure D/E/F 0.7 g

Max. relative humidity 5%–95%(IEC 721-3-3; Class 3K3 (non-condensing) during operation

Aggressive environment (IEC 721-3-3), uncoated class 3C2

Aggressive environment (IEC 721-3-3), coated class 3C3

Test method according to IEC 60068-2-43 H2S (10 days)

Ambient temperature Max. 122°F [50°C]

Derating for high ambient temperature, see section on special conditions

Minimum ambient temperature during full-scale operation 32°F [0°C]

Minimum ambient temperature at reduced performance 14°F [-10°C]

Temperature during storage/transport -13°–+°149/°158°F [-25°–+65°/70°C]

Maximum altitude above sea level without derating 3280 ft [1000 m]

Maximum altitude above sea level with derating 9842 ft [3000 m]

Derating for high altitude, see section on special conditions.

EMC standards, Emission EN 61800-3, EN 61000-6-3/4, EN 55011, IEC 61800-3

EMC standards, Immunity

EN 61800-3, EN 61000-6-1/2,

EN 61000-4-2, EN 61000-4-3, EN 61000-4-4, EN 61000-4-5, EN 61000-4-6

See section on special conditions

Control card performance:

Scan interval : 5 ms

Control card, USB serial communication:

USB standard 1.1 (Full speed)

USB plug USB type B “device” plug



10


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 243 of 253

Connection to PC is carried out via a standard host/device USB cable.

The USB connection is galvanically isolated from the supply voltage (PELV) and other high-voltage terminals.

The USB connection is not galvanically isolated from protection ground. Only use an isolated laptop/PC as the connection to the USB

connector on an VLT AQUA Drive or an isolated USB cable/drive.


Instruction Manual


10


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 244 of 253

10.2 Special Conditions

10.2.1 Purpose of Derating

Derating must be taken into account when using the adjustable frequency drive at low air pressure (high elevations), at low speeds, with long motor

cables, cables with a large cross-section or at high ambient temperature. The required action is described in this section.

10.2.2 Derating for Low Air Pressure

The cooling capability of air is decreased at a lower air pressure.

At an altitude lower than 3,280 ft [1,000 m], no derating is necessary, but above 3,280 ft [1,000 m], the ambient temperature (TAMB) or max. output

current (Iout) should be derated in accordance with the diagram shown.

Figure 10.1: Derating of output current versus altitude at TAMB, MAX for frame sizes A, B and C. At altitudes above 6,600 feet [2 km], please

contact Danfoss regarding PELV.

An alternative is to lower the ambient temperature at high altitudes and thereby ensure 100% output current at high altitudes. As an example of how to

read the graph, the situation at 6,600 ft [2 km] is elaborated. At a temperature of 113°F [45°C] (TAMB, MAX - 3.3 K), 91% of the rated output current is

available. At a temperature of 107°F [41.7°C], 100% of the rated output current is available.

Derating of output current versus altitude at TAMB, MAX for frame sizes D, E and F.



10


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 245 of 253

10.2.3 Derating for Running at Low Speed

When a motor is connected to an adjustable frequency drive, it is necessary to make sure that the cooling of the motor is adequate.

The level of heating depends on the load on the motor as well as the operating speed and time.

Constant torque applications (CT mode)

A problem may occur at low RPM values in constant torque applications. In a constant torque application, a motor may overheat at low speeds due to

less cooling air from the motor integral fan.

Therefore, if the motor is to be run continuously at an RPM value lower than half of the rated value, the motor must be supplied with additional air-cooling

(or a motor designed for this type of operation may be used).

An alternative is to reduce the load level of the motor by choosing a larger motor. However, the design of the adjustable frequency drive limits the motor

size.

Variable (quadratic) torque applications (VT)

In VT applications such as centrifugal pumps and fans, where the torque is proportional to the square of the speed and the power is proportional to the

cube of the speed, there is no need for additional cooling or de-rating of the motor.

In the graphs shown below, the typical VT curve is below the maximum torque with de-rating and maximum torque with forced cooling at all speeds.

Maximum load for a standard motor at 104°F [40°C] driven by an adjustable frequency drive type VLT FCxxx

Legend: Typical torque at VT load Max torque with forced cooling Max torque

Note 1) Oversyncronous speed operation will result in the available motor torque decreasing inversely proportional to the increase in speed. This

must be considered during the design phase to avoid overloading the motor.

10.2.4 Automatic Adaptations to Ensure Performance

The adjustable frequency drive constantly checks for critical levels of internal temperature, load current, high voltage on the intermediate circuit and low

motor speeds. As a response to a critical level, the adjustable frequency drive can adjust the switching frequency and / or change the switching pattern

in order to ensure the performance of the adjustable frequency drive. The capability to automatically reduce the output current extends the acceptable

operating conditions even further.


Instruction Manual


10


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 246 of 253

Index

00-01 Language 8-7

0-20 Display Line 1.1 Small 8-7



0-23 Display Line 2 Large 8-10

0-24 Display Line 3 Large 8-10

AAbbreviations And Standards 3-3

Ac Line Input Connections For A2 And A3 5-5

Ac Line Input Connections For B1, B2 And B3 5-8

Ac Line Input Connections For B4, C1 And C2 5-9

Ac Line Input Connections For C3 And C4 5-9

Access To Control Terminals 5-22

Adj. Freq. Drive Closed-loop 8-64

Adj. Freq. Drive Information 8-59

Adjustable Frequency Drive 5-28

Alarm/warning Code List 9-2

Alarms And Warnings 9-1

Ama 6-3, 7-9

Analog I/o Option Mcb 109 8-72

Analog In/out 8-53

Analog Inputs 10-13

Analog Output 10-13

Application Functions 8-67

Automatic Adaptations To Ensure Performance 10-18

Automatic Motor Adaptation (ama) 5-29, 8-13

Available Literature For Vlt® Aqua Drive 1-2

Awg 10-3

BBrake Connection Option 5-17

Brakes 8-49

Bypass Option 8-76

CCable Lengths And Cross-sections 10-12

Cables General 5-1

Can Fieldbus 8-56

Can Motor 6-3

Cascade Controller 8-70

Cascade Ctl Option 8-73

Caution 2-2

Changing A Group Of Numeric Data Values 7-8

Changing A Text Value 7-8

Changing Data 7-8

Changing Of Data Value 7-9

[Check Valve Ramp End Speed Hz] 3-87 8-17

[Check Valve Ramp End Speed Rpm] 3-86 8-16

Check Valve Ramp Time 3-85 8-16

Checklist 4-1

Coasting 7-5

Comm. And Options 8-54

Communication Option 9-5

Configuration Mode 1-00 8-12

Constant Torque Applications (ct Mode) 10-18

VLT AQUA DriveInstruction Manual Index



Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 247 of 253

Control Cable Clamp 5-23

Control Cables 5-24

Control Card Performance 10-15

Control Card, 10 V Dc Output 10-15

Control Card, 24 V Dc Output 10-14

Control Card, Rs-485 Serial Communication: 10-13

Control Card, Usb Serial Communication 10-15

Control Characteristics 10-15

Control Terminals 5-23

Cooling 10-18

Cooling Conditions 4-5

Copyright, Limitation Of Liability And Revision Rights 1-2

DData Readouts 8-61

Data Readouts 2 8-63

Dc Bus Connection 5-16

Dc Link 9-4

Default Settings 7-10, 8-44

Derating For Low Air Pressure 10-17

Derating For Running At Low Speed 10-18

Digital In/out 8-52

Digital Inputs: 10-13

Digital Output 10-14

Display Text 1 0-37 8-11



Disposal Instructions 2-3

Drive Closed-loop, 20-** 8-29

Dry Pump Delay 22-27 8-33

Dry Pump Function 22-26 8-33

Dst/summertime 0-74 8-12

Dst/summertime End 0-77 8-12

Dst/summertime Start 0-76 8-12

EEfficient Parameter Set-up For Water Applications 6-1

Electrical Installation 5-24

Electrical Wiring 6-3

Electronic Waste 2-3

End Of Curve Delay 22-51 8-36

End Of Curve Function 22-50 8-36

Etr 9-4

Ext. Closed-loop 8-65

FFault Messages 9-4

Filled Setpoint, 29-05 8-43

Final Ramp Time 3-88 8-17

Flow At Rated Speed 22-90 8-39

Flow Compensation 22-80 8-36

Function Relay, 5-40 8-22

GGeneral Settings, 1-0* 8-12

General Warning 1-3

Glcp 7-9

Graphical Display 7-1

Grounding And It Line Power 5-3

IndexVLT AQUA Drive

Instruction Manual



Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 248 of 253

H[High Speed Hz] 22-37 8-34

[High Speed Power Hp] 22-39 8-34

[High Speed Power Kw] 22-38 8-34

[High Speed Rpm] 22-36 8-34

How To Connect A Pc To The Adjustable Frequency Drive 7-11

How To Connect Motor - Introduction 5-9

How To Connect To Line Power And Grounding For B1 And B2 5-8

How To Operate The Graphical Lcp (glcp) 7-1

IIndexed Parameters 7-9

Indicator Lights (leds): 7-3

Initial Ramp Time, 3-84 8-16

Initialization 7-10

Installation At High Altitudes 2-1

Intermediate Circuit 9-4

KKty Sensor 9-4

LLanguage Package 1 8-7

Language Package 2 8-7



Lcp 7-9

Lcp 102 7-1

Leakage Current 2-2

Leds 7-1

Limits / Warnings 8-51

Line Power Supply 10-3, 10-9, 10-10

Line Power Supply (l1, L2, L3) 10-12

Line Power Supply 1 X 200–240 V Ac 10-2

Line Power Wiring Overview 5-4

Live Zero Timeout Function 6-01 8-25

Live Zero Timeout Time 6-00 8-24

Load/motor 8-47

Low Power Auto Set-up 22-20 8-32

Low Power Detection 22-21 8-32

Low Speed Detection 22-22 8-32

[Low Speed Hz] 22-33 8-34

[Low Speed Power Hp] 22-35 8-34

[Low Speed Power Kw] 22-34 8-34

[Low Speed Rpm] 22-32 8-33

MMain Menu 8-1

Main Menu Mode 7-4

Main Menu Mode 8-5

Main Reactance 8-14

Maximum Boost Time 22-46 8-35

Maximum Reference 3-03 8-15

Mct 10 7-12

Mechanical Dimensions 4-4

Mechanical Mounting 4-5

Minimum Reference 3-02 8-14

Minimum Run Time 22-40 8-34




Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 249 of 253

Minimum Sleep Time 22-41 8-35

Motor Connection For C3 And C4 5-15

Motor Current 1-24 8-13

Motor Frequency 1-23 8-13

Motor Nameplate 5-28

Motor Nominal Speed 1-25 8-13

Motor Output 10-12

[Motor Power Kw] 1-20 8-13

Motor Protection 10-12

[Motor Speed High Limit Rpm] 4-13 8-17

[Motor Speed Low Limit Rpm] 4-11 8-17

Motor Voltage 1-22 8-13

Motor Wiring Overview 5-11

NNameplate Data 5-29

Nameplate Data. 5-28

Nlcp 7-5

No-flow Delay 22-24 8-33

No-flow Function 22-23 8-33

No-flow Power 22-30 8-33

OOccurrence 23-04 8-42

Off Action 23-03 8-41

Off Time 23-02 8-41

On Action 23-01 8-39

On Time 23-00 8-39

Operation/display 8-45

Output Performance (u, V, W) 10-12

PPanel Through Mounting 4-6

Parameter Options 8-44

Parameter Selection 8-6

Parameter Set-up 8-1

Pc Software Tools 7-12

Pid Integral Time 20-94 8-31

Pid Normal/inverse Control, 20-81 8-31

Pid Proportional Gain 20-93 8-31

[Pid Start Speed Rpm] 20-82 8-31

Pipe Fill Enable, 29-00 8-42

Pipe Fill Rate, 29-04 8-43

[Pipe Fill Speed Hz], 29-02 8-43

[Pipe Fill Speed Rpm], 29-01 8-42

Pipe Fill Time, 29-03 8-43

Power Correction Factor 22-31 8-33

Preset Reference 3-10 8-15

Pressure At No-flow Speed 22-87 8-38

Pressure At Rated Speed 22-88 8-38

Profibus 8-55

Profibus Dp-v1 7-12

Protection And Features 10-11

Pulse Inputs 10-14

QQ1 My Personal Menu 8-2

Q2 Quick Set-up 8-2

Q3 Function Set-ups 8-3

Q5 Changes Made 8-4

IndexVLT AQUA Drive

Instruction Manual



Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 250 of 253

Q6 Loggings 8-5

Quick Menu 6-1, 7-3, 8-1

Quick Menu Mode 7-4

Quick Transfer Of Parameter Settings When Using Glcp 7-9

RRamp 1 Ramp-down Time 3-42 8-15

Ramp 1 Ramp-up Time 3-41 8-15

Reference / Ramps 8-50

Reference/feedback Unit, 20-12 8-29

Relay Connection 5-18

Relay Output 5-21

Relay Outputs 10-14

Reset 7-5

Residual Current Device 2-2

Rs-485 Bus Connection 7-11

SSafety Note 2-1

Safety Requirements For Mechanical Installation 4-6

Serial Communication 10-15

Set Date And Time, 0-70 8-11

Setpoint 1 20-21 8-30

Setpoint Boost 22-45 8-35

Shielded/armored 5-1, 5-25

Side-by-side Installation 4-5

Sine-wave Filter 5-10

Sine-wave Filter 6-3

Smart Logic 8-57

Software Version 1-1

Special Functions 8-58

[Speed At Design Point Hz] 22-86 8-38

[Speed At Design Point Rpm] 22-85 8-38

[Speed At No-flow Hz] 22-84 8-38

[Speed At No-flow Rpm] 22-83 8-38

Square-linear Curve Approximation 22-81 8-36

Start/stop 6-2

Stator Leakage Reactance 8-14

Status 7-3

Status Messages 7-1

Step-by-step 7-9

Submersible Pump 6-3

Surroundings 10-15

Switches S201, S202, And S801 5-28

TTerm. 29 High Ref./feedb. Value 5-53 8-24

Terminal 27 Mode 5-01 8-18

Terminal 42 Output 6-50 8-26

Terminal 42 Output Max Scale 6-52 8-28

Terminal 42 Output Min Scale 6-51 8-27

Terminal 53 High Ref./feedb. Value 6-15 8-26

Terminal 53 High Voltage 6-11 8-25

Terminal 53 Low Ref./feedb. Value 6-14 8-26

Terminal 53 Low Voltage 6-10 8-25

Terminal 54 High Ref./feedb. Value 6-25 8-26

Terminal 54 High Voltage 6-21 8-26

Terminal 54 Low Ref./feedb. Value 6-24 8-26

Terminal 54 Low Voltage 6-20 8-26

Tightening Of Terminals 5-1

Time Format 0-72 8-12




Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 251 of 253

Timed Actions 8-39, 8-69

Torque Characteristics 10-12

Type Code String - Medium Power 3-1

Type Code String (t/c). 3-3

UUnpacking Table 4-1

Usb Connection. 5-23

VVariable (quadratic) Torque Applications (vt) 10-18

Voltage Level 10-13

WWake-up Ref./fb Difference 22-44 8-35

[Wake-up Speed Hz] 22-43 8-35

[Wake-up Speed Rpm] 22-42 8-35

Warning Against Unintended Start 2-1

Water Application Functions 8-75

Water Application Functions, 29-** 8-42

Wiring Example And Testing 5-21

Work Point Calculation 22-82 8-37

IndexVLT AQUA Drive

Instruction Manual



Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 252 of 253


Q-Pulse Id: VM168 05/06/2013 253 of 253

Documents

Sludge Feed Pump) Vendor Manual - Queensland Urban